Poor Market Breadth is a Contrarian Opportunity

I  recently returned from France, where local colleagues pointed out how a few high-capitalization (market value) names were disrupting the performance game for French money managers. Popular luxury-oriented companies– which had already outperformed the CAC 40 index for several years thanks to superior operating performances – have further accelerated recently with signs of recovery in China’s consumer spending.

Several of these companies are included in the relatively narrow CAC 40 French stock index. Since they had already sold at much higher price/earnings ratios (and thus market capitalization) than the majority of French shares, they now have a disproportionate influence on the behavior of the index. For example, the following three companies account for nearly 35% of the CAC 40’s total capitalization, which makes it difficult for a portfolio to outperform without owning them:

 

Company                 Capitalization % CAC 40             Price/Earnings Ratio

LVMH                                    17.3%                                           30x

HERMES                                  8.4%                                           61x

L’OREAL                                 9.1%                                           39x

Total / Average                      34.8%                                          43x (*)

(*) vs. 23x for the CAC 40 as a whole

 

Lack of breadth is not just a French phenomenon. According to Forbes Magazine (6/2/2023), the ten largest stocks in America’s S&P 500 are responsible for nearly 90% of the index’s return this year. That represents the highest percentage in history. The five largest companies in the S&P — Apple. Microsoft, Amazon, Nvidia, and Alphabet (Google) now comprise almost a quarter (24%) of the index’s market capitalization. Apple alone exceeds the combined value of all stocks in the Russell 2000 Small Cap index.

The focus of enthusiasm or speculative activity differs by market. At the moment, for instance, luxury dominates in France and artificial intelligence in the United States. Nevertheless, the lack of breadth remains disturbing for investors with a sense of history. The sectors to which investors’ money is flowing often do deserve to be favored based on their long-term fundamentals. But the investment public tends to mistake an industry’s promise and its ability to generate profits over time.

In this respect, I am grateful to the insightful team at Grant’s Interest Rate Observer for having recently quoted from my December 1999 paper: “AOL, RCA and the shape of history.” In that paper, I drew a parallel between radio in the 1920s and the internet in the 1990s. Radio revolutionized man’s perception of space and time in the 1920s, just as the internet began to do in the 1990s. The growth of radio did not disappoint and was explosive even through the Great Depression. However, investors in RCA and many other radio-related shares saw their large, early market gains evaporate in the ensuing years. I ventured to anticipate a similar future for AOL and some early leaders of the internet.

The biased weighting of leading indexes is aggravated by the increased role of performance measurement consultants, who tend to influence investment management systematically and over shorter and shorter periods of time. To avoid underperforming the indexes against which they are measured, investment managers feel pressured to load up their portfolios with stocks carrying the greatest weight in these indices. In doing so, they further inflate the price of the indices and make it more challenging for portfolios to perform according to consultants’ criteria.

These self-feeding episodes are the times when it is wise to ask oneself: “Do you want to look right temporarily or to become richer eventually?”

A company’s stock price is the result of two influences: its profits and its price-to-earnings ratio (P/E). Profits derive from the uniqueness of its products and the quality of its management, while the price/earnings ratio reflects the investing crowd’s hope for its future. Of these two influences, the price/earnings (P/E) ratio is by far the most volatile, often being cut in half or doubling within one stock market cycle.

In theory, contrarian investing and value investing are supposed to have much in common. The lower the P/E for a stock, the less enthusiastic potential buyers are about that stock’s prospects. The converse is also true: a higher P/E indicates high hopes among the investing set.

However, there is something paradoxical about stock selection, and this is where value investing and contrarian investing come closest to each other. The more expensive a stock is, based on its P/E ratio, the more vulnerable its price is to earnings disappointments. Conversely, the lower its P/E ratio, the further a favorable surprise can boost the share price. This is particularly relevant to the present situation: it can be observed that many stocks today are expensive historically – in particular, the heavy-capitalization members of the leading indexes — but this is not true of all.

I recently re-subscribed to the Value Line Investment Survey of more than 1600 companies, mostly but not solely American. The median P/E of the survey (half above, half below) is just under 17, but there are many names, including the usual suspects with wonderful narratives, with current P/Es above 30 or 40. On the other hand, I found a surprisingly large number of companies with current P/Es close to the single digits and fairly strong and liquid balance sheets.

So, it seems to me; the question is: what kind of surprise are we willing to take a chance on? Expensive companies with immaculate narratives where the slightest disappointment might prove painful? Or companies with no narratives where any positive surprise likely would lead to an upward reappraisal?

 

François Sicart – June 21, 2023

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

As Adam Said To Eve, The Great Transition – 30 Years Later

Back in June of 1993, I wrote for Tocqueville Asset Management (the firm that I had created in 1985) a short paper entitled “As Adam Said to Eve.” The somewhat tongue-in-cheek title announced a major transition in the post-WWII world order. Until that point in the 1990s, the global system had been led and controlled by the United States, and that was slowly changing.

In my paper, I pointed out that serious economists and historians are prone to claiming that we are in a period of transition. Today, after several recent economic accelerations and slowdowns, this prediction seems to be gaining momentum again. We may, in fact, be in phase two of the Great Transition announced 30 years ago.

US leadership and the beginning of globalization

Since the end of WWII, the United States has fulfilled the leadership role of “lender of last resort,” as described by Charles P. Kindleberger in his treatise on The World in Depression – 1929-1939. The U.S. also played the role of buyer of last resort for the world, as was made plain  by an increasingly large balance-of-trade deficit with struggling or developing economies. This deficit was counterbalanced by a large inflow of capital, taking advantage of America’s “exorbitant privilege” of being able to print the U.S. dollar at will. This permitted the dollar to become the de-facto world currency. Jacques Rueff, the adviser to French President de Gaulle, initially pointed out and criticized this privilege and thus prompted the abandonment of the link between the US dollar and gold.

Early globalization of the world economy under American leadership allowed other countries, largely European, to rebuild after World War II. Another result was the development of newer economies across the globe. The system was neither perfect nor intended to be eternal, but certainly, in those years, many nations grew and prospered. Little by little, however, they began to desire more independence and initiative while the United States gradually realized the burden and economic cost of its global responsibilities.

From free markets to neo-protectionism

More recently, as pointed out by The Economist magazine (1/12/2023), “President Biden’s abandonment of free-market rules for an aggressive industrial policy has dealt (the old order) a fresh blow.” This transformation — which alert observers could have seen coming — was sharply accelerated by the COVID  pandemic, the Russia-Ukraine war, and the resulting supply-chain disruptions. The vulnerabilities of an increasingly-integrated world economy were clearly exposed.

And the US is not alone; this new protectionism is spreading throughout the world. One result is that more nations thrive to protect themselves from foreign competitors by penalizing imports. Another is the effort to ensure the national production of essential resources, products, or technologies that had been previously sourced from the cheapest or fastest producers, regardless of location. As a result, we expect to see misallocated capital, periodic excess supplies, and probably greater-than-optimal costs for some products. Those factors will prompt slower growth in both revenues and profits for most economies and several industries.

How do we investors  protect ourselves

First, in spite of the slower growth trend of various economies, I doubt that most central banks’ goal of 2% inflation can be durably achieved because it implies the acceptance by populations of unbearable amounts of pain. Even a 2% inflation rate implies a 22% loss of purchasing power in just ten years, while a 4% inflation would mean a near-50% impoverishment. Secondly, the misallocation of capital from rushed investment programs implies periodic oversupplies of individual products and commodities. This may not affect the long-term trend of inflation, but could depress profits over shorter periods. It may thus be prudent to avoid industries where investment is dictated by government policy rather than the traditional profit motive.

40 years of declining interest rates

The above chart depicting the long-term history of interest rates in the United States is interesting from two points of view. First, it illustrates that, before the creation of the Federal Reserve, interest rates were relatively stable on a declining trend. Since the creation of the U.S. central bank, they have become more volatile, subject to spikes during inflationary episodes (such as the 1960s and 1970s) and – since the early 1980s — on an unprecedented downtrend, which recently culminated with a very low-to-negative cost of money.

Perhaps this is due to the fact that, in the earlier period, interest rates were more influenced by the external behavior of gold and the dollar, which were theoretically linked — whereas more recently, interest rates have depended on the human (not to say political) decisions of a board ironically entrusted to eliminate the cyclical vagaries of the economy.

Separately from this observation, it is interesting to reflect on the impact of the 40-year decline in the cost of money, which has accelerated sharply since the Great Recession of 2008-2009. This long decline has had a profound effect on the behavior of consumers, businesses, and investors. I have often referred to Hyman Minsky’s hypothesis that (economic and financial) stability eventually feeds instability by fostering the acceptance of risk, financial leverage (debt), and speculation.

It could be argued that the recent years hardly constitute an example of economic stability. Yet major economies – especially that of the United States – have survived and often experienced steady employment and subdued inflation. These two statistical phenomena could be interpreted as a form of stability.

More importantly, we believe negligible interest rates and central bank-induced ample liquidity have promoted increasingly speculative activities and behaviors. This phenomenon has ranged  from faster IPOs (initial public offerings) of companies that still offer more promises than earnings, to SPACs (blank-check companies), to cryptocurrencies and related activities, and finally to small investors’ speculative mob- or meme-centered stock market gyrations. Not surprisingly, this speculative boom has been accompanied by an increase in fraudulent and Ponzi-like schemes.

How do we protect ourselves as investors?

Walter Mewing, one of my most influential mentors and a financial analyst, warned me that sometimes companies with minimal earnings may nevertheless sustain their price because their stocks are selling on the basis of dreams. When they start earning money, however, their prices may weaken because they will be bought on the realistic basis of a calculated value reflecting those earnings.

In light of this advice, one of my reservations about the behavior of the stock market over the last 20 years is that the companies presenting themselves as “disruptors” of industries (from technology to sales and distribution) are trying to convince that boosting sales very fast will allow them to garner a commanding share of their target market. Then, theoretically, profits will follow once the expenses from swift investment and massive personnel hiring are covered by growing revenues. Some of these potential “disruptors” are projecting dreams that seem credible in an era of costless capital, but issues may appear when interest rates rise, or plentiful liquidity evaporates.

The market and the economy

In periods of crisis (actual or expected) central banks have a tendency to provide more liquidity than the physical economy can absorb. As a result, the excess liquidity tends to flow over to the financial markets.

The following chart depicts one of Warren Buffett’s preferred measures of value in the US stock market. It compares the total value of the 5,000-odd companies in the Wilshire 5000 index (most of the US-listed companies) to the size of the US GDP. As can be seen, US stocks became overvalued in the late 1960s-early 1970s inflation, in the early 2000s’ dot-com boom, and even more so in 2022, before the recent retreat. As a result, in the past twenty or thirty years, the share of the population with savings invested in the stock market has become increasingly rich. Meanwhile, the rest of the population saw their incomes stagnate or fail to keep up with even the subdued cost of living.

How to protect ourselves as investors

According to the chart, even after the recent correction the US stock market may still be 30% overvalued. Thus, it may be prudent to avoid recent favorites that have driven the stock market indexes to new highs.

The question of the dollar

Currency fluctuations are particularly difficult to anticipate. In a relatively free-trading world, when the currency was a main factor of competitiveness for businesses, I used to monitor corporations to detect the point at which their leaders claimed that the overvaluation of their main trading currency necessitated a change in their production or sourcing profile. Today, when geopolitical considerations dictate government industrial policy decisions and incentives, the pure profit motive has become less obvious.

How to protect ourselves as investors

In a world where unpredictable geopolitical dislocations increase, businesses and investors tend to seek havens from currency gyrations. In recent years, it seems that many have looked for refuge in the US dollar, which, until very recently, had been steadily rising against other currencies. Now, however, many governments are unnerved by the unpredictability of American political and economic policies. This sentiment has been reflected in a new appetite for gold.

The social/political pendulum

The last 30-odd years have evidenced a growing disparity between those who are rich and getting richer, and those who once hoped to become rich but have felt left behind. Directly or indirectly, many of the newest fortunes have been produced by the stock market. Even owners of successful industrial or commercial businesses have been helped by going public and by the subsequent appreciation of the stocks of the companies they own or control.

At the same time, a smaller group became even richer. I used to count myself among the 1% of richest Americans, but recently, the ranks of the 0.1% of richest Americans have ballooned. The beneficiaries have been the creators of “disruptive” companies, but also their investment bankers, advisers, and hedge fund managers, who often receive stock-linked compensation that may be occasional but stands to create immediate, large fortunes. What’s more, while they still represent a minority, they have become an increasingly visible one.

Basically, I now feel like part of the very comfortable middle class. But this is not necessarily how others perceive me.

The 1% who have passively participated in this enrichment include my clients and myself; a consequence of the automatic appreciation of the assets we own. Although we now belong to a second class of the rich (behind the 0.1%), to the rest of the world and to some politicians, we are a class that deserves to be punished by the reversal of political momentum toward the “working” classes, in my opinion.

How do we protect ourselves as investors?

One way or another, and whether or not policies achieve campaign promises, the motto is likely to become “tax the rich.” We’re likely to see increased taxes on the highest incomes, wealth taxes, taxation of the carried interest on private equity, etc. I believe escaping such financial obligations will become increasingly difficult, if not outright risky.

On the other hand, I am convinced that the best way to invest remains to own shares of successful businesses and that the most logical way to participate in this wealth creation is the stock market. I believe the best way to protect ourselves is to avoid investing in tax-oriented deals (which may be withdrawn) and to avoid dependence on businesses that reflect incentives granted by more socialistic government policies.

The universe of companies that avoid these pitfalls — both in the United States and abroad — is substantial and has become even larger after the recent corrections. I believe that it is no time to abandon the stock markets. However, we must work harder in our selection of investments and tighten our selection criteria to adapt them to the changing political environment.

François Sicart – February 14, 2023

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Not The Wrong Question, Yet, But The Promise Of A Right Answer

On January 14th, I published this article which predicted that one of these days, after a spectacular decade of progress, the stock market would encounter a serious air pocket. Investors  would then ask the perennial question, “What caused the market collapse yesterday?” But this is not a helpful question. The more discerning  inquiry would really be, “Why did the market rise so much before yesterday’s crash?”

Since then, we have not seen a sudden crash. The investing crowd, exhibiting more fast-changing opinions than longer-term convictions, has been busy worrying alternately about inflation and recession while generally looking to the Federal Reserve for answers. Meanwhile, financial markets have done what they do. Since January 14th, the S&P 500 index has lost about 22%, and the more “tech-heavy” NASDAQ 33% (Source: Bloomberg).

In the original article, I referred to Hyman Minsky, an economist who was widely overlooked until the Great Recession of 2007-2008. That disruption vindicated his hypothesis that “stability breeds instability.” In other words, when markets or economies are stable (or on a seemingly predictable uptrend), businesses and investors tend to accept ever more risk. For Minsky, this primarily meant taking on more debt, but “risk” should be understood more broadly as getting involved in all sorts of speculative activities. We have had a long, uneven period of recovery from the Great Recession of 2007-2008, but high inflation and threats of recession persist. So where does this leave us, looking forward?

I have been investing long enough to remember first-hand the 1973-1974 bear market. It followed a long investor infatuation with theoretically recession-resistant “Nifty Fifty” growth companies, which climbed to stratospheric valuations for the period. From its early 1973 level, the Dow Jones Industrial Average lost 44% of its value in about two years and took eight years to return to its previous high.

Importantly, those statistics still understate the damage that was done to one-time market favorites. For instance, McDonald’s declined 73%  and Coca-Cola 69%. Disney, which had reached a price/earnings ratio (P/E) of 70 at the peak of the bubble, wound up selling at 13 times earnings, while beauty giant Avon declined 85% as its P/E collapsed from 63 to 9. (Source: Wikipedia)

This flashback merely reminds us that even significant market corrections, such as the one we are currently experiencing, seldom reflect the full capitulation and re-evaluation when real bear markets end, especially among previous favorites. Obviously, some re-evaluation of this kind is already occurring. Former super-favorites such as the FANG stocks (Facebook, Amazon, Netflix, and Google) have already lost more than $2 trillion of combined market value.

The more speculative areas of the investment universe have evolved away from early “TINA” stocks — short for “There Is No Alternative” — to so-called “ABTE” (“Anything But Traditional Equities”). Since realizing that bonds were doomed after the long spell of near-zero interest rates, and since stocks seemed endangered as well, investors have engaged in a frantic search for presumably “uncorrelated” investment vehicles such as private equity. The field was initially known as “venture capital” before it began to involve the purchase of companies with overwhelming financial leverage (debt). More recently, investment vehicles have extended to art, wine, bitcoin, and crypto innovations (NFTs), among others. These involve some new areas of speculation that have been enthusiastically adopted among less-knowledgeable “investors” encouraged by recent excess liquidity.

Some stocks where volatility and speculation have been most visible have reached valuation ratios (price/earnings and other, more exotic creations) that seem stratospheric even when compared to the Nifty Fifty or Dot.com follies. I would argue that a downward adjustment is not complete for those securities. For others, however, it is possible that declines of more than 50%, 60% or more, which are already numerous, may have brought us closer to the ultimate lows. My advice to my younger partners is to “get our feet wet” in the stocks of likely survivors (good businesses with essential, proven products and services reflected by strong balance sheets).

I recently retrieved a January 15th, 2018, mention of John Neff by Jason Zweig in his blog Articles & Advice. This iconic investor, who retired from the Vanguard Windsor fund in 1995, beat the market by more than 3 percentage points annually for 31 years. But he reminded people that he lost 25% in 1973 and 16.8% more in 1974 before regaining 54.5% in 1975 and another 46.4% in 1976. He also pointed out that  “a noticeable portion of [his] cumulative performance came from these two years alone.”

I am also convinced that it is possible to beat the market over long periods covering several cycles, but recoveries from severe bear markets are when meaningful outperformance is achieved. To achieve this, however, it is advisable always to keep very liquid reserves (like cash) while things are less compelling. Also, since catching the ultimate bottom of a market is hard to time, we tend to invest progressively into new names. In a portfolio of about 30 stocks, for example, an initial purchase may amount to 1% of the portfolio value, followed by subsequent purchases of 1% or  2%, as market conditions allow or dictate.

Good luck getting your feet wet!

 

François Sicart – November 17, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

WHAT DOES IT MEAN TO BE RICH ANYMORE?

For the past two decades, I have belonged to the ranks of the 1 percent – presumably the richest people in America. Truly, I never felt that rich, and it brought me no particular pride – perhaps, instead, a touch of guilt thinking about the other 99 percent. Things have changed in the last twenty years or so, however, with the arrival of newer “ultra-rich” (the 0.1percent). Two classics articles have led me to reflect on this new development:

– “Money and Class in America” (Lewis H. Lapham, based on his book with the same title published by Grove Press in 1988).

– “The Rich – How They’re Different…Than They Used to Be” (Michael Lewis in “The New York Times Magazine” on 11/19/1995).

I have no desire to rehash here the ongoing argument about the huge and growing wealth gap between rich and poor in the United States, where the top 1% alone possess more wealth than the bottom 50%, while the least wealthy 40% of households own less than 5% of the wealth (Wikipedia). Many of the latter would be unable to financially survive for more than a few weeks on their accumulated savings, but such huge wealth gaps have existed for centuries in most countries.

What interests me at the moment is how people who would have considered themselves rich only a few years ago now feel relegated to the status of the mere middle class — and how they feel about this. I know a lady in Europe who inherited a “liquid” fortune of $16 million in the mid-1970s. At the time, she was reportedly considered one of the richest women in her country. More recently, she was worth substantially more than $1 billion, yet the world now seems crowded by a new wave of multi-billionaires – a few of them rapidly approaching the trillion dollars. A billion simply is not what it used to be.

While it always is dangerous to generalize, but in his classic book, Lapham makes some interesting remarks on the differences between the owners of old fortunes and the new rich. For new money, he says, “cash has been acquired recently enough to retain an element of magical surprise, and nobody has reason to believe that it won’t endlessly replenish itself.” Thus, the nearly cliché phenomenon of the free-spending new rich.

On the other hand, as Lapham points out, “knowing more or less who they are, the equestrian classes in England or France don’t feel obliged to purchase the patents of their existence… Old money quite naturally prefers to construe its privileges as matters of divine right.” But, “dependent on magic they don’t know how to replenish, they feel themselves threatened by enemies of infinite numbers: thieves, journalists, tax agents, terrorists, unscrupulous merchants, communists, and secret societies.” Elsewhere he says, “Foolish heirs sometimes squander a few millions on schemes advanced by promoters who persuade them that the djinn still lives. More prudent heirs know better, but their credulity still subjects them to the petty tyranny of their servants – lawyers …doctors, etc.” (This list can be usefully updated by adding investment managers and consultants.)

But society has changed since the 1980s: increasingly, people are defined less by their assets than by their activity — which is the new measure of one’s success. In a 1995 article in the New York Times Magazine, Michael Lewis points out that “just as new money once sought to obscure itself with the trappings of ancienne noblesse, new money was now shifting its focus to achievement.”

Forbes Magazine, which has compiled a list of the world’s richest people for more than 30 years, found 140 billionaires in 1987, including 96 outside of the U.S. Now there are 2,668 of them in the world, 724 of in the USA alone. Their number and the sizes of their fortunes have increased exponentially over the last two decades.

One factor has been the stock market, where wealth has progressed much faster, although obviously less regularly than salaries. But that progression still has been much slower (and less sudden) than other finance-related sources of wealth such as mergers and acquisitions, innovation-related IPOs (initial public offerings), etc. The European lady, which I mentioned earlier, did better than the leading stock market indexes yet failed to reach the fast-spreading multi-billion-dollar mark of the new 0.1 percent.

Michael Lewis observes in his article that the old money esthetics depended on the belief that membership in its class is a gift beyond achievement. This implied that old-money status is out of the reach of the middle class. But, in a society where achievement is increasingly the measure of one’s worth, esthetics appears increasingly irrelevant.

My observation is that younger generations of old-money families are beginning to model themselves after the new rich: they spend more freely – although differently than their parents – and at least some of them are working hard and long hours toward professional achievement. In fact, this has not been ignored by employers, as starting salaries in finance, law, and high-tech (where options are an integral portion of compensation) have increasingly become the field of intense competition – at times reaching six figures for inexperienced entrants.

While these trends are not universal, I find them encouraging. But, more than 30 years ago, Lewis Lapham already worried that: “Money always implies the promise of magic, but the effect is much magnified when, as now, people have lost faith in everything else.”

 

François Sicart – June 24, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

SOMETIMES, IT IS ALL WORTH IT!

In past writings, I have occasionally been critical of family scions of the third generation, often calling them the “cursed generation” and implying that they are the ones most likely to waste or lose the fortunes accumulated and preserved by their ancestors. This is not specific to my clientele or to any culture: the equivalent of the American saying “From shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations” exists in practically every language and country, as I pointed out in my book Luck Is Not Enough.

This is why (without naming names) I cannot resist reproducing the following letter from a young(er) man, which makes all efforts on behalf of our client families worthwhile. Of course, my partner Patsy Jaganath, who operates as our family office (modeled after the 19th-century concept of the homme d’affaires) receives compliments and heartfelt thanks regularly. But this letter addressed to me is particularly thoughtful and shows the kind of gratitude that we strive to inspire.

 

“Dear François,

I read your book this weekend, and I wanted to congratulate you.

Amongst many great takeaways, your last paragraph struck out at me, as I am sure that there are plenty of our family members who would consider that you have influenced their lives in a very positive light. This would also be true for Régine [my wife], as I am sure there are plenty who will recognise that the influence that both of you have had in different areas of one’s life to be extremely positive. I know that I count myself among them.

All that to say, thank you both for the influence that you have had on my life. Although I am firmly in my doing years and would be considered past the learning stage, I look forward to continuing to learn from you and the rest of the Sicart Family and selfishly taking advantage of your teaching years.”

 

INSECURITY and COMPETITION vs. COMPOUNDING

Albert Einstein reportedly said that “Compound interest is the eighth wonder of the world. He who understands it earns it, he who doesn’t pays it.”

There are some character faults which, in my view, tend to distract investors from what should be their primary goal: accumulating a fortune in the long run by letting it compound over time. Modern-day media has increasingly been reporting investment performance in the same sensational way that it reports sport competitions. This constantly pits more cautious investors against highly-publicized recent winners, who have made more money or made it strikingly fast. This emphasis on quick or spectacular success tends to increase the viewer’s or reader’s insecurity and sense of inadequacy in an endeavor that is characterized by uncertainty — like the stock market, for example.

That insecurity has two manifestations:

  • It generates envy, in a sort of “keeping up with the Jones” syndrome: With so many apparently instant billionaires, it’s easy to feel left behind.
  • It may also lead some investors to question their ability or their judgment in choosing an advisor, thus creating or reinforcing a feeling of inadequacy. That may in turn, manifest itself in hyperactivity. But, as Ernest Hemingway is reported to have said, “one should not mistake motion for action”.

Focusing on the most recent, spectacular gains of others also makes one forget the difference between being right (a short-term, superficial satisfaction) and the ultimate goal of accumulating a patrimony, which has much to do with one’s time horizon and thus requires patience and consistency.

Warren Buffett is a fantastic writer, as demonstrated in his books and his annual letters to the shareholders of Berkshire Hathaway, his investment company. In my mind, he will be remembered more for his witty and perceptive observations about the challenges of investing than for the fortune he has accumulated over the years —  although, of course, the fortune gives them credibility.

For me, one of his most memorable statements is: “Success in investing doesn’t correlate with IQ … what you need is the temperament to control the urges that get other people into trouble in investing.”

Temperament, or character, takes longer to forge than skills. But some clients – of any generation –manage to build it over time, by striving to know themselves and learning from their own mistakes. The letter from our young client, above, certainly makes me hopeful that success is possible.

François Sicart – April 13, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

 

Beware of Economic Forecasts in Investing

www.sicartassociates.com/always-the-wrong-question

As a group, economists (or practitioners of what is often called “the dismal science”) have failed to anticipate some of the most severe recessions and best economic recoveries of the last century. Even as a professed contrarian, however, I cannot defend their forecasting record. I would also take with a grain of salt the advice of investment strategists who base their recommendations on what economists expect the economy to do. Paraphrasing Goethe, “when ideas fail, [big] words come in very handy.”

The Economy and the Stock Market Are Two Different Animals

Crestmont Research (www.crestmontresearch.com) produces a wealth of stock market and economic data primarily focused on medium and long-term cycles, which I have often used in these letters. Their latest update contains a table that shows the lack of correlation between America’s GDP (Gross Domestic Product) and its stock market over the years: the stock market appears to move independently from the growth of the economy as measured by the Gross Domestic Product (GDP).

 Stock Market P/E Ratios and Interest Rates Tend to Move in Opposite Directions

Another document, from BigTrends.com, illustrates how bond interest rates tend to have an inverse relationship with the Price/Earnings ratio of the stock market, which is the main determinant of short- and medium-term moves in stock prices. Both are generally influenced by the rate of inflation, as the returns on both the stock and bond markets must rise when higher prices erode the purchasing power of money.

This is particularly relevant to today’s environment: on many days, we have seen the stock market rise because some strong economic statistics were released. But, as we write, interest rates still stand near historic lows. It appears that the investment crowd has been ignoring the fact that a faster-growing economy might strengthen the resolve of the Federal Reserve to let interest rates rise to more natural (less manipulated) levels and that higher rates tend to depress stock prices through a downward adjustment in the Price/Earnings ratios of shares. If the economy further strengthens, and unless corporate profits actually go through the roof, a stronger economy might not actually be good news for the stock market. So, we have to ask ourselves: “Could corporate profits go through the roof?”

Profit Margins Are Already at a Record

The chart below, from another source of very valuable statistics – Yardeni Research, Inc. — clearly shows that, after moving in a fairly stable range until the early 2000s, corporate profit margins have shot up in the last several years.

Several factors seem to have contributed to this increase in reported profitability.

First, the composition of the American GDP has changed, with lighter industries growing faster and making up a larger share of the pie. Because they use less materials and sometimes direct labor, they tend to have higher gross margins and more relatively-fixed overhead. This gives them greater operating leverage –  profits tend to grow faster than revenues when sales increase.

Second, during the uncertain times that we have confronted in the last several years, corporations have naturally tended to underinvest, especially in projects with long-term horizons. This reduces depreciation, which comes as an annual charge against reported income, thus boosting reported profitability.

Additionally, while the purchases do not necessarily show up in aggregate, economy-wide sums like the GDP, corporations have been buying back large numbers of their shares in the open market.

“All told, buybacks may exceed $870 billion for 2021, according to Silverblatt’s data. That would eclipse the record of $806 billion from three years earlier when companies used repatriated funds from the federal tax overhaul.” (Bloomberg)

Buybacks reduce a corporation’s number of outstanding shares and, as a result, increase its reported earnings per share. This will be reflected directly in the performance of capitalization-weighted indexes such as the S&P 500, especially since some of the largest-capitalization companies, which have not reinvested all their cash flows in their businesses, have been the most active in buying back their shares. The buybacks create a disproportionate effect on the behavior of major indices, prompting the stock market to perform better than the GDP in recent quarters.

Finally, even the real economy has benefitted from the pandemic in a somewhat perverse way. Liquidity injections from the Federal Reserve have enriched the wealthier, stock-owning segment of the population, while income-supporting budgetary assistance has helped poorer households and small businesses. Since opportunities to spend that extra money were limited by the pandemic, overall savings have built up, which are being released into the purchase of goods and services now that these restrictions are being loosened.

 

The Paradox of Inflation

William E. Simon, Secretary of the Treasury during the Nixon administration, once remarked that the American people have a love-hate relationship with inflation. They hate inflation but love everything that causes it. We have enjoyed what causes inflation (more liquidity, government spending, and an ebullient stock market) for the last several years and must now face the consequences of the phenomenon itself. If history is any guide, those results will come in the form of diminished spending power and higher interest rates that will depress stock market and real estate valuations.

 

A De-globalizing World

No one knows how the Russia-Ukraine situation will evolve, but its sequels will most probably affect the global economy for an extended period of time. We believe that supply chains will be disrupted for longer, and some may be permanently shut off; financial flows will be redirected and become less fluid and more expensive; several commodities, including agricultural ones, will remain more expensive.

Geopolitically, one of the main goals of Russia’s original saber-rattling and natural gas blackmail to Europe was to disrupt NATO’s unity, which is why I had assumed that an all-out invasion might be unnecessary.

For the moment, the way things have been going, Mr. Putin’s war seems to have actually reinforced NATO’s solidarity. But when the immediate fears abate, I suspect that the internal tensions of many global organizations – including NATO, the United Nations, and the European Union — will resurface. In sum, the globalization of the world economy, which was one of the motors of post-WWII economic prosperity, may recede or need to be re-invented.

 

* * *

 

I have often referred in these pages to Hyman P. Minsky, a professor of economics at Washington University in St. Louis and a distinguished scholar at the Levy Economics Institute of Bard College, who introduced The Financial Instability Hypothesis in 1992.

This hypothesis essentially posits that stability is destabilizing. If the economy or financial markets remain stable (for example, within a well-established uptrend) for an extended period of time, the attitudes of economic and financial participants change as they become more willing to accept risk (debt) and speculation.

To me, the most important implication of the hypothesis is that economic recessions or financial crises do not need an immediate trigger to happen: they are due to the very nature of free markets and crowd psychology. What has been labeled a Minsky Moment refers to the onset of a market collapse brought on by the reckless speculative activity that defines an unsustainable bullish period. It cannot be precisely predicted, but one can prepare for it.

Today, as inflationary pressures linger, especially on the cost side, recessionary forces may also become more prominent. As usual, good investors should remain alert and prepare for both.

Good luck and clear minds…

 

François Sicart – March 7th, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Investigators and Statisticians

 I have recently been exposed to the work of what is called a “forensic accountant.” These specialists analyze financial information to investigate fraud or embezzlement. Their job is to reconstruct the entire succession of actions that led to the suspected misdeeds. I was frankly amazed at what one can uncover by assembling a puzzle of disparate and often incomplete information and trying to reconstruct the process leading to the final result.

As I recall in my recent book Luck Is Not Enough (Advantage, 2021), I was at best a mediocre student of accounting in business school. Fortunately, after graduation — and for lack of other candidates — I was selected to become an assistant to two high-level American professors of accounting, and this is when I learned most of what I still remember today of the discipline.

These inauspicious beginnings did not prevent me from (briefly) becoming a professor at an institution preparing candidates for the French equivalent of the American CPA (certified public accountant). When I discovered that my students knew more about the rules of financial reporting than I did, I pivoted to teach them the philosophy of accounting. Apparently, I was a very popular teacher, though I am not sure how my students fared at their final exams. But as Swedish essayist, Ellen Key wrote in 1891: “Culture is what subsists after we forgot everything we had learned.”

The Data Can Become Irrelevant

In the 1980s, the economic consensus was that Japan, with its bulging trade surplus and booming stock and real estate markets, was eating the lunch of the US economy. My team at the time disagreed and embarked on a research project to try and prove that American manufacturing was not dying but being reborn. One of the experts who helped us in this endeavor was Robert Kaplan, a well-known professor of accounting at Harvard.

Professor Kaplan explained to us that the statistics used to measure the performance of American manufacturing corporations were based on 19th-century accounting, whereas we were on the brink of entering the 21st century. In the earlier period, the bulk of manufacturing costs were raw materials and direct (manual) labor. For expediency, all other costs (including research, marketing, administration) were allocated to products in proportion to those direct costs.

But by the 1980s, the industry had changed radically. Labor, especially in rapidly-developing electronics, had shrunk to as low as 10% of total costs. Similarly, the industry was using less and lighter materials. So while those costs had diminished dramatically, we were still allocating corporate overhead on the basis of two much less relevant inputs. The traditional measures of corporate productivity and profitability had become highly misleading and had begun to prompt errors of judgment.

The point is that over time, the data that forms our business and economic statistics evolves. It’s necessary to analyze what goes to make up these data to avoid the traditional “garbage in – garbage out” nature of statistics.

Data vs. Process

These days, I am increasingly sensitive to the fact that statistics deal with results (usually results of measurement) without paying too much attention to how these data are obtained.

I created Tocqueville Asset Management in 1985, and I am particularly proud that, during the wild popularity of Enron Corp. among investors in the 1990s, two of my partners particularly knowledgeable in energy matters visited Enron twice and came back with an answer that is too rarely admitted: “We don’t understand how they do it.” This took some courage, as Enron’s reported results were excellent. Fortune named Enron “America’s Most Innovative Company” for six consecutive years, and management routinely humiliated skeptical analysts by labeling them as stupid or ignorant.

But in late 2001 it became clear that Enron’s apparent success was sustained by a remarkably well-constructed and sustained fraud. The company ultimately went bankrupt. And here is the simple yet crucial lesson: If you don’t know or don’t understand how a company’s profits are achieved, you should not risk your or your clients’ money on its shares.

“Performance” and The Madoff Episode

In today’s field of investments, I find a particular disconnect between two groups of professionals. On the one hand, there are portfolio managers who study the process by which companies generate profits before deciding how much they will pay for these profits. On the other hand, there are performance measures, sometimes labeled “asset allocators,” who compare companies’ statistics with little regard to how and why the performances were achieved.

Many readers will remember Bernie Madoff, the infamous American financier who ran the largest (roughly $65 billion) Ponzi scheme in history. (A Ponzi scheme is a form of fraud that lures investors by paying profits to earlier investors with funds raised from more recent investors.) Madoff claimed that his fraudulent activities began in the 1990s. However, federal investigators believe the fraud in the investment management and advisory divisions of his company may have begun in the 1970s. Be this as it may, Madoff admitted that he hadn’t actually traded since the early 1990s and that all of his returns since then had been fabricated. (Wikipedia) He was sentenced to 150 years of incarceration and died in prison in 2021.

At the peak of his pyramid, Madoff employed numerous financial organizations to raise and channel funds to his “investment” products. Surprisingly, I had never heard of him until the scandal erupted around 2000. Later I discovered that I knew a number of professionals who had contributed to his fund-raising and had sometimes invested and lost their own money, along with that of their clients.

The main problem was that these professionals only performed statistical analysis on the reported performance of Madoff’s funds without checking the process that had purportedly produced the claimed returns. I am concerned that, with today’s fixation on measuring statistical performance against widely-used benchmarks (i.e., leading indexes) without investigating the investment process, the opportunities for such catastrophic errors of judgment have multiplied.

An additional concern is that many consultants and asset allocators insist on measuring performance on ever shorter periods of time (not only yearly but monthly, or even more frequently). If only for demographic reasons, patrimonial performance only matters over long periods, but what consultant would expect to be paid for statistical analyses that he or she delivers only once every so many years?

The result of this short-term focus on performance is that advisors, to prove that they are hard at work, seem to recommend portfolio changes more often than is necessary or productive: they only wind up increasing the turnover of portfolios. The reality, as Ernest Hemingway reportedly advised, is that one should never mistake motion for action.

 

François Sicart – January 31, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Always the Wrong Question

One of these days, after a spectacular decade of progress, the stock market will encounter a serious air pocket. The investing crowd will then ask the perennial question: “What caused the market collapse yesterday?” But, as usual, this will be the wrong question. The intelligent inquiry would really be: “Why did the market rise so much before yesterday’s crash?”

The Minsky Hypothesis

Over the years, I have become increasingly attracted by what is called the “Hyman Minsky hypothesis” and have referred to it in several papers. Hyman Minsky was a professor of economics at Washington University and a distinguished scholar at the Levy Economics Institute of Bard College. His theory was that economic “stability breeds instability:” as people feel good about current economic prospects, they tend to consume more, take on more debt, and, increasingly, speculate.

The idea that stable economies sow the seeds of their own destruction — and that this is just the nature of free markets — sounded a bit too Marxist for the western economic establishment, and Minsky was not particularly popular until the financial crisis, and Great Recession of 2007-2009 seemed to vindicate his views.

What intrigues me most about the hypothesis is that it implies that financial crises and economic recessions need not be prompted by a specific, immediate trigger. Rather, instability builds slowly but steadily as economic actors and investors are lured by apparent stability or momentum into undertaking more financial leverage (debt) and accepting (or ignoring) more risk. In doing so, they are often abetted by so-called “experts” who are best at rationalizing what people want to hear.

The Case of the 1970s’ Inflation

The mid-1970s are remembered as a period of double-digit price inflation, followed by the first severe recession of the postwar era. The recent uptick in prices and interest rates has revived curiosity about that period, which was followed by a stock market decline of over 45% (as measured by the Dow Jones Industrial Average between January 1973 and December 1974).

Experts of the day were prepared to find multiple causes for the accelerating inflation that continued into the next decade (after a recession-induced pause in the early 1970s). One was the collapse of the Bretton Woods system and Nixon’s shock devaluation of the dollar under the Smithsonian Agreement; another was the 1971 abandonment of the gold standard followed by the quantum increase in the price of oil after OPEC’s oil embargo (1973).

However, the following chart illustrates that inflation had clearly begun to accelerate years earlier, in the mid-to-late 1960s. In fact, it could be argued that the later developments were perhaps the result of rising inflation and its corollary – the depreciating purchasing power of the US dollar.

A Wall Street Flashback to the 1960s

If inflation actually appeared before these supposed “trigger” events, some explanation can probably be found in instability that had slowly built up in prior years, as Minsky had foreseen. And the 1960s, which are now often referred to as the “Go-Go Years,” were indeed rife with ample liquidity, mounting financial leverage, and speculation. According to the SEC, assets of stock mutual funds doubled in the five years from 1960 to 1965 and doubled again from 1965 to 1970, peaking at $56 billion in 1972. (ICI Securities Law Procedures Conference, Washington, D.C. – 1997)

John Brooks’ The Go-Go Years (Wiley Investment Classics, 1999) tells “the story of the growth stocks of the 1960s and how their meteoric rise caused a multitude of small investors to thrive until the market crashed devastatingly in the 1970s. It was a time when greed drove the market, and fast money was being made and lost as the ‘go-go’ stocks surged and plunged.” (From the book’s flap copy)

One example gives a feeling for the atmosphere of the 1960s. Investors Overseas Services, Ltd. (IOS) was founded in 1955 by financier Bernard Cornfeld. By the 1960s, it employed 25,000 people who sold 18 different mutual funds door-to-door all over Europe. In the following decade, the company raised $2.5 billion, due in part to its “Fund of Funds,” which invested in shares of other IOS offerings. Though popular, the Fund of Funds eventually turned into a Ponzi-type operation, paying investors promised dividends from newly-raised capital. After efforts at refinancing and a bailout from another troubled financier, Robert Vesco (who utilized IOS money to bail out his own ventures), IOS went out of business. Cornfeld was tried and acquitted, and Vesco fled to Havana.

To put into perspective the size of these ancient events, $1 billion in 1960 would have been the equivalent of $9.4 billion in today’s dollars. When I joined Wall Street in 1969, the New York Stock Exchange traded about 12 million shares on a good day. Even this kind of volume was overwhelming for the existing infrastructure and forced the NYSE to restrict trading to four days a week. (In comparison, today’s technology and logistics allow for a daily trading volume that approaches and often exceeds one billion shares.)

To understand how the apparent stability of the 1960s fed the instability of the 1970s, it should also be remembered that, except for cyclical slowdowns and minor or short-lived recessions, the post-war economy had experienced a long period of growth and stability. The economic establishment became complacent as a result, with several popular economists actually claiming that we had conquered the economic cycle. One of the few contrarians was Paul Volcker, who was then President of the New York Federal Reserve before becoming Chairman of the whole Federal Reserve System. Volcker had become concerned very early with the inflationary trends inflamed by the “guns and butter” economic policies of President Lyndon Johnson and his successors throughout the Vietnam war years.

Experts Always Rationalize the Recent Past and Project it Into the Indefinite Future

Amidst this complacency, a recession hit the United States in 1970. The stock market, as measured by the S&P 500 index, fell 35%.  However, the overall economic recession was relatively modest and, importantly, was mostly domestic in nature. Experts, in particular from the largest wealth management banks, were prompt to concoct a new investment theme. Noticing that a number of companies had survived the recession and the stock market declined relatively well, they started promoting investment in the so-called “Nifty Fifty,” arguing that these recession-resistant stocks could be bought and held forever, regardless of the price. (Source: USA Today, 4/1/2014)

Post Mortem: In the 694 days between January 11, January 11, 1973, and December, December 6 1974, the Dow Jones Industrial Average benchmark lost over 45% of its value, but the Nifty Fifty stocks fell even further. The market, as measured by the Dow Jones Average, did not recapture its 1973 high until the early 1980s. Many of the Nifty Fifty took much longer to recover, while some never did.

Fast Forward to 2022

The fundamental question facing investors today is whether the current acceleration of inflation will be “transitory,” as the Fed seemed to believe until recently, or more sustained, as skeptical economists have argued. Personally, I tend to see inflation as a trend that is not easily halted or reversed. But, in periods like the current one, I tend to revert toward the Minsky view of the world.

Greed, risk-taking, and speculation are not easy to measure. Equally, the level at which exuberance becomes intolerably irrational is subtle. These attitudes usually announce themselves by a series of anecdotes rather than by concrete data. Still, the anecdotes are now accumulating – slowly but increasingly difficult to ignore. As usual, they seem to be rationalized by self-anointed “experts.”

Consistent with their past record, growing numbers of strategists, asset-allocators and wealth managers have joined the FOMO crowd, feeding their clients’ “Fear Of Missing Out.”

For a while, with interest rates close to zero, the philosophy became TINA – “There Is No Alternative” (to equities, i.e., the stock market). Then, as the US stock market was irrepressibly carried higher by a handful of very successful, though very expensive companies, the FAANG stocks (Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google) came to the fore. They could be considered the modern-day version of the 1970s Nifty Fifty.

More recently, investment experts have steered their clients to more exotic “alternative” investments: private equity, private credit, etc. One of the main attractions here is that, contrary to the structure of the stock market, precise valuations are unavailable or hard to fathom in the near term. This situation promotes the promise of better eventual returns as a trade-off for the lack of liquidity in the near term – a splendid way to tie up investing clients’ funds.

Money has been diverted to assets such as real estate, art, wine, etc., increasingly fusing investment greed and lifestyle aspirations. But then, the internet took over from the experts. Now, websites and chatrooms promote products such as cryptocurrencies, NFTs (Non-Fungible Tokens, or digital pictures of an original product), memes of fashionable stock tips, etc. Most of these new products attract millions of small, inexperienced investors, but, occasionally, they are also endorsed by investing stars, who know how to capitalize on a new trend when they see one.

If you still doubt that there is too much money sloshing around and getting “invested” mindlessly, just read this recent headline:

January 8, 2022

A reality star who says she made $200K from selling her farts in Mason jars is pivoting to selling them as NFTs

On pornographic grounds, one might understand the idea of paying real money for the packaged farts of a sexy influencer. But pictures of the jars???

The Rewards of Being an Early Skeptic

Bernard Baruch (1870-1965), the famed speculator whom historian Thomas A. Krueger described as one of the country’s richest and most powerful men for half a century, famously said:

“I made my money by selling too soon.”

Times like now seem like good ones to emulate his investing style…

François Sicart – January 12, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

ELIMINATION AS A STRATEGY FOR INVESTING … AND FOR LIFE

Richer, Wiser, Happier (Scribner, 2021), a book by Wall Street columnist William Green, is a wonderful collection of interviews of highly successful investors that also have developed valuable lessons for life in general. Mr. Green does not approach these interviews as a traditional “groupie” only impressed by investment performances and dollars earned but elaborates on the character and life disciplines of his subjects.

Many of these interviews and analyses have reminded me how, with an increasingly complex investment universe and confusing world in general, it has become more important to simplify and concentrate on what we know and understand and also on what we really desire. One of the observations that came into clearer focus was that some of the most successful investors in the long term expend more effort on avoiding major mistakes than on selecting the most promising investments.

As Warren Buffet’s long-time partner Charlie Munger, known for not mincing his words, has said many times in similar fashion: “It is remarkable how much long-term advantage people like us [at Berkshire Hathaway] have gotten by trying to be consistently not stupid, instead of being very intelligent.” Over fifty years of investing, I may not have succeeded in avoiding stupidity completely, but I have increasingly veered toward eliminating potentially costly mistakes in our portfolios instead of trying to discover presumably rare pearls.

There are approximately 41,000 listed companies in the world with a combined market value of more than USD 80 trillion, and the United States alone counts nearly 6,000 public companies. (Wikipedia 8/30, 2021 and OECD report 10/17 2019). I won’t even try to estimate the number of derivatives and manufactured products that piggyback on those corporate equities or the bonds and other credit instruments that are issued by their underlying companies. So, especially with a small but effective investment team, which I prefer, it would be impossible to thoroughly analyze all the opportunities available to us. Proceeding first by elimination is a more effective approach, I believe.

I discovered Carl Jacobi, a nineteenth-century German mathematician who made important contributions to somewhat esoteric (for me) areas of science when reading Nassim Taleb’s Fooled by Randomness: The Hidden Role of Chance in Life and in the Markets (2001, Random House). I have since read many papers about Jacobi’s work but, I must confess, I never read his books in the text — or in the math as it were. Nevertheless, I retained perhaps his most famous advice for solving problems: “Invert, always invert”: many hard problems are best solved when they are addressed backward by turning a situation or problem upside down and looking at it backward.

One of the corollaries of that maxim, as it applies to investments, is not to look for the rare outsized winners but rather to eliminate those that we should avoid. These include any businesses that are overindebted, illiquid, or that are spread too thin over very diverse activities, and also, any involvement in activities that we don’t clearly understand, which requires a talent for introspection to acknowledge.

I believe that there are two main types of dangerous investors: those who are poorly educated or insufficiently informed and only invest on gut feelings, and those at the other extreme, who are overeducated and/or excessively intellectual. The latter live under the assumption that there is nothing that they cannot understand and thus are easily seduced by challenging schemes or new products without applying basic cynicism and common sense. Two examples of recent years were the costly lures of energy “innovator” ENRON and the Ponzi investment scheme expertly organized by Bernard Madoff. Both attracted surprising large numbers of supposedly-sophisticated professional investors before eventually collapsing.

We prefer to be ready, after thorough analysis if it is necessary and possible, to admit that we don’t know or don’t understand when honest introspection makes us feel “inadequate”.

There is another shortcoming that affects most kinds of investors when they are looking for outstanding gains: the optimistic bias that makes them overestimate the potential gain from the investment being considered and overlook any potential downside due, for example, to changes in the company’s or industry’s fundamental environment or to the entry into their competitive space by disruptive technologies or new marketing or distribution approaches. These often cannot be precisely anticipated, but a higher level of reflection can create an awareness of possible vulnerabilities.

Most of us realize that, with all the traditional media sources and now the newer access to social network conversation, we are submerged, not only by data but also by unnecessary and unwanted analyses, opinions and other “noise”. There is a growing need to simplify the torrent of information that aggresses us daily. We live in an age of plethora, and this statement does not apply only to investments:  in a social context as well, we are constantly adding new “friends” from the Internet. Even if we do not wish to add to our social network, it is often delicate to unfriend people who have invited us to join their hundreds of closest confidantes.

But systematically eliminating new ideas and new acquaintances can be intellectually diminishing, and it is important to keep an open mind – in investments as in social interaction. A few years ago, a stranger in a cocktail party started to ask me about investments. Just as doctors who resent being asked to diagnose and recommend treatments at such social gatherings, I tend to shut out what I perceive as aggressions. I told my wife that I did not want to see that person again. But, as it happens, we did, and I discovered a wonderful man with diversified interests: he had been a prominent doctor, was well-traveled, had an ongoing passion for photography, and, most importantly, had a wonderful sense of humor. He became one of my closest friends and valuable addition to my life.

Similarly, I initially rejected buying the shares of Google and Amazon, for example, on the basis of their excessive valuations, without fully recognizing how search engines would become indispensable to our lives or understanding that Amazon would evolve from an interesting experiment in bookselling to being the logistical master of the global retail business.

My bad, as they say in sports… But, in truth, it is not so important to collect spectacular winners in a portfolio, as long as you keep compounding your clients’ fortunes by avoiding costly mistakes. Furthermore, with true long-term winners, the market usually offers you later occasions to buy into more easily appraised values.

It is challenging to reconcile long-term ambition and short-term humility or lack of greed. But as I look to the future, I am confident that the lessons from history, a sharpened focus on research, and a good dose of unbiased introspection will serve me and my clients well.

 

François Sicart – December 1, 2021

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

PSYCHOLOGY, VALUE AND THE NEED FOR PATIENCE

 

During the pandemic, I have been using my forced time out of the office to review in detail my investing experience of the past fifty years – hoping to gain some enlightenment from this broad view.

My first observation is that, contrary to public complacency induced by twelve years of the current bull market, there have been some serious breaks in the progression of the major indices over this time span.  I experienced these firsthand, and a partial review is very enlightening.

The Pain and Opportunity in Bear Markets

For one thing, I remember well some of the S&P 500 losses that are easily ignored by newcomers to investment as well as by veteran investors. Among those, four stand out:

    Start and End Date        % Price Decline                     Length in days

11/29/1968 – 5/26/1970                   36%                                         543

1/11/1973 – 10/3/1974                     48%                                          630

3/24/2000 – 9/21/2001                      37%                                         546

10/9/2007 – 11/20/2008                    52%                                         408

(Source: Crestmont Research)

This is a small sample to remind the reader that while market declines averaging 43% and lasting longer than a year are somewhat rare, they cannot be viewed as “black swan” events.

Moreover, losses of that magnitude are not recouped rapidly. For example, it took 1.7 years to recover the market peak of 1968, while the Nifty Fifty loss of 1973-1974 took 3.8 years. And after the bursting of the 2000-2002 dot.com bubble, the market did not break even until 4 years had passed. More recently, the losses of the Sub-Prime crisis were only erased after 3.1 years. (Source: www.awealthofcommonsense.com) I should add that declines in some sexier indexes have often been more severe, such as the 77% loss in the tech-heavy NASDAQ Composite Index after the dot.com bubble burst. It took almost 15 years (!) to be recouped.

Obviously, there have been many “corrections” of up to 20% or more over the years. But despite the often-dramatic media headlines and sensational TV “breaking news” that they prompted, I attribute those to the normal volatility of investment markets, and to the investing crowd’s bipolar nature. I generally treat these milder episodes as opportunities to fine-tune our portfolios rather than as reasons for panicky overhauls.

Another observation from this retrospective exercise is that we all tend to measure market fluctuations from bottom to top and from peak to trough.  But to get a rational appraisal of the investment performance over a full cycle, we should measure the market progress from peak to peak.

Still another remark is that cash reserves in portfolios provide only a partial safeguard in declining markets. If your stock selections have been strategic, you may do a bit better than the majority of investors, but when the broad market goes down, all portfolios are nevertheless likely to suffer.

Cash should not be viewed as a sanctuary, but becomes very important when the market has already declined and buying opportunities abound. This may seem like an obvious point — but it is only if you have ready cash that you can seize these opportunities. At such times, those who are fully invested have to sell (probably devalued) holdings from their portfolios in order to to purchase attractive stocks that have become irresistibly cheap.

From Value-Contrarian to Contrarian-Value Investing

I sometimes mention that over the years, I have evolved from a value-contrarian investor to a contrarian-value one. This is a nuance, but a significant one. Historically, “value investing” has been nearly synonymous with “contrarian investing.” This made sense, because the stock market is effectively an auction market. If buyers become less aggressive and sellers become more so, the result should be lower prices (hence better value) for the commodity being auctioned.

In more recent years, however, the notion of “value” has become more diffuse. When Benjamin Graham articulated his value-investing philosophy, it was essentially a balance-sheet notion: a company’s readily saleable (current) assets minus total liabilities represented the minimum value of the business in a possible liquidation. If you could buy the company’s shares in the stock market for less than that amount, you made a great purchase.

Since then, powerful inexpensive computers and readily-available databases of corporate financial statements have rendered these value calculations easier and faster to make. The advantage of original value investors has diminished as a result. In addition, the make-up of corporations has evolved from traditional physical product-related activities to lighter, more service-oriented ones, including more immaterial assets such as goodwill, research, or patents, which are harder to evaluate in current dollars and cents. As a result, the focus of valuation has evolved from assets to earnings and, more recently, to estimates of future earnings and growth rates.

Fortunately, technology and the global environment in which businesses operate may have changed, but human nature has not. Hence my own increased emphasis on contrarian investing, which brings me to the meaning of the P/E, or Price-to-Earnings, ratio.

The P/E Ratio: Where Psychology and Value Meet

The P/E is simply the ratio of a stock’s Price over its company’s Earnings per share. Since the dollar price of a stock in the market really tells you nothing about what you are buying, the cost of a share is often expressed, for comparisons, by its P/E ratio, which shows how much you are paying for one dollar of a company’s profits.

Ed Easterling, author of Unexpected Returns: Understanding Stock Market Cycles and President of Crestmont Research, writes “History shows that the change in the market P/E ratio over decade-long periods often doubles or halves investor returns in the stock market.” And, truly, whereas corporate earnings for the whole stock market tend to move up cyclically but in a relatively moderate trend, it is the ups and downs of P/E ratios that command the preponderance of stock market movements. Crestmont Research has on its website a graph that illustrates quite clearly that this volatility reflects the rising optimism or pessimism of the investing crowd – as illustrated by the ups and downs of the market P/E. The site has a wealth of (free) educative statistics and I encourage the reader to visit it: www.crestmontresearch.com.

P/E Ratios Say Something About Subsequent Returns

I should point out that the above remarks apply to the market as a whole. It is possible for stock pickers to uncover stocks of individual companies whose earnings progress will dwarf the negative performance of broad indices. Still, it is an elusive challenge: the chances of identifying enough such pearls to build a properly diversified portfolio are slim. More importantly, it is rare that periods of outsized operational overperformance last forever, and even minor disappointments can be very costly when they occur. Also, when operational success is widely recognized and becomes extrapolated into the future by more investors, these companies’ valuations in the market, i.e. their P/E ratios, reflect higher expectations and become increasingly vulnerable to the slightest shortfall.

It is only prudent to be aware of the broader market environment and also to retain sufficient cash reserves to take advantage of more numerous opportunities when they become available. Such occasions may not be frequent, but in my experience, they provide opportunities to make a difference in long-term patrimony-building.

A few historians and analysts have documented the stock market returns in the 3-to-11 years following various levels of initial P/E ratios. It makes sense that, if you buy an investment whose price already incorporates high expectations, as reflected by the Price/Earnings, your future returns will be reduced accordingly, as the ratio will tend to decline cyclically. Most historical studies vindicate this view. Steve Blumenthal (blumenthal@cmgwealth.com) regularly compiles updates of several such studies. He summarized his September 10 review as follows:

Logic tells us that coming returns will be negative for the S&P 500 Index over the next 11 years.”

I should stress that this prediction does not suggest that the stock market will go down without interruption for 11 years in a row. It merely indicates that, based on historical precedents, the average annual return on the S&P will probably be close to zero over this kind of longer period. Valuation is not a timing instrument, and that average will probably encompass shorter up and down cycles. But acknowledging the possibility or likelihood of intermediate trends should not prompt us to forget the lessons of history and common sense. Don’t succumb to FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out) as stories of instant and easy fortunes multiply! Instead, keep a steady focus on the goal of building your own patrimony over time.

François Sicart, November 11, 2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

THANKS FOR THE MEMORIES!

Famous quotes are difficult to attribute. Mark Twain may never have said that “history does not repeat itself but that it often rhymes.”   Winston Churchill may have been paraphrasing George Santayana when he wrote that “Those that fail to learn from history are doomed to repeat it.” Still, with these maxims in mind, I have tried to recall a few investment episodes from my own experience when I learned something that would help me avoid future mistakes.

Some of these episodes were (or should have been) foreseeable. At the very least, common sense should have told us that trees do not grow to the sky. I would place these events in the Bubbles category. Examples are the “Nifty Fifty” craze of the 1970s in the United States, the outrageous valuations of Japanese equities and real estate during the 1980s, the dotcom folly of the late 1990s the U.S. sub-prime crisis of 2007 along with its aftermath, the Great Recession.

Other episodes have been less predictable, like the 1987 stock market crash in New York: I classify those as Minsky Moments, due more to the bipolar nature of investment markets than to traceable causes or events.

As Robert Armstrong, who writes the Unhedged column for the Financial Times, remarked on September 21, 2007, “In financial markets, prices lead and explanations follow.” Stock market historians and chroniclers often make a distinction between “smart” and “dumb” money, implying that the “smart” money is in the hands of Wall Street professionals while the dumb money belongs to the ignorant private investor crowd. In fact, the striking characteristic of many identifiable bubbles is the role that reputed experts and “professional” investors have played in justifying and bidding up exuberantly overpriced investment concepts.

THE NIFTY FIFTY EPISODE of THE EARLY 1970s

One memory is the role of advisers from leading banks in promoting shares of the early -1970s so-called Nifty Fifty companies as fool-proof investments because they had survived unharmed the relatively mild recession of 1970. Since it is easier to sell something that has already worked well, this feat was paraded by many professional advisers as proof that some companies, because of the resilience of their growth and the strength of their balance sheets, were recession-proof. Consequently, they claimed that these “one-decision” stocks should be purchased at any price and held forever.

No need to remind readers of what followed. Well-known names of then-successful companies with overpriced shares destroyed the dreams of many gullible investors. Xerox, traded for 49 times earnings in late 1972 before falling 71% from its 1972 high to its 1974 low. Avon, which had sold as high as 65 times earnings, fell 86% while Polaroid lost 91% from its high at 91 times earnings to its 1974 low.

Of course, those are among the worst examples of mindless investing in stock market leaders, but most of the Nifty Fifty suffered badly and many never recovered.

THE JAPANESE ASSET BUBBLE of THE 1980s

In the 1980s, Japan was eating America’s economic lunch. Its economy was growing fast, partly as a result of a very expansive monetary policy. Meanwhile a major speculative boom developed in real estate and the stock market on the heels of a highly productive and successful export sector. At the same time, US industrial companies were struggling from stagnating productivity and an overvalued dollar.

Between 1985 and 1991, commercial land prices rose more than 300%, while residential land and industrial land price jumped 180% and 162%, respectively. In 1984, the Nikkei 225 index had largely moved within the 9900–11,600 range. But as land prices in Tokyo began to rise in 1985, the stock market also moved higher. In 1986, the Nikkei 225 gained close to 45% and the trend continued throughout 1987, when it touched as high as 26,000 before being dragged down by New York’s stock market Black Monday. Still, the Nikkei’s strong rally resumed and continued throughout 1988 and 1989, closing near 39,000 at the end of December 1989.

Ben Carlson, now with Ritholtz Wealth Management, states that in the 1980s, share prices increased 3 times faster than corporate profits for Japanese corporations. I think this should serve as a reminder that major market fluctuations generally are more a matter of crowd perceptions than of underlying fundamental values.

Finally, by August 1990, after five monetary tightenings by the Bank of Japan, the Nikkei stock index had plummeted to half its peak. But even though asset prices had already collapsed by early 1992, the economy’s decline continued for more than a decade. This decline resulted in a huge accumulation of non-performing assets loans, causing difficulties for many financial institutions. The bursting of the Japanese asset price bubble contributed to what many call Japan’s Lost Decade.

THE DOT.COM BUBBLE of THE 1990s

This episode is recent enough that many of today’s stock market participants do, or should, remember it.

In the late 1990s, the investing crowd discovered the magical promise of the internet, much as the speculators of yesteryear discovered radio in the 1920s. Just like radio then, the internet was a revolutionary discovery that would change how the world operates. But, just as for radio in the 1920s and beyond, while the innovation was a phenomenal societal and commercial success, only few investors made durable fortunes on it, and those mostly several years later. As far as I can remember, most other sheep-like investing followers lost money on the dot.com bubble when it burst.

In the five years between 1995 and its peak in March 2000, the Nasdaq Composite stock market index rose 400%, only to fall 78% from its peak by October 2002. So, assuming my math is correct, if you timed the bubble perfectly, you earned only 10% in seven years. A majority of investors, however, were drawn in by the allure of the poorly-understood promise of tech and underestimated the challenges of bringing its innovations to commercial success. Naturally, they lost money.

THE SUBPRIME CRISIS AND GREAT RECESSION of 2007-2008

With a little help from Wikipedia, this is a quick summary of what I remember from that episode.

Subprime (lower quality) home mortgage were marketed to  clients with low solvency, and therefore with a higher risk of default, who would not have had access to traditional mortgages. Their interest rate was higher than for personal loans, and bank commissions were more burdensome, which made them more attractive and easier to sell for banks and other financial intermediaries – at least for those with a predilection for quick profits rather than long-term value creation.

In that low-interest-rate environment, everyone wanted to share in the fat margins and large new market being opened by subprime mortgages: many brokers and marketing teams “initiated” new loans on behalf of actual banks without proper due diligence on the solvency of the borrowers.  Indeed, they often actually encouraged those clients to paint a rosy picture of their finances. The loans were then typically resold by banks to other, less-informed institutions.  Eventually, thanks to the creativity of investment bankers and the complacency of rating agencies, mortgages were aggregated in such a way that a package of mortgages with disparate levels of reliability could be sold to the public as an instrument with a superior safety rating. Additionally, In the US, the purchase and sale of housing for speculative “flipping” purposes spread and was accompanied by high leverage, which amplified the ballooning of debt. Often safeguards of prudence and ethics were abandoned.

Eventually, though, the progressive rise in interest rates by the Federal Reserve increased the delinquency rate and the level of foreclosures. From 2004 to 2006 the interest rate went from 1% to 5.25%. The rise in house prices, which had been spectacular between 2001 and 2005, turned into a sustained decline and foreclosures due to the non-payment of debt grew dramatically. Many financial entities experienced liquidity problems and difficulty returning  money to investors or receiving financing from lenders.

The mortgage crisis resulted in numerous financial failures, bank nationalizations, constant interventions by the central banks of major developed economies, deep drops in stock prices and general deterioration in the global economy. The US entered a deep recession, with nearly 9 million jobs lost during 2008 and 2009. Its economy  did not return to the December 2007 pre-crisis peak until May 2014.

THE 1987 “BLACK MONDAY”

I launched the Tocqueville Fund in early 1987. By that time, the S&P 500 index of the US stock market had taken only five years to nearly triple from its 1982 recession low. At 18x, up from 8x at the 1982 bottom, the index’s price-to-earnings ratio had been multiplied by 2.3, and thus had accounted for a major portion of the advance. At 18 times earnings, the index had not yet reached the 33x multiple at the top of the 1999 dot.com bubble or the “new-age” 36x of early 2021, but it was high by historical standards and enough to make me worry about valuation.

As a result, I kept most of the money from the initial subscriptions into the fund in cash and liquidities. Soon, the early shareholders, who were largely colleagues and friends, caught the FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out) bug and started calling me to say that, if they had wanted to own a money-market fund, they would have invested in one.

Listening to the “voice of the people,” I finally invested much of the fund’s assets in selected stocks … shortly before the fateful Black Monday of October 19, 1987. Then, in one day, the Dow Jones Industrials index fell nearly 23%.

On that day, I was in London making a presentation to a group of institutional investors, who surprisingly all showed up in spite of probably having seen on the hotel lobby televisions, as I had, what was happening in New York.

Back in my room, I called my partner Jean-Pierre Conreur in New York to ask him what he was doing in that financial tempest. He answered: “Not very much, because the tape is hours late and we have no idea of where stock prices are. I am just making lists of companies whose shares we might purchase when the markets function again.” For many stocks, we would only know prices days later. The only thing I could do was to call clients to reassure them that we were watching the markets closely and we were in charge, ready to act when things stabilized.

When the one-day crash was absorbed, we reviewed the various accounts under our management and they were down a bit, but much less that the leading indexes. I felt we were geniuses! But I forgot one thing: in a panic and faced with the need to sell in a hurry, investors sell what they can and that is large stocks with presumably liquid markets, even in a downdraft. Our portfolios, importantly, were in smaller, somewhat less-liquid shares and were initially bypassed by those who’d been forced to sell.

However, by the end of the year, only two months later, our portfolios had caught up with the debacle: they were down less than the market, because they held mostly value stocks with strong balance sheets, but still down for the year. We would have done much better with the cash we had held until I succumbed to the pressure of the “crowd.”

The interesting thing is that subsequent studies of the crash could not trace any immediate cause or trigger. Several excesses should have warned investors to be cautious: economic growth had slowed while inflation was rearing its head. After tripling in value In the five years preceding October 1987, stocks were generally overvalued, with the overall market’s price-earnings ratio above 20 and estimates of future earnings trending lower. Debt levels had increased fast with the ebullient stock market (for example, leveraged buyout activity mushroomed from less than $3 billion annually to more than $30 billion in 1987). The dollar had been declining after the Louvre currency accord, and interest rates had been rising.

However, Nobel-prize winning economist Robert J. Shiller surveyed 889 investors immediately after the crash regarding several aspects of their experience at the time. According to Shiller, the most common responses were related to a “gut feeling” of an impending crash, perhaps brought on by “too much indebtedness.”

But most of these opinions were garnered with hindsight. The truth is that investors were aware of the issues facing the stock market but had become complacent, lulled by innovations such as portfolio insurance (using computer programs and derivatives), which gave them a false belief that it would prevent a significant loss of capital if the market were to crash. In other words, everything was set for a “Minsky Moment” (when a long period of economic and financial stability transforms into a sudden bout of instability) but its timing, as always, remained elusive.

LESSONS OF HISTORY

It may be presumptuous to draw definitive conclusions about financial history from the limited sample of my fifty years on Wall Street. But the few financial bubbles that I witnessed were long to inflate and then exacerbated and extended by economic recessions that were either concurrent with or the consequence of these financial excesses and complacency.

In contrast, the 1987 crash was generally unanticipated or, at least, its early warning signals were largely ignored. It was not accompanied by an economic recession and, maybe for that reason, it was exceptionally short – though still quite painful for investors.

The criteria for asset under- and over-valuation change from period to period. But all financial crises are caused by preceding ebullient markets fed by speculation and the crowd’s fear of missing out on widespread gains (or at least increased complacency in the face of “irrational exuberance.”) The timing of the reckoning is elusive, but seems to be unavoidable in time.

This is why, over time, I have evolved from my training as a pure value investor to my current emphasis on contrarian investing. The economic environment and technologies change, but human nature remains fairly constant in its bipolarity.

Today, again, experts are arguing that an overextended bull market fueled by zero or negative interest rates, computerized/algorithmic trading, SPACs, memes, Bitcoin, FANGs, etc. is justifiable regardless of valuations. The names and concepts may have changed, but experience tells me that the human characteristics of the investing crowd have not.  I may not have seen it all, but I have witnessed much of it before and I have survived and reasonably prospered.

François Sicart – October 4, 2021

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Nostalgia isn’t what it used to be

The title of this paper is stolen from an autobiography by renowned French actress Simone Signoret. It has only marginal relevance to my subject here, but I have long dreamed of using this catchy phrase.

In any case, I was reorganizing my library this week and came across many books that I had not opened in years. Among them was a little booklet published by The Free Press under the aegis of New York University, entitled “The Rediscovery of the Business Cycle.” It was in fact the text of a lecture given by Paul Volcker in 1978, when he was still President of the New York Fed and one year before he became Chairman of the whole U.S. Federal Reserve system.

The lecture is interesting on many fronts.

First, it clearly shows Volcker’s overwhelming concern with inflation, which was raising its menacing head at the time, and which he would courageously vanquish later at the cost of a painful recession (1980-1982). But in addition he describes the complacency of most economists of the period, who essentially thought that postwar economic management and countercyclical policies had definitively conquered the traditional business cycle. Famous last words!

Particularly interesting is the distinction Volcker made between the traditional business cycle of about 3 years, and a longer cycle of maybe 17 years or more that would be hard to measure or anticipate precisely.

The traditional business cycle could be largely traced to the fluctuations of inventories in an economy that was essentially physical (as opposed to today’s increasingly digital one). The longer cycle was more elusive and, without going into the specifics of modern behavioral economics, it was clearly associated in Volcker’s mind with the vagaries of human nature and the psychological biases of the crowd.

In fact, though I am not sure of the chronological relationship between the two, his remarks reminded me very much of Hyman Minsky’s hypothesis, which I have mentioned in previous papers, that long periods of economic and financial stability automatically lead to instability (and crises) by inducing people to assume more risk. Since Minsky saw no need for specific shocks to prompt such crises, they were difficult to anticipate precisely, but you could become aware of their eventual likelihood as excesses built up.

Of course, it also reminded me of the “black swan” analogy enunciated by Nassim Taleb in the book of that title. For Taleb, a “black swan” is an unpredictable event that is beyond what is normally expected of a situation and has potentially severe consequences.

Someone once joked that economists call a black swan any event that they failed to foresee. But it is telling that Taleb’s first book, which introduced the theory, was entitled Fooled by Randomness, implying that the world is full of unpredictable events if you only anticipate what you are familiar with (white swans).

As I was rehashing these thoughts, John Mauldin, of Mauldineconomics.com, re-issued a paper he had authored in 2006 (just before the 2007 financial crisis and the ensuing Great Recession). It is entitled Ubiquity, Complexity and Sandpiles.

One of the interesting examples in this paper is the parallel with a sandpile where one would add sand grains one at a time. Most of the time, nothing would happen (stability) and then, suddenly one grain would cause an avalanche that would partly or entirely destroy the pile.

The timing and the severity of the avalanches are unpredictable. But mathematicians have identified some areas in the sandpile (“fingers of instability”) where a network of vulnerabilities develops and could work in domino effects to cause an avalanche. We, as investors, should be able to discern some vulnerabilities in markets or economies as excesses develop. But we are still far from being able to predict the exact trigger and timing of the next crisis or recession.

All this also reminds me of an acronym that became popular in the 1990s: VUCA (volatility, uncertainty, complexity, ambiguity). The acronym was coined at the United States Army War College to describe the less-predictable world that emerged after the end of the Cold War. Ours is also an era of increasing volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity. But as French mathematician and philosopher Blaise Pascal said in his Pensées: “It is not certain that everything is uncertain.” One thing I feel pretty certain about, though, is that when we misbehave – either through bad deeds or through laxness – a time comes when we must pay the piper, i.e., accept the consequences of our thoughtless or rash actions.

Over the past decade, in the aftermath of the Great Recession (2007-2009) and particularly during the COVID-19 pandemic, governments have given their populations ample reasons to become complacent, if not irrationally exuberant. In a K-shaped economy, where different sectors recover on sometimes diverging paths, segments of the population have been affected differently.

After a decade of gains, regardless of the many problems facing the world today, the relatively small percentage of the population that owns most of the nation’s savings invested in the stock market is very comfortable, feels entitled to more gains and is willing to accept more risk to achieve them.

In addition, many investors have come to believe that, no matter what happens to the market, the Fed will “have their back”. Many members of this segment of the US population also have access to credit at record-low interest rates to finance housing and other heavy purchases. As a leading stock market strategist said last week, “There are very few bears left”, implying that there is no reason to expect significant corrections as long as there are no sellers.

Much of the rest of the population often owns little in the way of liquid savings and investments and therefore must depend mostly on wages and salaries to sustain its standard of living. But in the last couple of years, this group has received significant support from the government in the form of unemployment assistance and other income-maintenance programs.

For many individuals who had lost jobs, these programs have sustained a minimum level of income. As a result, the United States now seems to experience a worker shortage, even though the economic recovery is not complete, as businesses have difficulty bringing back the workers they furloughed or laid off.

All in all, the COVID episode has capped a decade of irregular recovery with what cynics might call a relatively “comfortable” crisis. But the Federal Reserve’s monetary profligacy and the record size of the government’s fiscal support cannot be sustained indefinitely. When they diminish or reverse, the moment to pay the piper will have arrived.

Many observers have concluded that all these budget deficits, increased debt and money-printing can only lead to higher inflation. Based on decades of history, they also argue that there are only two ways to erase unsustainable government debt: through default or by reducing the value of a country’s currency (and obligations) through inflation. Unlike Volcker’s example in the 1980s, I doubt that many of today’s politicians would have the courage to risk a national default. So, inflation seems a logical outcome of our current conundrum.

On the other hand, my partner Bogumil Baranowski, upon learning the subject of this paper, pointed out that my tentative prediction (inflation) was more in line with the recent consensus than it was contrarian, and he suggested investigating the possibility of an opposite (deflationary) outcome.

Indeed, a minority of economists (such as Dr. Lacy Hunt of Hoisington Management) argues that when you finance a debt-laden economy with more debt, each new layer of additional debt becomes less effective at stimulating demand, until recession and perhaps deflation ensue. The investors who follow these economists’ logic are those buying bonds even at today’s record-low interest rates.

Celebrated Italian theoretical physicist Carlo Rovelli once wrote: “The very foundation of science is to keep the door open to doubt.” (Seven Brief Lessons on Physics, Penguin Books, 2016) This precept is valuable for investors as well. But either way, the complacency and fear of missing out that have driven investors to increasing recklessness in recent years should not remain costless forever.

In the stock market, except for brief interludes, there are only two directions: up or down. Fortunately, even though both scenarios facing us (inflation or deflation) are unlikely to end painlessly, for those who have prepared and possess liquid reserves for the aftermath, outsized buying opportunities should emerge in time — as they have in previous crises.

 

François Sicart – September 1, 2021

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What I Might Do Differently If I Managed Only My Own Portfolio

Some years ago, one of my partners hired a portfolio manager with an existing clientele. Months later, that manager resigned and retired, with a simple explanation: “In all these years, I did not realize that the one thing I did not like about this business was having clients.”

Before I receive protests and complaints, I want to stress that not only do I not at all feel the same way: In fact, I am immensely grateful for the loyalty and support of my long-time clients.

Still, it has periodically occurred to me that, if I were managing only my own money, I would probably do it somewhat differently. For ethical reasons, I do attempt to manage my own money as closely as possible to the way I manage the money of my client families. There will always be some differences because individuals often have different patrimonial goals and requirements but, by and large, our portfolios tend to own the same investments.

Note: John Mihaljevic, founder and managing editor of The Manual of Ideas, a prestigious network of sophisticated investors which includes my partner Bogumil Baranowski, just sent me a new book: Richer, Wiser, Happier (William Green – Scribner, 2021). As a rule, I don’t have too much interest in interviews with successful investors. However, this one fascinated me by both the choice of interviewees and the skill with which the author distills their philosophies. In this paper, I liberally use some of the reflections that the book has triggered in me.

 

***

VALUE INVESTING AND THE CONTRARIAN APPROACH

I am above all a contrarian investor. Like many investors of my generation, who were heavily influenced by Benjamin Graham and his disciples, I started as a fairly pure value investor, primarily interested in companies’ assets and balance sheets. But the strict value approach advocated by Graham has become more challenging with the rapid and massive distribution of financial information, along with the quasi-instantaneous speed with which computers have allowed analysts to filter and analyze data.

For a long time, value investing and contrarian investing were practically synonymous. If you could buy a stock for less than your estimate of the value of its company’s assets, it meant that stock was not popular with the investing public. Hence, your investment was obviously contrarian.

This should still be true, but the way to assess value has been tampered with. First, instead of straightforward and simple measures from companies’ balance sheets, value started being measured against income statement figures such as earnings, cash flow, etc. Soon, current or recent earnings were not deemed sufficient, and estimates of future earnings began to be utilized, introducing the notion of projected growth. More recently, as traditional “tangible” businesses were supplanted by novel, less material ones, the practice developed to try and anticipate how much money a company might earn if it swiftly captured a commanding share of a new market. Companies’ valuations began to be measured against sales, subscriptions, viewership, Internet clicks, etc. Gradually rosy visions of the future replaced factual achievements.

As I witnessed this transformation, I progressively became more of a contrarian than a pure value investor. But this is not a foolproof approach either.

First, you have to measure the crowd consensus against which to take a contrary position. In a market environment where opinions proliferate and trend-susceptible investors adopt new ones frequently, it is sometimes hard to differentiate between minor changes in mood and overwhelming consensuses. Yet the secret of contrarian investing success is to jump in only at or close to the points of irrational exuberance or panic.

Most of the time, moods are not extreme enough to warrant betting aggressively against the consensus. Increasingly, I suspect that if I were concerned solely about my own fortune, I would invest much less often. Motion should not be taken for action, and the concept of “positive inaction” is increasingly attractive to me. You think hard, analyze a lot, but invest only when an opportunity becomes irresistible from a contrarian approach.

 

CONCENTRATION AND DIVERSIFICATION

No matter how eager a financial analyst you may be, you are probably able to identify only a limited number of absolutely compelling ideas at any given time. To be compelling, an investment idea must identify a company with solid finances and a reasonable-to-good profit outlook, but also one whose shares sell at an irresistible price. Anything less demanding just amounts to portfolio-filling, which brings me to the question of concentration vs. diversification—one that has preoccupied me for many years.

If there are only a handful of truly compelling ideas at a given time, what is the point of owning more? Why not put your few chosen eggs in one basket and watch that basket carefully? Many truly  successful investors have achieved superior performances by keeping heavily concentrated portfolios, and the approach does make sense.

The main problem with concentration, even when successful over time, is shorter-term volatility. Ben Graham, the father of value investing, famously said that, in the short term, the market is a voting machine but that, in the long term, it is a weighing machine. As an individual, I welcome volatility, because fluctuating prices create opportunities to buy stocks cheaply. I don’t care about the moods of the “voters” and I am only interested whether the market’s “weighing” function will vindicate my judgment over the long term.

That attitude, unfortunately, is not appropriate for most clients. It takes a strong character to weather serenely the occasional high volatility of concentrated portfolios. If, in addition, clients are influenced by “asset allocators” whose job is to measure the relative performance of portfolios on a quarterly basis (if not more frequently), the higher volatility of the concentrated approach could generate disastrous results in the end.

 

ON THE OTHER HAND

I have no tendency to underrate myself but, when one’s fortune is at stake is no time to show excessive self-confidence. I have been known to occasionally make mistakes – either of judgement or of calculation. Thus, I am not sure that much larger sums invested in a handful of stocks would leave me as phlegmatic about money as I tend to be most of the time.

Another idea that has tempted me at times is to take the opposite approach: create a very diversified portfolio, achieved by eliminating only stocks that are not attractive. I have enough experience and intuition to discern which companies are unattractive because of irrational valuation, or simply do not pass the “smell test”.

Even that approach is not perfect, though. Often, the companies whose stocks do best are those that are recovering after being near-bankrupt. On the other hand, this situation is more likely to hurt “relative” performance – measured against competitors or “the indices” — than absolute returns. If my only client were myself, I would not care a bit about relative performance as long as I made money and felt secure about my investments.

The solution of that conundrum might be a combination of the two approaches: a core percentage concentrated in a handful of high-conviction stocks, and the rest of the portfolio much more diversified but rigorously purged of “undesirables.”

 

INVESTMENT HORIZONS

When compared to the majority of market participants, I am a long-term investor. My potential horizon for holding investments is not defined in advance, but could easily extend to several years. On the other hand, I am not a buy-and-hold investor by nature.

Stocks fluctuate. This means they cycle from undervalued to fully-valued and overvalued. Trained as a value investor, I find it difficult not to sell when stock prices peak even if, in theory, I would like to hold them forever.

There is good reason for holding onto investments you own rather than constantly looking for new ideas. Some years ago, we had an aging client. To avoid the double taxation that would arise from capital gains followed by inevitable estate taxes, we refrained from selling her stocks and realizing gains in her portfolio. Happily, she  survived for several years and when reviewing her portfolio, I found out that many of the stocks we would have sold actually outperformed those we might have bought to replace them.

On the other hand, applying an investment discipline is not about maximizing one’s gains over given periods; it is about compounding reasonable gains over one’s lifetime. In a forthcoming book, I illustrate what a difference an additional investment return of 1% per annum does in more than 30 years, and it is simply stunning. My nature commands me to be disciplined and patient while resisting greed, and I believe these qualities are the true secret to riches.

 

THE IMPORTANCE OF DREAMING

I started this article with the idea of a life of “constructive inaction”. This is not an encouragement to be lazy but day-dreaming, I believe, is essential to creativity and while you refrain from incessant action you may also be avoiding some mistakes.

Earlier in my career, I used to cross Central Park daily, walking and smoking my cigar on the way to my office. During this half-hour or so, I mentally granted myself superhuman powers and assigned myself the task of solving some major world problem. Needless to say, I never quite solved a global crisis, but dreaming about such problems awakened my spirit and often led me to new ideas in totally different fields.

Unfortunately, in addition to having given up my constant cigar-smoking, I don’t walk as much anymore either. These days, I mostly act and I miss the creativity that came with day-dreaming, an activity that I strongly recommended in a letter to my grandson years ago. I hope he still practices it.

 

François Sicart – August 17, 2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

THE SUPERFICIALS AND THE AGNOSTICS

These days, it seems, everyone has an opinion about everything.

Submitted to a deluge of information and opinions from traditional news media and now internet social networks, I’ve found that many people tend to simply repeat the views garnered from their favorite or most convenient source. So, most of the ideas that circulate in social venues such as dinners, cocktail parties or even conferences are just second-hand, recycled material that has undergone little or no critical analysis.

From an investment viewpoint, the paucity of thought behind the opinions propagated in that manner can cause poor or even dangerous decisions. As Howard Marks, Chairman and cofounder of Oaktree Capital Management, pointed out in his book The Most Important Thing (Columbia Business School Publishing – 2011), things are often more complicated than they appear because, when we solve one problem, we often end up unintentionally creating another one even worse. Most policy actions or reactions thus are the sources of unforeseen consequences.

Marks makes the point that most people use what he describes as first-level thinking, which is fast and easy but also simplistic and superficial. Because this simplistic level of thinking is the same for all people who practice it, everyone tends to reach the same conclusions. Unfortunately, to be better than the crowd, which should be the ultimate goal of investors, you first have to be different. Therefore, as Marks stresses, out-thinking the majority can’t come from first-level thinking and must come from a deeper and more complex second-level thinking that goes beyond the obvious consequences of what is happening now.

Daniel Kahneman, an Israeli psychologist who was awarded the 2002 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences (!) questions the assumption of human rationality that underpins modern economic and financial theory. In his best-selling book “Thinking Fast and Slow” (Penguin -2011), he distinguishes between one mode of thinking that is fast, instinctive and emotional, and another one that is slower, more deliberate and more logical. This is not too different from Marks’ distinction between first-level and second-level thinking.

If one prefers a somewhat more intricate explanation of why superficial, instinctive opinions are faulty as they relate to financial markets, they can explore the theory of Reflexivity articulated by famed trader George Soros.

The theory of Reflexivity states that investors don’t base their decisions on reality, but rather on their perceptions of reality. The actions that result from these perceptions have an impact on reality itself, which in turn affects investors’ perceptions again and thus prices. The problem is that in the economy, and financial markets in particular, participants are part of the situation they have to deal with. According to Soros, the participants’ views influence the course of events, and the course of events influences the participants’ views. The influence is continuous and circular; that is what turns it into a feedback loop.

The only purpose of this lengthy introduction has been to stress once again our belief in the futility for investors of trying to predict the future – certainly in amplitude and timing. For our part, as investors, we prefer to remain agnostics about the future, which is why our answer to many questions is something few advisors will admit: “I don’t know”. This does not mean that we give up understanding problems: rather, our attitude long has been to prefer preparing ourselves for different possible outcomes.

Bernard Baruch was an American financier and statesman who was one of the country’s richest and most powerful men in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. He is famous for his remark that: “The main purpose of the stock market is to make fools of as many men as possible” but also for his advice that: “I made my money by selling too soon.” (Brainy Quotes), which he actually did before the Great Depression.

A current example of the uncertainty in economics is inflation. Some observers think that the ongoing policies to suppress interest rates (i.e., to make borrowing cost-free), combined with record fiscal stimulus (budget deficits) cannot fail to eventually cause significant price inflation. Others argue that, even before the COVID crisis, the world was subject to significant deflationary forces: the piling up of debt cannot fail to eventually cause a “Minsky Moment” – a reckoning that will take the form of a financial crisis and economic downturn.

Over the years, we have often seen the experts be wrong about major turns in the economy. I particularly remember that, after the newly-formed OPEC caused a quadrupling of oil prices practically overnight, in late 1973, three leading economists told the New York Society of Security Analysts that the event would change very little to their forecasts of modest inflation. The inflationary spiral that followed created an unexpected profit opportunity for investors in commodities while most of the rest of the stock market suffered one of its worst historical declines.

The scenario that intrigues me most today is one articulated by William R. White, former Head of the Monetary and Economic department of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) at one of Mauldin Economics’ recent conferences.

In the 1980s, I used to visit the BIS, often referred to as “the central banks’ bank”, at least annually. Not only is it the regular meeting place of the world’s leading central bankers, but its research department keeps a keen eye on the risks threatening the world’s economic and financial systems.

Mr. White personally forewarned of the risks created by the debt bubble and the sub-prime lending folly prior to the Great Recession that started in 2007. He apparently now sees an inflation spike first (it seems to be happening now, not only in commodities but also in housing as well as in wages). There is no overwhelming worry at the Fed with regards to inflation right now, but a first indication that they are planning to start slowing the monetary floodgates within a year or so.

Typically, government and central banks are late in reversing policies and then they overreact, which is apparently what William White is expecting. I believe this is why he reportedly foresees a financial markets correction and an economic slowdown resulting from a first, timid monetary tightening after the first inflation spike.

I can only guess what he is precisely thinking but, especially since investors in particular seem to have forgotten what pain feels like, the pressure to relax monetary policy would then become unbearable and the Fed would reopen the monetary floodgates, finally releasing a true inflationary spiral.

Many things may intervene in the interim. For example, the consensus on currencies is now that the US dollar should decline after a long period when global investors were perceived as having no true alternative to keep their liquidities. The catch up of other major economies on vaccination and economic growth should strengthen their currencies, it is reasoned.

Some time ago the thought of diversifying my currencies intrigued me, too. I studied various possibilities and concluded that, especially in the midst of the COVID pandemic, no currency was much safer. Today, I am worried by an opposite scenario.

As US interest rates rise as a result of the Fed’s tightening, the US dollar might initially strengthen. The combination of higher interest rates and a rising dollar might prove devastating for a number of emerging economies who have borrowed internationally in dollars. This might actually be worse for many natural resource producers, whose export prices tend to decline when the dollar rises.

Several of these economies are already struggling to surmount the effects of the pandemic and one or several major debt crises might erupt at the periphery of the stronger economies just as they begin to recover. Then, the inflation scenario could be forgotten and we’d have to position ourselves for a recessionary environment.

It has seemed clear to me for a while that a combination of greed and fear of missing out (FOMO) has created a bubble-like speculative condition in the debt and equity markets, not to mention marginal and derivative instruments. But the timing of such a conclusion is very elusive and, true to our conviction that that it is better to prepare for eventualities than to try and predict the future, we have constructed portfolios accordingly. We expect some companies to benefit from an acceleration of the recovery and new inflationary pressures; others should survive thanks to their strong balance sheets while debt-heavy companies suffer; and, all the while, we are keeping enough cash reserves to take advantage of further opportunities. The spirit of Bernard Baruch survives.

François Sicart — June 30, 2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

PERMA-BEAR, NO. BUT PERMA-SKEPTIC?

In a 2016 article entitled “Why Does Pessimism Sound So Smart?” Morgan Housel mentioned the English philosopher John Stuart Mill. It was Mill’s observation,150 years ago, that the individual  most admired as a sage is “not the man who hopes when others despair, but the man who despairs when others hope.” At Sicart Associates, as convinced investment contrarians, we agree with Mill’s perception. Pessimists do often appear smarter than optimists because they acknowledge the complexity of situations and thus appear profound. Optimists, in contrast, tend to be perceived as superficial or naïve.

In the last ten years, I may sometimes have come across as a pessimist regarding the stock market. I don’t think this has made me look particularly discerning as stock prices kept rising, but I definitely am not a perma-bear. On the contrary, I consider myself an optimist since I am constantly looking for opportunities to invest, as I have during my whole career through bull and bear markets alike.

 “Being Right or Making MoneyThis is the title of a book by renowned market strategist Ned Davis, and the question it implies is utterly legitimate. The answer depends on what you desire in life: to make guesses or predictions that will flatter your ego when you are right? Or to build a quiet fortune over time simply by being right a bit more often than you are wrong?

I was reminded of this when looking at the short history of our very small private fund, which we started on April 1, 2020. As a rule, we have eschewed in-house funds to avoid the many potential conflicts of interest between the firm and our clients. But we needed some kind of published indicator of Sicart Associates’ performance. Most of our accounts are custom-managed individually to take into consideration the goals and family circumstances of each client, as well as the tax considerations in their countries of residence. So, we decided to create this fund, which generally mirrors the main investment positions of the firm. Its performance track record is available upon request. At this time, the partners of the firm are its only investors.

The point of this long explanation is that since the fund’s inception, in spite of generally successful stock picking as reflected in the equity portion of the portfolio, we have basically been wrong on the trend of the stock market. Our economic and market views have been cautious and defensive, as reflected in the high portfolio levels of near-zero-yielding cash and presumably-protective positions such as gold. Still, the market has continued to rise to new highs.

The brief existence of this fund makes performance figures irrelevant; nevertheless, here is an overview versus the indices.

Since the fund’s inception, the S&P 500 is up 44.9% and the Nasdaq up 66.8%. While we have beaten these indices with the equity portion of the account as a whole account (which includes cash equivalents as well as gold and small protection derivative ETFs), we were slightly below the indices, net of fees.

However, I believe that being “wrong” in the short term has not penalized us in a long-term perspective. We obviously could have made more money by being “right,” but what I view as our long-term goal of letting compounding work to build our wealth has not been interrupted, as it would have been by a severe loss. And we still have ample “dry powder” to seize future opportunities when they arise.

 

The “FANGs Are Not the Market, and the Stock Market Is Not the Economy CMG Wealth’s January 15 issue of Steve Blumenthal’s “On My Radar” lists the following statistics of 2020 stock market performance:

S&P 500 Index:                                  18.40%

S&P “6” equal-weighted:                   49.32% (Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Alphabet, Microsoft, Netflix)

S&P “494” * equal-weighted :           4.05%

It is clear, therefore, that if 6 of the heaviest tech stocks are excluded, the remaining 494 stocks in the S&P 500 index do not come close to the “official” performance of the leading US stock market index.

Similarly, the last ten years have amply demonstrated that the economy and the stock market are very different animals. The economy has recovered from the Great Recession of 2007-2009 through fits and starts, further aggravated by the COVID-19 crisis, while the market has experienced a seemingly irrepressible rise, only interrupted by a couple of brief corrections.

The dichotomy between the market and the real economy, especially over short and medium-length periods, is not news. It has been amplified since the invention of the “Greenspan put” in response to the 1987 crash, and that evolved into the “Fed put” after subsequent Federal Reserve Bank chairs adopted similar policies. The principle of these policies is to pump liquidity into the economy at the first sign of weakness. Since the stock market is widely viewed as a leading indicator of the economy, the policy has increasingly meant to pump liquidity into the economy at the first sign of stock market weakness.

But monetary policy is a macro-economic tool, not particularly adapted to stimulating specific sectors of the economy – a dilemma which I once likened to trying to fix a carburetor while wearing boxing gloves. This is a disadvantage in normal times, and it was already felt in the uneven recovery from the 2007-2009 Great Recession. But it really began to create severe imbalances during the COVID-19 crisis, when whole segments of the economy were decimated, such as travel, hotels and restaurants, retail stores, etc., while others prospered, such as internet shopping and do-it-yourself home improvement.

Among consumers, a large proportion of the population had little or no accumulated savings and minimal access to credit when COVID hit. They required basic government help just to survive layoffs or furloughs. For those consumers, the pandemic period was, at best, one of suppressed spending. For the more fortunate ones, who kept their jobs or their small businesses, the inability to travel, visit restaurants, or enjoy weddings and other gatherings resulted in forced additional savings.

For businesses, most of which had access to cheap borrowing, the high level of economic uncertainty dissuaded many from investing that money in long-term opportunities. They often preferred to buy back their own shares in the stock market, buoying both their reported earnings and the major market indices in the process.

The net result of these trends was that much of the liquidity created by the central bank (through either money creation or lower interest rates and easier credit) was either not received or not used by large segments of the economy.

“Liquidity” is a somewhat elusive notion that may describe either ownership of liquid assets (cash and other very short-term, saleable investments) or easy access to cash through borrowing. My observation, over the years, is that liquidity created by central banks tends to flow as in communicating vessels: it enters the financial markets first, boosting the price of financial assets, but eventually finds its way into the “real” economy. When the real economy accelerates and requires more liquidity to function, the financial markets’ “vessel” empties, depressing the price of assets such as stocks and bonds. Hence the paradox, and the explanation of the dichotomy between the economic and the stock market performances.

The net result of easy-money policies, from the “Greenspan Put” to QE (Quantitative Easing) and now ZIRP (Zero Interest Rate Policy), has been to constantly prop up stock valuations without allowing the market to “purge” itself of excesses during more propitious economic times. This failure has been aggravated by the shape of the economic recovery.

While it was initially debated whether the recovery would look like a V, a W, or even a square-root sign, the consensus of economists seems to have settled on a K-shaped recovery. I am not sure how economists write their Ks, but this appellation is meant to describe an economy in which two different parts behave at very different paces. There is little doubt that investors whose assets have appreciated significantly in the last ten years have done much better than workers who depend on a salary or savers who must live on a fixed income.

 

 

Risk Rising

With interest rates at zero percent or lower, there develops a frantic hunt for alternatives, marked by diminishing regard for safety considerations. Traditional income investors first crowded the High Yield (formerly known as “Junk”) space. Then they moved to “credit” and distressed vehicles with higher risk and fewer covenant protections. That is without counting many derivatives-filled products invented by mathematicians at the service of bank marketing departments.

On December 14, 2020, Financial Times editorial, Mohamed El-Erian argued:

“Nothing is more reassuring to an investor than the knowledge that central banks, with much deeper pockets, will buy the securities they own — particularly when these buyers are willing to do so at any price and have unlimited patient capital… The result is …seemingly endless liquidity-driven rallies regardless of fundamentals.” El-Erian concludes that while investors will continue to surf a highly profitable liquidity wave, for now, things are likely to get trickier as we get further into 2021.

Steve Blumenthal of CMG Management Group Inc. recently had a conversation with William White, the highly respected former Chief Economist of the Bank for International Settlements (a.k.a. the central banks’ bank).

Mr. White, who warned of the Great Financial Crisis of 2007-2009, famously believes that debt creation facilitated by central banks in recent years has materially weakened the world’s financial system and made it unstable. He argues that traditional remedies like saving more or engineering faster growth to facilitate repayment are not practical today because one might throw the economy back into recession and that already-high debt levels are likely to hamper growth anyway. This leaves two options: inflation, which raises nominal rather than real growth and thus makes repayment less painful as the value of money shrinks, or debt restructuring and write-offs. White advises a combination of these two, and they may also shape the eventual outcome.

Shades of the 1970s

As I was finishing this paper, I came across an editorial by John Authers, formerly head of the “Lex” column and chief markets commentator for the Financial Times, and now a senior editor at Bloomberg. He mentioned a name almost forgotten today except by economic historians: Nikolai Kondratieff.  In the 1920s, this Soviet economist documented the existence of a cycle of about fifty years (47-60) in commodities prices, which he eventually labeled “the Long Wave.”

Like many of my Wall Street contemporaries, I spent quite some time in the mid-1970s studying the Long Wave as inflation was accelerating. Now I vividly remember the 1974-75 global recession and bear market in stocks (which, for a while, was attenuated for our clients by the foresight of my then-mentor and later partner Christian Humann, who had invested heavily in commodities and gold a few years earlier).

The more I think about the current situation, the more it reminds me of the early 1970s, coincidentally about fifty years ago. Of course, there are many differences between the two periods, but (as Mark Twain may never have really said) history may not repeat itself, but it often rhymes.

So when clients ask me about the future — which, as a rule, I don’t predict — I answer that with effective vaccines and massive infrastructure projects, it makes sense to anticipate a strong economic recovery within a couple of years, but that this may result in a drying-up of liquidity for financial markets, and ultimately, lower stock market valuations.

 

François Sicart

January 27, 2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs, and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

HOLD THE CHAMPAGNE…

I was prompted to write this paper by a new book from Ben Carlson, author of the always-stimulating blog “A Wealth of Common Sense.”  Reading his book Don’t Fall for It: A Short History of Financial Scams (Wiley, 2020) reminded me what I really always knew: speculative bubbles do not need fraudsters to happen. The victims can both create and succumb to the schemes all by themselves — out of ignorance or greed, and sometimes both.

The timing of the paper was also influenced by younger colleagues, several of whom recently asked me how previous bubbles, which they had not experienced directly, had felt in real life.

Over an investment career encompassing many bull and bear markets, I have witnessed only four (and a half) genuine bubbles and their aftermaths: The Nifty Fifty episode of the early 70s, the Japanese asset bubble of the late 80s, the Dot-Com bubble of the late 90s. the sub-prime lending bubble and crisis of 2007-2009, and the current “fleeing forward” of the tech sector which has not burst yet but, in my opinion, looks like a bug in search of a windshield.

The Go-Go Years and the Nifty Fifty

Although the stock market and the economy do not necessarily move in sync, the1960s enjoyed both an economic boom and a buoyant stock market. So much so, in fact, that a leading economist proclaimed that we had now “conquered the economic cycle”, implying that we would no longer suffer recessions. Right on cue, of course, a recession and stock market downturn hit the United States in 1969 and 1970, with the stock market shedding 35% of its value.

Bankers and money managers, shaken by the surprise loss, nevertheless noticed that fifty or so companies had continued to be profitable and to grow throughout the recession. As a result, these recession-resistant, “one-decision” stocks (which should theoretically be bought and never sold), became known as The Nifty Fifty. Major institutional investors began to concentrate their portfolios into those shares, whose valuations, measured by their Price-to-Earnings ratios (P/Es), rose stratospherically as a result, further helped by synergy-creating acquisitions and earnings-inflating “pooling-of-interest” accounting.

Of the Nifty Fifty stocks documented by Morgan Guaranty, the top dozen sported P/Es between 50- and 90-times earnings before the stock market (as measured by the S&P 500 index) lost 45% of its value between December 1972 and December 1974.

Quite a few of the Nifty Fifty survived and prospered over time, although usually after a multi-year lull.  Among the institutional favorites, Avon Products dropped 86% from $140 to $19 between the end of 1972 and the end of 1974, while Coca-Cola lost 70% from $149 to $45. More generally, the majority of the Nifty Fifty underperformed the broader S&P 500 index for the next 29 years and even long-term survivors like Disney, Coca-Cola, Eli Lilly and Merck were still down after ten years.

On the other hand, such Nifty Fifty stars as Polaroid, Simplicity Pattern, Kresge (later Kmart), Burroughs and Eastman Kodak disappeared — or nearly so. (Sources: The Journal of Investing – Fall 2002 and a blog post by Jason Zweig with Malcolm Fitch  – 12/11/2016)

Personally, I have pleasant memories of the Nifty Fifty episode for two reasons: first, value-type stocks did not lose as much in the decline as the previously-favored, “one-decision” shares; second, my mentor and partner Christian Humann had anticipated very early the return of inflation and had invested heavily in producers of natural resources and commodities, from oil to copper, gold and even sugar. All I had to do was to hold on to them. Even after the bubble burst and former favorites started declining, inflation hedges continued to rise with the accelerating inflation and the declining dollar.

All in all, I was lucky that my investment record started at a time of depressed prices for the stock market, and benefited from the first couple of years of the rebound, augmented by the good returns of the natural resources sectors. This taught me that the way to make money over time is, first to avoid periods when a few names are responsible for the momentum of the broad stock market indexes; and second, to possess cash to invest at market bottoms, when most investors are forced to sell – rules that I still follow.

The Japanese Asset Price Bubble

In the late 1980s, Japan’s swift money-supply growth and credit expansion resulted in grossly inflated real estate and stock market prices. In only six years between 1985 and 1991, commercial land prices in six major cities rose 302% while residential land gained 180%, while the Nikkei 225 stock market index tripled to a record 39,000 between 1985 and 1989 — after being briefly interrupted by New York’s Black Monday crash in 1987.

The yen also appreciated strongly against a weakening dollar after the Plaza Accord of 1985. The value of the dollar in yen was almost cut in half, from 260 in early 1985 to 139 by mid-1989. This allowed Japanese companies to spend huge sums to acquire trophy properties abroad. In the United States, such acquisitions included Firestone Tire, Columbia Pictures and Rockefeller Center in New York — which pretty much marked the top of the Japanese bubble.

I must say that the Japanese bubble of the 1980s left me essentially unscathed, since I had no investment in Japan at the time. My worst memories of that episode are from TV interviews where I was exposed to the irony of temporary “experts”, who explained that Japanese assets were not expensive in view of Japan’s much lower interest rates and its corporations’ generally more conservative accounting and reporting practices.

Yet, when I saw the Japanese shares’ valuation statistics and the prices Japanese buyers were paying to acquire American companies and properties, my convictions were strengthened rather than shaken.

As usual, it took some patience but by 2004, for example, the price of Tokyo’s homes was less than a tenth of its peak, and the Nikkei 225 stock index fell almost 80% from 39,000 in December 1989 to 8,000 in March 2003.

 The Dot-Com Bubble

In a way, it is best to be contrarian when the “madness of crowds”, as Charles Mackay called it in 1841, becomes evident in the financial markets. Even so, ample patience is still required because, as John Maynard Keynes said, “the market can remain irrational longer than you can stay solvent”.

The late 1990s present a perfect example of this phenomenon. All reasonable valuation criteria were thrown to the wind for Internet-related companies. Companies could simply add “.com” to their name and watch their shares explode upward in the stock market. Even a hint of involvement in the Internet could create millions or billions of stock market wealth almost overnight. Between 1995 and its peak in March 2000, the NASDAQ Composite index, which included most of the Internet-related companies, rose 400%. The index’s price/earnings ratio reached 200x in 2000, more than twice that of the Nikkei 225 at the peak of the Japanese asset bubble in 1989.

In subsequent years, the dot-com stocks gave back all of their gains.  Ben Carlson’s book, mentioned earlier, contains a table depicting the carnage:

Tech Stock Losses During the Dot-Com Crash

Amazon           -95%

Apple               -80%

Cisco                -86%

Intel                 -78%

Oracle              -83%

Microsoft         -60%

Note that most of these companies have remained among the top technological leaders in the world to this day. Yet even the stock of Amazon.com, for example, did not reach its bubble high again until October 2009 – nine years later.

The memories of the bursting of the bubbles of the Nifty Fifty in the 1970s and the dotcoms in the 2000s remain vivid, even for those who were relatively unscathed.

My old friend and colleague Jean-Marie Eveillard, who was eventually inducted into the Morningstar Hall of Fame for his career achievements, lost many shareholders of his mutual fund during the bubble because, as a staunch value investor, he temporarily “underperformed” trendier managers. He famously stated in an interview: “I would rather lose some shareholders than lose my shareholders’ money”, a phrase of which I am envious. Not only did his fund continue to prosper, but it reached a record size in the few years after the dot.com craze.

The main teaching from the dot.com episode is that bubbles usually spring from valid observations and ideas. They only become bubbles when analysts and money managers with plentiful intelligence, knowledge and money (but no discernment or common sense) start justifying the prices fetched by trendy favorites, and promote them to investors without regard to valuation or potential limits to their success. As Warren Buffett famously stated: “Price is what you pay, value is what you get”.

There is a danger in buying at any price shares of companies that promise to change the world. I once wrote a paper comparing RCA in the 1920s to AOL in the 1990s. Radio did change the world and “disrupted” traditional and advertising media and RCA’s earnings and stock price exploded accordingly. The number of households with radio sets grew from 2.75 million in 1925 to 10.25 million in 1929 and, through the Great Depression, to 27.5 million in 1939.

But investors were wrong about RCA’s price. As we can see in the following chart, the fate of AOL’s stock was not different in the 1990s after its vogue during the early Internet boom.

 As Warren Buffett once said: “Price is what you pay, value is what you get”.

 The Great Recession and the Fed “Put”

In late 1987, Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan invented a policy orientation then labeled the Greenspan “put”. A put is a stock market instrument which gives the holder the option to sell a security at a given price in the future. Investors typically use that option to protect themselves against a decline in the price of the security, thus reducing the risk of their investments.

After subsequent Fed chairs adopted a similar policies, the “Greenspan put” simply became known as “the Fed Put”. This is important, because the new asymmetry of monetary policy explains the length and severity of subsequent bubbles.

Greenspan and his successors became convinced that financial market turmoil was a sign of looming economic recessions, and proceeded to implement aggressive monetary easing at the first sign of stock market weakness. This tended to cut short bear markets in stocks and often postponed economic recessions – for a while. But it also failed to fully correct speculative excesses, setting up the stage for future crises..

After the “Sub-Prime” financial crisis of 2007-2009 and its resulting “Great Recession” engulfed the United States, a relatively unknown professor of economics named Hyman Minsky was re-discovered. Minsky had hypothesized that financial crises and recessions did not require a trigger: they were inherent to the free market system and long periods of financial and economic stability were naturally destabilizing over time. Stability made people feel more adventurous, and prone to risk-taking (usually by undertaking more debt) until too much became too much and the speculative bubble burst.

I always felt that Minsky’s lack of renown (in spite of the intuitive logic of his “hypothesis”) resulted from his blaming the economic cycle on the very nature of free markets. In a way it reeked of Marxism, which was of course very unpopular on Wall Street. Personally, I never felt that Minsky was particularly left-wing, and his views have now become more mainstream, with the development of behavioral finance recognized by a few Nobel Prizes in recent years. The experience of recent bubbles has also tended to reinforce Minsky’s ideas.

In the years leading up to 2007, increasingly easy monetary policy led to historically-low mortgage interest rates and loosening bank-lending criteria: borrowers lied about their financial situations and bankers failed to verify their information or, sometimes, even encouraged them to lie.

The following paragraphs, extracted from Wikipedia, provide a brief but sufficient description of the domino effects of the crisis and recession:

“Excessive risk-taking by banks… combined with the bursting of the United States housing bubble caused the values of securities tied to U.S. real estate to plummet, damaging financial institutions globally, culminating with the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers on September 15, 2008, and an international banking crisis. The crisis sparked the Great Recession, which, at the time, was the most severe global recession since the Great Depression. It was also followed by the European debt crisis…

“U.S. home mortgage debt relative to GDP increased from an average of 46% during the 1990s to 73% during 2008… The increase in cash-out refinancing, as home values rose, fueled an increase in consumption that could no longer be sustained when home prices declined. Many financial institutions owned investments whose value was based on home mortgages such as mortgage-backed securities, or credit derivatives used to insure them against failure, which declined in value significantly. The International Monetary Fund estimated that large U.S. and European banks lost more than $1 trillion on toxic assets and from bad loans from January 2007 to September 2009.”

From October 9, 2007 to March 9, 2009 the S&P 500 lost approximately 50% of its value. Severe setbacks were also experienced by other world stock markets and the economic recession spread to foreign countries as well. It could be argued that the recession lasted until 2016 and some of its effects even longer, but the duration of the bear stock market was shortened by aggressive monetary policy (“quantitative easing”) from the Federal Reserve board, all the way to near-zero or even negative interest rates.

Still, a fellow value manager later reflected that, in 2006-2007, rather than focusing only on stocks’ valuations, “we probably should have paid more attention to the macro economy”.

 The Era of TINA, FAANGS, NASDAQ and FOMO

More than 10 years after the Financial Crisis and Great Recession, and after the longest statistical recovery in recent history, unemployment remains stubborn and many businesses are weakened by heavy debt burdens. These trends have recently been aggravated by the Covid-19 pandemic, and the efforts of governments and central banks have mobilized unheard-of fiscal and monetary resources to prevent their economies from falling back into recession.

But it is hard to stimulate economies when many consumers are unemployed, general uncertainty prevents many businesses from investing, and governments realize that their current stimulative efforts will burden their budgets for years or maybe decades to come.

In recent times, the main responsibility for supporting weak economies has rested with central banks.  The usual reaction has been to lower interest rates, which fell toward zero or, in some countries, lower. With bond interest also hovering at the same level, savers and retirement or insurance funds could only invest in the stock market or real estate, both of which have been in a price uptrend for more than a decade.

This is why TINA (“There Is No Alternative”) and the old adage “don’t fight the Fed” have become popular themes in recent years. With many traditional, mature industries still reeling from the recession and lukewarm recoveries, a large proportion of investing money flowed to shares of companies expected to grow faster, in technology-related activities. Since many of these companies such as the FANMAG (Facebook, Amazon, Netflix, Microsoft, Apple, Google) are listed on the NASDAQ, this group outperformed older and more diversified indexes by a wide margin.

As had been the case with previous bubbles, investors and advisers who often have more smarts than common sense formulated and promoted the rationale for holding these stocks above all others. Under their influence and the “evidence” of the tech sector outperformance in the stock market, much of the investing crowd succumbed to FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out) and added to the demand for this relatively small sample of companies.

In this respect, the following chart, from Ned Davis Research (www.ndr.com) courtesy of Steve Blumenthal’s blog, is strikingly self-explanatory.

As can be seen, the FANMAG stocks have gained over 30% this year to-date, while the other 494 stocks in the S&P 500 index have lost almost 7%.

As I conclude this brief overview of my experience with investment bubbles, I wonder what some of the great entrepreneurs of history, who painstakingly built their iconic fortunes, would think of today’s wave of financial “unicorns”. In today’s stock market parlance, a unicorn is a privately held startup company valued at over $1 billion. Thanks to the huge overflow of central-bank-provided liquidity into the stock market, many of these startup or near-startup companies raise phantasmagoric amounts of capital through Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) before producing even a dime of profit.

TESLA, founded in 2003 by visionary Elon Musk, has yet to make a profit according to some of the best financial analysts, if one excludes revenues from selling to customers and competitors the carbon credits granted by the government to “green” companies. Yet, TESLA is valued by the stock market at $380 billion!

In the words of my early mentor Walter Mewing, “As long as a company makes no money, its shares can go up indefinitely, because they sell on hope. But when they start earning a measurable profit, BEWARE, because you will now have to deal with data.” A word to the wise…

François Sicart – September 30th, 2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Four Years Already!

Four years ago, I decided to leave the firm that I had founded 40 years earlier and founded Sicart Associates with the three partners who joined me in this adventure. Many friends were skeptical: why would I want to leave the successful money management firm I had created, now with ample assets under management, to start a tiny boutique with no name (except mine, but this was the idea of my co-founders) and younger partners who had yet to establish their reputations?

My reasons were two-fold.

First of all, I was in my 70s and, although in good health and still passionate about investing, it seemed prudent to plan for my wife’s support should “something” happen to me. It would not be a difficult transition, since my carefully chosen partners had the perfect qualifications to operate as a family office.

Patsy Jaganath, with an accounting and auditing background, had taken over the responsibilities of my assistant, Marcella Lang, who had covered my client families for 35 years. In addition, she solved many administrative and fiscal problems for those clients, gaining in the process the demonstrated respect of the relevant legal and tax advisers.

Allen Huang and Bogumil Baranowski, with experiences in venture capital and international economics, had worked with me long enough in their early careers so that we had had time to develop a common approach to financial analysis and a common understanding of investment quality. In this field, we understood each other with few words.

Unfortunately, my wife unexpectedly passed away too early, and the Sicart “family” office – Sicart Associates LLC — now takes care of my children and me, as well as of selected loyal client families who naturally followed us in our new set-up.

My second reason for founding Sicart Associates with just three partners is that my previous creation had become too big. As we met with business success and grew to more than 100 employees and colleagues, the pleasures of camaraderie and informal creativity had slowly been diluted. In matters of investments, crowd judgment is dangerous.

I recalled that my most successful years as an investment manager were those when we were just two or three making the buy and sell decisions, whether it was with my mentor and partner Christian Humann or my close associate Jean-Pierre Conreur, for example. I longed for the informality and close, trusting friendship of these early years. At Sicart Associates, I have again found these pleasures, with no other obligation than to grow our and our clients’ fortunes over time, without pressure or conflict.

In addition, although we are now all Americans, we have maintained a cultural diversity of origin, which allows us to understand the world around us better than more provincial organizations. Indian, Chinese, Polish, French, and American-born. We are now seven: Delphine Chevalier joined us from the start to assist with our Paris-based clients; Diandra Ramsammy has begun to assist Patsy with the considerable back office and administrative tasks we perform for our clients; and Doug Rankin has joined in our adventure as his now-retired father had done at our previous firm, where he had been one of my early partners.

We have no marketing department; we have eliminated as much as is feasible the conflicts of interest associated with various “products” whose fees benefit the manager or the broker more than their clients; and we have re-discovered the real meaning of success – a fulfilling job well done, along with a happy life. We accept that we will grow over time, but slowly and cautiously, always avoiding greed or excessive ambition.

Four years have passed amazingly fast. We have had fun most of the time, and, in the recent COVID crisis, we also proved that a small, closely-knit team can handle adversity very efficiently. We are grateful to the loyal clients who have trusted us from the start and welcome the new ones whom we hope will accompany us for many years to come.

François Sicart | Published September 9th, 2019

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

IF I EVER RETIRE, I KNOW WHAT THE REASON MIGHT BE

Some years ago, I advised my clients: “Never invest in something where you can’t lose money”. This was the time when investors were beginning to mistake market volatility for risk, (which has now become a habit) and financial marketing departments were obliging the hungry crowd with a multitude of mathematicians-created products that promised to make you money whether the market went up or down. Face you win, tails you don’t lose.

The problem with the accounting approach to auditing

There were a number of problems with buying these complex products. The most prevalent was that very few people were capable to understand or deconstruct them. Another was that many people did not have the common sense to know that there is no such thing as a profitable but riskless proposition in investing.

Then, there was a minority of intelligent and educated investors, who assumed that they were smart enough to understand everything. By definition, they were incapable to admit: “I don’t understand”. By refusing to acknowledge their limitations, they often wound up losing just as much as the supposedly ignorant ones.

Some of these same people were caught in the Enron scandal (publicized in October 2001), which was the largest bankruptcy in American history at that time, and perhaps also the biggest audit failure, leading to the de facto dissolution of Arthur Andersen, one of the five largest audit and accountancy partnerships in the world.

Enron, a self-described new-era energy company, had for several years reported stellar profits. However, they had done so, it was discovered, by using accounting loopholes, special purpose entities, and questionable financial reporting, and were able to hide billions of dollars in debt from failed deals and projects.

Two of my partners at the time, who were extremely knowledgeable about energy, went to visit the company twice. Both times, they came back saying: “We just don’t understand”. This is why we never bought the stock in spite of growing pressure from younger clients seduced by the company’s glamourous aura and its officers’ very public contempt for those who dared question them…

This should serve as a reminder to be wary of the “accounting” approach to auditing, which aims to make sure that the reported figures match mathematically, but forgets to understand how these results are generated. In doing so, they ignore the precept that John Maynard Keynes apparently borrowed from a less-famous 18th century author: “It’s better to be approximately right than exactly wrong”.

(After graduating from business school and assisting for a year two tenured professors, I did a stint for a year teaching accounting to candidates to the French equivalent of the CPA. Since I soon realized that they knew the required “entries” better than me, I decided to teach them the “philosophy of accounting’. I don’t know how they did at their exams, but it made me very popular with my class… and perhaps helped some students become better auditors.)

More recent and perhaps more extreme was the Madoff scandal. Bernie Madoff had been, among other things, a market maker and former non-executive Chairman of the NASDAQ until Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities, which he created and chaired, was convicted of operating a massive Ponzi scheme, in December 2008.

The Madoff investment scandal defrauded thousands of investors of billions of dollars over more than twenty years. The irony is that the outstanding returns his firm reported were never actually achieved. His small staff created false trading reports, based on the price performance of stocks chosen after the fact. One of the back-office workers would then enter a false trade report with a previous date and enter a false closing trade in the amount required to produce the profit demanded by Madoff. The figures matched, but the trades were phantom.

I don’t think I would have been tempted to invest with him, but I was fortunate never to have heard of Madoff before the scandal burst into the open. After it was discovered, a few investment bankers I knew admitted to have oriented many of their clients to him but they all claimed that they had performed all the necessary due diligence before doing so.

Only one felt guilty enough to commit suicide. But, for all, the “due diligence” consisted in checking the reported numbers without checking how they were arrived at. Only a small team, whose board I had joined at the time, had not invested with Madoff because they had tried to virtually replicate the system Madoff claimed to follow, and concluded it was impossible to produce such superior results with such unfailing regularity.

This, I am afraid, is the kind of accounting-based due diligence that most fiduciaries and consultants still perform today.

 

Eliminating the risk in investing

What led me to write this paper was an article that my partner Bogumil Baranowski forwarded to me, which asked what money managers should do if the Federal Reserve, in order to fight the deep recession induced by the current pandemic, started to buy every security in sight.

After broadening its original mandate from trading Treasury bills and notes to buying other fixed-income securities and, most recently, even high-yield (junk) bonds, the article wondered if the “Fed” might go further and start buying common stocks as the Bank of Japan has started experimenting.

Already, the routine of announcing and implementing a policy of near-zero interest rates eliminated the risk of losses for bond buyers should interest rates rise.

Now, buying junk bonds, usually issued by financial “zombie” companies eliminated a new risk layer from the panoply of instruments money managers can buy or sell. If the Fed started buying a portion of the stock market, there would be almost no instrument left where you could lose money.

You may ask why it should be bad to eliminate risk from financial markets? One of the essential roles of the stock and bond markets, for example, is “price discovery”. This is the process through which the interaction of buyers and sellers in the marketplace determines the price at which an asset will change hands. If the central bank substitutes for one of the participants, price discovery will be potentially dictated by the government and the odds for an investor of beating “the market” will be distorted.

The original advice I offered my clients concerned individual investment products. But if the Fed decides the price at which stocks should trade, the true performance game will be over for money managers and then I will probably retire.

 

François Sicart – August 5, 2020

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

RCA, NIFTY FIFTY, AOL and FANGs

Back in 1999, at the peak of the dot.com bubble, I wrote an article for Tocqueville Asset Management, the firm I had founded in 1985. It was entitled “AOL, RCA and The Shape of History” (Tocqueville Asset Management, December 1999) and was inspired by the chart below, borrowed from that Thanksgiving’s issue of The New Yorker. It compared the 1920s bubble in the shares of RCA to the stock performance of AOL in the late 1990s:

AOL 1

As a preface, I quoted from a report prepared for RCA in 1929 by Owen Young, then Chairman of General Electric, about radio in the 1920s: “[It] has helped to create a vast new audience of a magnitude which was never dreamed of… This audience, invisible but attentive, differs not only in size but in kind from any audience the world has ever known. It is in reality a linking-up of millions of homes.”

It was clear to me that radio — especially when combined with the growth of automobile and air transport — revolutionized the perception of space and time in the 1920s, just as the Internet and globalization are doing today. It also reminded me of a piece of sage investment wisdom: never invest in a company that promises to change the world. The point is not that the most promising companies do not deserve their reputation. Rather it is that, once a business’s prospects are widely recognized, those prospects affect its stock price, often dramatically. This makes the risk/reward ratios unacceptable.

The story of radio is instructive: it did change the world and “disrupted” traditional news and advertising media.  In the six years between 1922 and 1928, sales of radio sets rose from $60 million to $843 million! RCA, as the largest manufacturer of radio sets and also the leading broadcaster, saw its earnings grow from$2.5 million in 1925 to $20 million in 1928; its stock price rose from $1.50 in 1921 to a high of $549 in 1929. Yet few of radio’s early developers and participants made lasting gains from this, as competition and industry changes eroded the hoped-for profits.

As Mark Twain is reputed to have said: “History does not repeat itself but it rhymes.” My own explanation of the shape of History is illustrated in the following graph.

AOL 2

In this illustration, point B will display enough similarities with point A so that economists with a good memory will experience a strong sense of déjà vu. Yet, between these two periods, many structural changes will have taken place – in societies, in world trade and in technology, for example. As a result, point B will resemble point A, but it will also be different enough that precisely forecasting what C will look like or when it will occur is all but impossible. The only certainty (for me) is that there will be a point B.

Investors in RCA at the top of the 1929 speculative boom were right about radio’s fundamentals: the number of households with radio sets grew from 2.75 million in 1925 to 10.25 million in 1929 and, through the Great Depression, to 27.5 million in 1939. But the investors were wrong about RCA’s stock price. As we see in the chart below, included in a November 2002 follow-up paper, the fate of AOL’s stock following the 1990s dot.com boom was not very different.

AOL 3

AOL was selected to illustrate what happened more generally to internet stocks once the dot.com bubble burst. I hope the following graph will awaken in our readers some memories of how history often rhymes:

AOL 4

Source: Wall Street Journal Data Group

What triggered the current article was my watching the stock market performance of many of the new industries, as illustrated by the so-called FANG stocks (Facebook, Amazon, Netflix and Google) as well as those of some other “disruptors.”  The chart below of the performance of the S&P 500 information technology index relative to the total S&P 500 index gives some idea of the disparate performances of the “disruptors” against the overall index. The ratio of the two is close to the level it had reached at the top of the dot.com bubble, in 1999.

AOL 5

Source : FT Market Forces, JUNE 29 2020

Particularly striking is the fact that the technology and health care sectors now represent 40% of the total capitalization of the S&P 500 index. Furthermore, the four companies in the so-called FANG index account for 22% of the total capitalization of the 500 companies in the S&P index. (Note: this index only counts 4 companies since both shares classes of Google, which are listed separately, are included). If we also included Apple and Microsoft, the so-called FAANGM would add up to 25% of the capitalization of the S&P 500.

AOL 6

Source : BESPOKE 4/20/20

Needless to say, the weight of these new-era leaders in the leading indexes has been a major factor in the behavior of the market as we usually follow it. For example, the “narrow” FANG index has risen almost 62% year-to-date while the total S&P 500 index has gained only 4.8%. Furthermore, since the FANGs are included in the broad index, we can infer that the rest of the market has not gained much in this “great” recovery.

One of the most reliable signals of market excess is its narrowing breadth – when the performance of a relatively narrow sample of companies takes off, while the broad market fails to follow. The “Nifty Fifties” in the 1970s were such a sample, which few of today’s investors can remember first-hand. Major institutional investors had been traumatized by the unexpected 1969-1970 recession on the heels of a long and prosperous expansion that had led a number of reputable economists to declare the economic cycle vanquished and recessions a thing of the past. As a result, these institutional investors had concentrated their portfolios on fifty or so companies of the highest quality. They had potential to grow fast and were considered “recession resistant.” This relatively small sample did temporarily outperform the economy and especially the stock market, hence their nickname of the “Nifty Fifty.” (They were also known as the “Vestal Virgins” because analysts could find no fault in them.)

Something similar happened in the late 1990s with the dot.com companies around the development of the Internet, an episode which many younger investors remember, even if they have forgotten AOL and other Internet pioneers.

Both of these episodes were initiated by smart and sophisticated people, expert at articulating the case for the companies or the industries they were promoting. The problem arose when a large crowd of investors joined them, pushing up prices to unreasonable levels. In each of these examples, a small sample gained a price advance against the market at large, which is why the breadth of the market advance deserves attention.

In my view, a similar fad has developed with the FANGs or FAANGMs today. The details and the techno-socio-economic environment may differ, but we should not forget that History usually does rhyme… eventually.

François Sicart – July 3rd 2020

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Liquidity vs. Reality

As I began writing this paper, the following headline flashed on CNBC.com: Wall Street rally gains steam, with the Dow up 900 points after record surge in US jobs. It didn’t take long for the media to endorse a new narrative: Trump declares jobs coming back on heels of surprise labor report (FoxNews.com) and Trump: This is a ‘rocket ship’ recovery (Yahoo.com), for example.

To me, these are just the latest instances of how, in the last few years, financial markets have been interpreting any kind of good news, or even the simple promise of good news, as a signal to jump onto the bandwagon of the decade-old bull market and, in today’s language, to adopt a risk-on investment posture.

As these headlines popped up, 30 million workers were still collecting unemployment benefits in the real world. In an interview with the Washington Post Jay Shambaugh, an economist at the Brookings Institution, pointed out that  “… a 13.3 percent unemployment rate is higher than any point in the Great Recession. It represents massive joblessness and economic pain. You need a lot of months of gains around this level to get back to the kind of jobs totals we used to have.”

A combined look at the two charts below makes it clear that the recent stock market bounce is disproportionate to the small downtick in unemployment.

LR 1

 

LR 2

In their May 15, 2020 Market Perspective, Charles Schwab strategists recall that “Some investors were surprised by US stock market gains in April and early May, during a period of dismal economic news. Although the US unemployment rate surged to 14.7% in April, a month in which 20.5 million jobs were lost, the S&P 500© index rose 13%.” Yet, as we know, the bad news continued into late May and early June, and on Jun 6, 2020 The Journal Times of Racine, Wisconsin recollected:

“On March 23, 3.3 million people had newly filed for unemployment under lockdown efforts. At the time, 31,000 Americans had been diagnosed with COVID-19, and about 400 had died. On that date, the S&P 500 hit bottom, down about 34% from the high on Feb. 20 …Fast-forward to today, and there are almost 1.8 million confirmed COVID-19 cases, more than 114,000 Americans have died, and millions more people are out of jobs as unemployment has skyrocketed to almost 15%. Yet the market is 37% higher than it was 10 weeks ago.”

On top of this, in the last two weeks, millions of protestors – mostly peaceful but sometimes violent – have confronted the police and the National Guard, barely avoiding a controversial call for the military to intervene to “dominate” the civilian insurrection.

As a contrarian, I subscribe to the old adage: “Buy when there’s blood in the streets.” However, I usually find it safer to be a contrarian on financial markets than on fundamental economics or politics. And, given the recent behavior of the financial markets, it is more tempting for me as a contrarian to be cautious than to join the crowd of investors afraid of missing out.

In their paper mentioned earlier, the Schwab strategists explain:

“… one of the more powerful forces driving markets has been the massive injection of liquidity from both the Federal Reserve and Congress. The Fed’s balance sheet has grown exponentially, surpassing $6.7 trillion as of May 6, as the central bank bought securities in an effort to support prices and flood markets with cash [See chart below]. Meanwhile, Congress has reacted to the COVID-19 pandemic by doling out more than $2.5 trillion …  to taxpayers and businesses in the form of direct relief payments, loans and grants.” They conclude that section as follows:

“At the March lows, stocks were pricing in the kind of economic collapse we’re currently in the midst of. However, the subsequent rally was less about economic optimism, and more about Fed-provided liquidity.”

LR 3

Recent Bloomberg.com articles (June 3 and 9, 2020) pointed out that much of the most recent stock buying came from (small) brokerage customers. Trading activity among individuals has almost tripled this year, according to data from retail brokerages compiled by Goldman Sachs.

Apparently, retail investors’ buying power has replaced the share buy-backs of corporations, which reportedly were a main factor behind the 2018-2019 stock market advance but have since subsided.

I have long been convinced that there was at best a loose relationship between economic activity and the stock market. Certainly, the financial markets are much more volatile over short or medium-term periods, and the dichotomy between the two can persist for many years.

 

LR 4

I am fully aware that, historically, the stock market tends to turn up or down ahead of the economic cycle. But it seems to me that from a cyclical point of view, the market has discounted by a wide margin any significant recovery from the COVID-associated recession.

In his June 5 “On My Radar” newsletter, Steve Blumenthal mentions that the S&P 500 median P/E ratio now sits at 24.6 times trailing 12-months earnings vs. a 52-year average of 17.3 times. Now that the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ 100 have approached or exceeded the levels reached at the February 2020 stock market peak, the real questions are whether the economic recovery will be as fast as the market seems to have anticipated, and whether some unanticipated developments might still rock share prices.

It is wise to remember that price/earnings and other valuation ratios are not very useful as predictors of the stock market over the short-term but can give a very good idea of future returns over a 7-10-year horizon. (See Crestmont Research et al.)

As for the speed of the recovery, I am willing to accept the scenario of a sharp bounce from the bottom of the recession, when a significant share of the economy was shut-in. But I find it hard to imagine the previous peak in economic activity being equaled or exceeded while many labor-intensive businesses (travel, hotels, restaurants, and possibly shopping malls and office space rental) will not fully recover or fully re-hire their past personnel any time soon.

In terms of unanticipated developments, they are by definition hard to forecast, but they might occur in weak parts of the economy. For example, the May 16, 2020 issue of The Economist foresees “a wave of bankruptcies” ahead, and Steve Blumenthal cites James Bullard, President of the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, warning that: “You will get business failures on a grand scale” (May 12, 2020). Edward Altman, Professor Emeritus at NYU’s Stern School of Business and inventor of the Z-score for predicting bankruptcy, also expects at least 165 large firms with more than $100 million in liabilities to go bankrupt by the end of 2020.

The more I watch the rapidity of daily developments in the economies and the financial markets, the more I am tempted to prepare for a continuation of a W-shaped behavior for the US stock market in coming months. As we observe the appearance of economic green shoots in late 2020 and early 2021, it will be prudent to watch for any over-discounting of the economic recovery by the financial markets.

François Sicart

June 12, 2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Preparing to be prepared

I began my investing career in 1969, following the value philosophy enunciated by Benjamin Graham in his seminal book Security Analysis (1934) and the later (and lighter) The Intelligent Investor (1949).

One of the earliest and simplest approaches advocated by Ben Graham was to buy shares of companies selling at or below their net working capital, which he calculated as adjusted current assets minus total liabilities. “Adjusted current assets” included cash and cash equivalents at full value, accounts receivable reduced for doubtful accounts, and inventories at liquidation values. Graham’s reasoning was that, following that formula, you would buy a company at or below its strict liquidating value and would receive for free all its other assets (land, buildings, equipment, etc.).

That original approach was therefore derived almost entirely from the companies’ balance sheets. Less weight was given to profits and even then only actual, realized earnings were included, rather than estimated or projected ones.

From Value to Contrarian Investing

In those ancient times – before 1981 — there were no personal computers. The machines then available were bulky, expensive, slow, and lacked today’s omnipresent and user-friendly software. Similarly, large financial databases were mostly distributed in printed format (like the traditional phone book!) or for use only on very powerful computers; generally, they were not accessible to small users. If you were able to consult the few existing databases and had the patience to search them for the stocks offering the kind of value I define above, you were one of a relatively small number of professionals and life was good for value investors.

Unfortunately, in subsequent years, technology ruined the idyllic advantage enjoyed by early value investors.

First, the introduction of cheap and very fast personal computers, the digitalization of large financial databases and the development of filtering tools put the calculation and sorting of simple ratios such as Graham’s “share price to net working capital” within the reach of even unsophisticated investors and run-of-the-mill financial journalists.

Second, as industry became lighter and supply chains more global, we were still using 19th-century accounting to assess the businesses of the 20th and 21st centuries: traditional accounting, invented when raw materials and manual labor constituted the bulk of business costs, ceased displaying an accurate picture of modern companies’ results and financial strength. In particular, asset-light companies in electronics, service industries, and eventually those involved in or using the Internet had fewer hard assets on their balance sheets. Furthermore, the values of the assets they reported (such as patents, know-how, contracts and other so-called intangibles) were difficult to appraise. Even profit and cash-flow figures increasingly became subject to management choices and interpretations.

Thirdly, in an era like the present when many industries are new or are disrupted by new entities with novel business models, it has become difficult to assess “value” Perhaps as a result, corporate managements have begun to promote criteria other than the traditional profitability to analyze the performance of their companies. Not surprisingly, the financial media and many financial analysts have begun to focus their reporting on these new yardsticks, which now often overshadow more tangible results.

When I started in the investment business, the terms “value” and “contrarian” were practically synonymous: If the shares of a company sold at a low price compared to their calculated value, it indicated that this company was not in great favor with investors and thus presumably cheap. Over time, one could hope to make a significant profit at a relatively low risk if and when the market brought prices more in line with intrinsic values, or sometimes above them. As the notion of value was slowly being eroded by the changes described above, I have found it useful to emphasize the contrarian aspect of my investment discipline, while keeping measures of value as checking tools to preserve the rationality of my stated contrarian/value approach.

The Rise of Contrarianism

In recent years, behavioral finance has taken center stage in the analysis of human strengths and weaknesses in investing, in particular thanks to the awarding of Nobel Prizes to two leading practitioners of the discipline: Daniel Kahneman and Richard Thaler. One of the interesting distinctions that has arisen as a result of all this work is the one between momentum investing and contrarian investing.

Momentum investing consists of buying securities that have had high returns in the recent past, on the assumption that superior price performance tends to continue… for a while.

Contrarian investing consists of purchasing and selling contrary to the prevailing sentiment of the time. The assumption is that crowd behavior among investors generates excesses of optimism and pessimism that create exploitable episodes of mispricing in securities markets.

The paradox I have observed over the years is that momentum investors are right most of the time – especially in rising markets — as what has gone up will usually continue to go up for a while. Since it is difficult to recognize when excesses have become unsustainable, momentum investors can make steady albeit relatively small gains during bull markets. However, since trees don’t grow to the sky, they usually miss the major turning points in a costly way. In contrast contrarian investors usually forego the speculative phases of rising markets, but can realize big gains when it counts, i.e. when bubbles burst and in their aftermath.

A Major Turning Point?

The Coronavirus pandemic and its increasingly predictable economic consequences are likely to trigger a change of tone in the markets after the economic recovery from the 2008-2009 “Great Recession”, in which the decade-long spectacular performance of the stock and bond markets has been recently interrupted by trading volatility. This may foreshadow the imminence of a major turning point in financial markets.

Given the difficulty of evaluating the future in the midst of the current crisis, the question we ask ourselves is how to be a successful contrarian investor today. Without going into the details of specific industries and companies, we discern several macro trends that are likely to affect all major sectors of the economy if and when they reverse.

Interest Rates as a Contrarian’s First Choice

After a peak at more than 15% in 1981, the yield on 10-year Treasury bonds has been in a relentless decline to almost zero at this writing. This means that bond prices have been in an unprecedented bull market for 38 years.

1 5-27-2020

Declining and very low interest rate, in my observation, tend to make things look easy. Some beneficiaries simply take it for granted, while some speculators and would-be entrepreneurs optimistically credit their early successes to their business acumen and view it as an encouragement to take more risk.

As a rule, we at Sicart do not sell short, though we have very occasionally used “inverse” Exchange-Traded Funds (ETF) that move in the opposite direction to their underlying securities. Nevertheless, it is tempting to look for investments that would benefit from a recovery or “normalization” of interest rates.

I should remind readers that the argument for interest rates bottoming out could have been made at almost any time in the last few years – and it was, including by me. Now, many other economies have engineered negative interest rates, where lenders actually pay you to borrow money! Perhaps more importantly, some credible economists, including Harvard professor and former IMF director of research Kenneth Rogoff, have argued “The Case for Deeply Negative Interest Rates.”

With central banks desperate for new monetary tools, the suggestion may seem attractive, although it is not clear that countries which have adopted that approach (including Japan, Switzerland, and several European Union members) have benefited a great deal. One of the risks of “deeply” negative interest rates is that they would be an incentive for populations to save rather than spend, with obvious recessionary or deflationary implications — at a time when global governments are trying to engineer an acceleration of their economies.

Deflation or Hyperinflation?

Readers will not be surprised to see on the graph below that the U.S. inflation rate has followed more or less the same pattern as interest rates (shown earlier). When inflation rises and erodes the purchasing power of money as a result, interest rates must also rise to compensate savers.

2 5-27-2020

 My experience with high inflation is rooted in the 1970s, and when I see huge government spending programs and gaping budget deficits, I am reminded of President Lyndon Johnson’s “Guns and Butter” policies during the Vietnam war years, which ushered in the inflationary bubble of the early 1970s. Indeed, it is hard for me to envision how today’s massive income-maintenance policies and the further programs to stimulate the world economies could not, in time, cause a re-acceleration of inflationary pressures.

On the other hand, a number of prestigious economists foresee a continued period of slow growth, over-supply of both goods and labor, and overall dis-inflation if not deflation (declining prices). In particular, Lacy Hunt of Hoisington Investment Management Company and Harvard University’s Kenneth Rogoff point out that rescuing already-overindebted governments by issuing more debt causes a decline in the stimulative power of the new debt and a slowdown in the growth trend of the borrowing countries. Accordingly, some economists anticipate years of dismal growth ahead for the United States and other leading economies.

At this juncture, I find it hard to discern whether inflation will prevail as a result of the massive sums thrown at the world’s economies or if, on the contrary, weak demand and oversupply of goods and services will send the global economy into a decelerating spiral accompanied by debt defaults and declining prices. For someone who, like us, prefers to “be prepared” rather than make predictions, both scenarios are credible and can be envisioned, possibly within different time frames.

Is Gold an All-Terrain Vehicle?

Before I joined him at Tucker Anthony, my mentor and later partner, Christian Humann had already established investment positions in gold mining shares, when gold was trading in the low $40s per ounce, if I remember well. In my early years as an analyst, inflation was accelerating and the portfolios under our supervision benefited accordingly. This lasted for a number of years, but Christian often asserted that gold offers protection in inflationary periods but would do the same under deflation.

Since, at the time, I was primarily concerned about inflation, I did not pay too much attention to the deflationary argument, even though in the late 1970s I authored a report somewhat pompously entitled “Between Inflation and Deflation – The Dislocating World Economy.” The principal benefit from that report was that one day I received a letter from René Larre, then the General Manager of the Bank for International Settlements, congratulating me on my analysis and pointing out that he had made similar arguments in a recent speech. That was the beginning of a stimulating relationship that lasted several years until his retirement.

We usually met for lunch once a year at a restaurant close to the BIS tower in Basel (Switzerland). Because of his participation in regular meetings of the world’s leading central bankers, Mr. Larre was very careful never to share with me anything sensitive. Similarly, by courtesy, I avoided any questions dealing with his classified activities. We just chatted about economics and the general state of the world.

By the late 1970s, however, the price of gold had risen exponentially to around $800 per ounce and had become the talk of the town in financial circles. I casually asked Mr. Larre what he made of this and he answered just as casually: “Of course, I have no particular information, but gold looks a bit toppy to me.”

3 5-27-2020

Mr. Larre and I were so used to avoiding sensitive topics that I paid no attention to what, in retrospect, could have sounded like a very timely piece of advice. As can be seen from the graph above, it took more than 20 years for gold to resume its 1980 price. I did sell Christian’s very successful investment in gold mines sometime later but my obliviousness to the sagacious opinion of my lunch companion at what turned out to be a major historical top demonstrates my preference (at the time) for theory over trading practicality.

As a result of mulling over these events, I called my former partner John Hathaway, one of today’s foremost experts on gold, to see if he might elucidate Christian Humann’s claim that gold could protect investors in both inflationary and deflationary times. One of the points that stood out for me from a lengthy and learned conversation is that, besides being a hedge against inflation, gold tends to be a refuge against chaos and uncertainty. The kind of deflation that experts like Lacy Hunt and Kenneth Rogoff envision in coming years is likely to be accompanied by many corporate defaults and generally deteriorating balance sheet values. With interest rates at zero or below and the solvency of corporations in doubt, investors will be hard-pressed to invest their savings or their pensions. At that point, gold may once again appear as the ultimate safe haven.

A Contrarian View of Oil

One reason for the strong performance of gold in recent months is that it has benefitted at the same time from a rising price for the commodity itself and flat or declining costs of its two main mining inputs: labor and energy. For different reasons, almost the opposite can be said of petroleum.

Normally, supply and demand for a commodity will trend together, although with significant leads and lags, which cause the main fluctuations in price. This is because increased demand tends to eventually attract higher production, while decreased demand will eventually result in a cut of productive capacity, after shutdown costs and delays.

Atypically, in early 2020, a major disagreement caused a price war between the two leading members of the OPEC-Plus oil producing group – Saudi Arabia and Russia. Russia refused to join the production cuts demanded by Saudi Arabia and the kingdom retaliated by massively  increasing its own production, pushing down oil prices accordingly. When the Coronavirus pandemic then practically destroyed many sources of demand for oil, the world was simultaneously faced with an artificially-inflated supply, and a depressed demand for petroleum.

When oil is not selling, production continues and the excess oil produced must be stored. In April, we reached a point when all storage space, including empty tankers, had been filled. With the resultant shortage of storage capacity to contain the incoming supply of oil, desperate traders and producers briefly had to accept a negative price to get rid of their production and inventory.

 

4 5-27-2020

Since then, assisted by OPEC-Plus members’ production cuts and some “re-opening” in the most visible world economies, the price of oil has recovered somewhat to around $33 — but well short of the more than $60 it commanded less than a year ago. Judging by the tone of specialized media, the investor consensus for the longer term still contains a hefty dose of skepticism and pessimism about oil. This is why the views of natural resources experts Goehring & Rozencwajg make an interesting contrarian argument.

Goehring & Rozencwajg estimate that, sometime in May, global oil consumption was oversupplied by 21 million barrels per day. If world storage remains around full capacity, “a good portion of that 21million barrels per day will have to be shut in.” This is significant when compared to global oil consumption of probably around 100 million barrels per day before the trade war and virus crisis, and around 80 million barrels per day in April.

They offer an array of reasons why oil production is set to decline sharply in the next few years, if not sooner. Once global storage is full, the global petroleum supply chain will be forced into a “just-in-time” mode, where supply must equal demand. The recent cuts agreed on by OPEC-Plus are not sufficient to balance global supply and demand, but the recent events will also force producers everywhere to quickly shut in marginal or unprofitable wells. For example:

— Old and small “stripper” wells with declining production and estimated lives

— Expensive heavy-oil production from Canadian oil sands

— Production from offshore locations such as the Gulf of Mexico

— Shale oil production from “fracking”, which has boosted US capacity dramatically in the last couple of years but needs constant investment to prolong the life of its fast-depleting existing reservoirs. (In any case, other studies had previously pointed out that much oil shale production was uneconomical below prices in the mid-40s, which few experts are currently anticipating in the foreseeable future.)

According to Goehring & Rozencwajg, most of the diminished production will never be restored because of the costly investment to revive it or the damage to reservoirs. They also point out that the US oil-rig count has fallen 45% in the last six weeks. Such a decline is not rapidly offset once skilled personnel has been laid off.

To end on a silver lining, the reduction in oil production should also reduce the supply of natural gas, which had not benefited from the bull market in oil. According to a note from Mauldin Economics, 32% of total US natural gas production comes from wells that primarily produce oil. They mention that Goldman Sachs expects natural gas prices to double by the end of the year.

* * * * *

Good luck being prepared!

 

François Sicart – May, 27 2020

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Buying companies when they lose money

One of my early and most influential mentors, Walter Mewing, began his career before the Great Depression as a messenger on Wall Street. Reportedly, just before the onset of the Depression, he sold all the stockholdings he had managed to accumulate from his small savings in order to buy a chicken farm. Upon returning to Wall Street in the early 1930s, he embarked on a career as a financial analyst and investor. Somehow, he became a partner with my other two (much wealthier) mentors and the much younger Christian Humann, who eventually became my boss and, ultimately, partner.

Walter Mewing had one passion in life: financial analysis. He was devoted to the philosophy of Benjamin Graham, the Columbia University professor who is widely considered the father of value investing. But Walter was no academic. I believe he was self-taught, and had acquired his knowledge in the field and by reading endless annual reports (including the SEC-mandated footnotes to the financial statements). By the time I knew him, he assiduously attended the daily meetings of the National Association of Security Analysts, where listed companies would make presentations and answer questions. Even his vacations were usually spent visiting companies.

On a few occasions, as we were discussing companies going public out of venture-capital firms, he had advised me, “When a company has no earnings yet, there is no upper limit to its share price, because it is selling on the basis of dreams. But be careful when it starts making money, because it will then begin selling on the basis of hard figures from its income statement and balance sheet, and its price is likely to fall back to earth.”

Today, with the recent years’ popularity of “unicorns” (billion-dollar start-ups), many of which are still not earning any meaningful profits, there is a plethora of shares to avoid if an investor wishes to follow Walter’s advice.

On the other hand, I remember that in the late 1990s, when the dot.com boom was raging, the price of many industrial metals had collapsed and many mining companies were losing money. My then-partner John Hathaway asked for a meeting of the senior members of the firm to make his case for what a mining company like Phelps Dodge could earn if only the price of copper returned to the level it had reached several times in previous years. I don’t have a detailed recollection of the episode, and no longer have access to Phelps Dodge trading at that time. But — based purely on memory — John’s case was very convincing to me because I had witnessed this kind of cycle on a few occasions.

When business is good and the price of copper is high, all producers tend to open new mines at the same time, eventually resulting in overcapacity and low prices. Subsequently a few financially-marginal producers might close, while stronger ones simply cut capital spending. As a result, the supply/demand balance is restored. Then a new investment boom will generally get underway, but it takes several years to build new mines and reopen operations, so that copper becomes scarcer and thus more expensive.

The following chart will give an idea of the situation at the time. I believe the price of copper had collapsed to around 65 cents per pound and stayed in that range for a while. But by the early 2000s it doubled to levels it had previously reached in the late 1980s and mid-1990s. (As can be seen from the chart below, it then went on to attain much higher prices, but that is another story and by then our firm had probably sold out of our copper investments.)

Copper Price                     $/lb.

        Buying companies 1

The lesson I retain from that episode is that cycles in industrial commodities prices take time to unfold. Yet because producers tend to behave as a crowd, investing and cutting back at roughly the same time, lagging behind the physical supply/demand dynamics, these companies also tend to oscillate between rich profits and deep losses. Of course, this is my opinion and history does not always repeat itself. But it tends to “rhyme”.

So, how does this apply to the current situation?

The Coronavirus pandemic and its dramatic effect on the world economies pretty much guarantee that some economic sectors will be losing money for at least a couple of quarters and possibly longer. My observation, over the years, is that most financial analysts and the investors who follow their advice do not look much further than a few quarters in advance, if that much. This is especially true when corporations themselves stop issuing projections, as is now the case. Thus, we believe it is likely that the shares of companies in the sectors most affected by the developing economic vacuum — such as hotels, restaurants, airlines, shipping, and many companies involved in tourism or international trade — will sell as if they would never recover.

Of course, some companies will go out of business in the industries most directly affected. Nevertheless, the financially stronger ones will probably survive to enjoy the next boom in demand for a diminished supply of their products or services. As often in periods like this, it will be important for investors to select, not companies that felt comfortable and aggressive when liquidity was plentiful and readily accessible, but those that have low debt, ample reserves of cash, and the ability to survive several quarters of negative cashflow without curtailing essential operations.

One last memory flash: the 1973-74 bear market erased almost 50% of the Dow Jones Industrials value in almost two years before it was concluded by a double (or W-shaped) bottom in the three months between October and December 1974. In view of the rapidity and violence of both the decline and recent bounce in 2020, a similar pattern would not be overly surprising. Please also note that the 1974 economic recession only ended officially in March 1975.

 

Dow Jones Industrial Average from January 1974 to February 1975

Buying companies 2

Source: A History of Stock Market Bottoms – TheIrrelevantInvestor.com — Dec 27, 2018

 

* * *

 

Just as those patients with otherwise good physical health will likely survive the Coronavirus pandemic and recover from intensive care to prosper and possibly help other patients thanks to a newly-acquired immunity, the financially-stronger and more resilient companies will likely be the survivors from the economic recession and contribute to the future recovery of the country’s whole economy.

François Sicart – April 15, 2020

 

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Second-Order Thoughts

The always-stimulating Farnam Street blog recently discussed the classic example of The Chesterton Fence. In a 1929 book, The Thing, English writer G.K. Chesterton, offered the following advice:

“Do not remove a fence until you know why it was put up in the first place.”

As Chesterton explained, fences don’t just happen. They are built by people who had some reason for thinking they had a purpose. Until we establish that reason, we have no business taking an ax to them. This observation has become one of the pillars of a discipline that has recently become popular in action-oriented thinking circles: second-order (or second-level) thinking.

As it applies to investments, second-order thinking was clearly illustrated by Howard Marks, in his book The Most Important Thing (Columbia Business School Publishing) and his periodic letters to clients of the firm he co-founded, Oaktree Capital Management:

“First-level thinking says: ‘It’s a great company, let’s buy the stock.’ Second-level thinking says: ‘It’s a good company, but everyone thinks it’s a great company, and it’s not. So, the stock is overrated and overpriced; let’s sell.’”

From my point of view, the second-order approach has several attractive features:

  • It clearly is different from the usual approach and, by definition, to be better than the majority of investors, you must first behave differently. (See Howard Marks, above)
  • It is contrarian, but in a thoughtful way rather than merely as a reflex.
  • It forces one to look beyond the immediate future, which is one way in which we at Sicart try to differentiate ourselves from the crowd of analysts.

So, how should we look at today’s situation from a second-order perspective?

Most world economies have struggled to recover even partially from the so-called Great Recession of 2007-2009. Now, the economic consequences of the Coronavirus pandemic almost guarantee that the world economy is about to fall into recession. Forecasts of recovery and future growth are being scaled back accordingly. So, the consensus looks to and prepares for a recession of still unknown length and depth.

However, to offset the fast-deteriorating outlook, most governments are devising (and promising to soon start implementing) stimulus programs of unprecedented sizes. These programs include what central banks can still do with their few yet-unused tools to sustain liquidity in economies and especially financial markets. But they also incorporate large fiscal spending to sustain jobs and incomes, as well as unprecedented programs to protect or boost activity in industries threatened by the pandemic.

Unfortunately, if there is one thing that history has taught us, it is that it is easier to throw money at a deteriorating economy than to “take away the punch bowl just as the party gets going,” as the late Fed Chairman William McChesney Martin famously advocated. There is a good chance, therefore, that pandemic-relief and stimulus programs will continue well after the health of populations and economies have turned around and started to recover.

To summarize, a first-order look at the current situation tells us that we are taking the measures required to fight a developing global recession. A second-order look tells us that these measures will likely outlast the recession, eventually turn out to threaten budget balances, and possibly trigger a revival of inflationary pressures.

Today, inflationary pressures are very far from the minds of younger observers. The last peak in U.S. inflation was almost 40 years ago and we have since experienced declining and then stubbornly-low inflation, so that younger analysts and investors may have read about it in history books but they don’t remember personally experiencing it.

s 1

Most current observers are more likely to draw parallels with Japan’s contemporary struggle against deflation than with Germany’s hyperinflation under the Weimar republic, between the two world wars.

s 2

s 3

My First Encounter with Inflation in the Midst of a Recession

Between January 11, 1973 and December 6, 1974, the Dow Jones Industrial Average lost over 45%. The crash came after the collapse of the Bretton Woods system over the previous two years, then the US dollar devaluation, the Watergate political crisis, and the first oil crisis in October 1973.

As I was trying to remember this first experience of my career with inflation rising in the midst of a global recession, I came across a paper on “The 1972-75 Commodity Boom” which confirmed that paradoxical occurrence (Brookings Papers on Economic Activity Vol. 1975, No. 3, 1975 – Richard N. Cooper, Robert Z. Lawrence).

Thanks to the foresight of my mentor and boss at the time, the late Christian Humann, our portfolios had been holding large positions in shares of raw materials and energy producers. They continued to rise as the overall market decline got under way, significantly helping our performance that year.

In their paper, Professors Cooper and Lawrence summarized: “An extraordinary increase in commodity prices occurred in 1973-74. Even leaving aside crude oil as a special case, primary commodity prices on one index more than doubled between mid-1972 and mid-1974, while the prices of some individual commodities, such as sugar and urea (nitrogenous fertilizer), rose more than five times.” They added that the sharp rise in commodity prices had startled most observers, as it came on the heels of apparent oversupply in 1970-71.

The mechanics of the cycle in industrial commodities need to be kept in mind. Capacity closures are not easy or cheap to implement and are thus often delayed. But once they have been made, it usually takes several years to plan, build, and ramp up new capacity. So, the workings of supply and demand are not well synchronized and can be slow to develop.

 The Intriguing Case of Oil

Even though oil was excluded from the 1975 Brookings study because of the volatility caused by the oil embargo and the creation of OPEC in 1973, it has proven to be an excellent case study of such cycles.

The two charts below are of particular interest.

The first one illustrates that, after the investment boom that followed the second oil shock, triggered by the 1979 Iranian revolution, oil prices began a 20-year, 60 percent decline, except for a brief rebound during the Gulf War.

The second shows that the oil price is now back to its 1990s level of around $20 per barrel.

s 4

s 5

Of course, there is little doubt that there is a long-term tendency for the world to move from fossil fuels such as oil, gas and coal to alternate sources of energy such as solar, wind, etc. But in a medium-term perspective, for cost/price and infrastructure factors, as well as regional and economic development considerations, this transition is likely to remain relatively marginal for a number of years.

The proximate causes of the recent price decline are:

  1. The destruction of demand in travel, tourism and transportation activities due to the Coronavirus pandemic
  2. The feud between Saudi Arabia and Russia for effective control of the OPEC-plus group

Presumably, these two influences may have some lasting impact, but they should nevertheless prove temporary. With regard to the Russian-Saudi feud, although the two main protagonists disagree on many points, they seem to agree, openly or not, that a lower oil price will help reduce or eliminate the threatening competition from America’s rising production of shale oil.

It seems that this part of their agenda is meeting with some success. According to brokers Wood Mackenzie, a tenth of the global oil production may become uneconomic at current prices. This would represent about 10% of the global supply, estimated at 100 million barrels per day by the International Energy Agency. Heavier oil production from Venezuela or Mexico requires prices above $55 a barrel; Canadian oil sands need $45 a barrel. RS Energy Group estimates the break-even price for oil from the best shale-producing areas is $43 a barrel. Meanwhile, Saudi Arabia or Russian oil may cost $10 a barrel or less to produce. (All above data from the Financial Times, 3/22/2020)

US shale operators will suffer rapidly because their reservoirs tend to be depleted over much shorter cycles. The shale revolution allowed the US to become the world’s biggest oil and gas producer, with a record oil production of 13 million barrels a day — estimated by some analysts to shrink by 2.5 million barrels a day by 2021. Meanwhile, capital spending across the shale sector will fall from $107 billion last year to $64 billion this year, according to the consultancy Rystad Energy.

Jamie Webster, of the BCG Center for Energy Impact, summarizes his view of the situation as follows: “Shale thrives at $100 a barrel, survives at $50 and dies at $25.”

There will come a time when the Coronavirus pandemic is only a very bad memory. Meanwhile, both Russia and Saudi Arabia reportedly need oil at prices much higher than the current price-war levels in order to meet their governments’ budgetary obligations. It seems likely that, sooner or later, they will declare victory and settle on an acceptable oil price. Then, the lowest-cost and financially strongest shale producers may not “thrive” but they are likely to survive profitably after their weakest competitors have disappeared and global demand volumes have recovered.

My experience with highly cyclical producers of industrial commodities (such as copper and other metals) is that the best time to buy shares of the financially stronger companies is when the industry is losing money. The recent behavior of the oil price has not escaped the media, who shape our view of the world, as the Financial Times, among others, reminded us on 3/24/2020:

OIL INDUSTRY FACES BIGGEST CRISIS IN 100 YEARS

 This may be a good time to remember the famously contrarian record of the most sensational newspaper headlines.

Second-order Look: Watch for a New Inflationary Cycle?

Price inflation is often described as “too much money chasing too few goods.” While it is clear that money and liquidity have been plentiful in recent years (quantitative easing, zero percent interest rates, etc.), it would be harder to argue that there have been too few goods available to buy. Globalization, the offshoring of production to cheaper manufacturing regions, as well as progress in productivity and logistics have made ample supplies of most goods readily and cheaply available.

On the other hand, recent experience may have radically altered the most efficient supply chains that were developed in the last couple of decades. This, and maybe some new protectionist trade policies, may reverse the race to the cheapest possible products.

Meanwhile, trillions of dollars are in the process of being injected into the world’s leading economies and further stimulus is already being planned. As I mentioned, it will be easier to spend that money than to withdraw it when it is no longer needed for non-inflationary growth.

William White, former Head of the Monetary and Economic Department at the Bank for International Settlements, and Deputy Governor of the Bank of Canada, just wrote a paper for the Official Monetary and Financial Institutions Forum, in which he discusses, among other topics, the unintended consequences of past policies (OMFIF, 23 March 2020). He concludes that “It would be wrong to assume a zero threat of higher future inflation.”

The drawback of second-order thinking is that it may suggest investment opportunities for a time horizon well beyond the impact of first-level thinking. But it takes time to stand out from the crowd, and we plan, as always, to be patient.

François Sicart – March 30, 2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Bring out the towels

Warren Buffett has famously quipped that we only find out who has been swimming naked when the tide goes out. During the spectacular bull market since 2009, many “professionals” and people relying on their advice have insisted that we at Sicart were holding too much cash in our accounts. Our guess is that many naked swimmers who followed their advice are now beginning to sell shares indiscriminately, prompted either by panic or lack of liquidity. Nothing new there: this is what typically happens after periods of greed, thoughtless complacency, or fear of missing out in a rising market.

In our view, the Coronavirus epidemic was not directly responsible for the recent upheaval: for a while, the stock market had been looking like a bug in search of a windshield. Following Minsky’s hypothesis, we believe that financial corrections and crashes do not need a proximate cause in order to happen: in free markets, there is a natural tendency for investors and business people to oscillate between periods of excessive optimistic risk-taking and periods of fear-driven financial timidity or retreat.

Famous Keynesian economist Paul Samuelson used to joke that the stock market had predicted nine of the past five recessions. Nevertheless, it has now become clear that the Coronavirus crisis will transform whatever financial correction we might have suffered spontaneously into an economic recession.

We have lived through a dozen-odd bear markets since the1960s. Most have caused losses equivalent to the current decline of around 25% from the stock market high in February. But a few suffered larger and/or more extended losses, notably:

36% in 1968-1970 in 18 months

50% in 1973-1974 in 21 months

28% in 1980-1982 in 21 months interrupted by an energy-related spike in 1981

34% in 1987 in only 3 months

49%% in 2000-2002 in 30 months

56% in 2007-2009 in 17 months

(Sources: Global Financial Data; msnbc.com research)

 As it happens, though I certainly do not accept responsibility for these setbacks, I witnessed all of them as a concerned investment professional. Except for the flash crash of 1987, all were accompanied or preceded by economic recessions. This is why I mentioned in my previous paper that bear markets associated with economic recessions tend to dig deeper and last longer than those resulting from a mere correction of asset price due to a change in the investing crowd’s psychology.

At the moment, enough damage has already been done to all industries that benefited from the world’s globalization (including labor-intensive airlines, shipping, hotels and restaurants, tourism and leisure activities, as well as products resulting from complex and far-reaching supply chains, such as electronics) to all but ensure a recessionary environment for at least the balance of 2020. GDP will slow or temporarily decline and, in all likelihood, so will profit margins and corporate earnings.

To counterbalance these considerations, it is now clear that, in a more or less coordinated manner, most major economies are in the process of devising and beginning to implement very strong measures to halt the progress of the Coronavirus and mitigate the impact of the pandemic on employment and living standards.

As usual, the sequence of events will determine the extent and shape of the damage or the success of these countervailing measures. My guess is that the progress of the virus and of the market correction will initially be faster than the benefits of any fiscal stimulus, especially where infrastructure projects are contemplated. So it is likely that we will see statistics of declining economic activity before the main benefits of the planned stimulus programs are fully visible.

Between the heightened market volatility and the sharp losses of the past couple of weeks, it is tempting for contrarian/value investors like ourselves to use the near-panic to buy more aggressively. As I mentioned last week (https://www.sicartassociates.com/the-point-and-challenge-of-being-prepared/), we have already used the first, emotional phase of the decline to put a portion of our cash reserves to work by adding to some existing positions and starting a few new ones. The main idea was to wait for confirmation of an economic recession, assuming that (as they often have in the past) it might drive the markets lower and create even better buying opportunities.

Besides confirmation of an economic recession, the other signal I would like to see is a much bigger correction of the FANG-related indexes (Facebook, Apple, Netflix, Google and a few others). These bull market favorites, after driving the overall market higher for a few years, have participated in the most recent decline, but not to the extent that previous bull market favorites did after reaching greatly overvalued prices.

As panic spreads, however, it will probably put disproportionate pressure on stocks that account for a large proportion of major indexes: the mutual funds or exchange-traded funds that own large positions in these index stocks will have to sell them as the funds are liquidated by hard-pressed, overextended investors.

Things may have moved a little too fast for comfort, but major investment opportunities seem to be coming closer and closer.

 

François Sicart – March 18, 2020

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Point and Challenge of Being Prepared

Beyond the traditional choice of our investment management style between categories such as value or growth, fundamental or technical, trading or buy-and-hold, we have tried to abide by two precepts:

  • One is that it is futile to try and predict the future, especially with regard to its timing. What is more important is to be prepared for what may happen, no matter how unlikely.
  • The other, derived from the work of Prof. Hyman Minsky, is that financial crises do not require a proximate cause: they are a natural consequence of the free-market cycle where the investing crowd becomes first increasingly complacent; then willing to accept excessive risk; and eventually succumbs to panic, at which point when the liquidity that seemed to make everything so much easier dries up.

For the last couple of years, these beliefs have led us to push back against the increasingly strident pressure from some fiduciaries, consultants and, fortunately, very few clients, who had been clamoring for us to reduce our large, prudential cash reserves.

Picture1

The over 4,000-point decline in the Dow Jones Industrial Average in less than two weeks did not merely erase a full year of previous gains. More importantly, it raised an additional question:

“What do you do with your prudential cash reserves when their use becomes justified?”

Although financial crises may not require a proximate cause, investors and observers often have little difficulty finding culprits after the fact.

There is little doubt that the current market correction was at least triggered by the spreading Coronavirus panic, which seems a legitimate concern. Still, judging from historical examples, while affected populations will undergo considerable suffering, it seems likely that the health problem will abate and hopefully be solved in a matter of months — or perhaps a couple of years.

From an economic point of view, however, the problem is the advanced level of globalization that the world has achieved in recent years. Today, most products are the end result of complex and far-reaching supply chains. Difficulties in any one of the countries making parts or supplies for an end product can badly disrupt the supply of that product around the world. Even if the supply chains can be restored, the process will take time and money, and cause labor displacement.

So, there is a chance that what could have been an economic hiccup will morph into a global recession. From an investment perspective, we believe, bear markets associated with economic recessions tend to dig deeper and last longer than those resulting from a mere correction of asset price due to a change in the investing crowd’s psychology. Past examples are all over the map but a typical correction might produce a 15-20% stock market decline, while one associated with a true economic recession could be as high as 50%.

Since we don’t know how things will eventually turn out, we need to be prepared for both the short term and the longer horizon.

In recent years, it seems that investors have put their steady faith in the power of central banks. At the first signs of weakness in financial markets, central bankers could be counted on to pump liquidity into their economies. With the physical economies remaining lackluster and resisting incentives to invest in plants and equipment, most of that added liquidity tended to flow into financial markets. That tendency largely explains the bull markets of the years following the Great Recession of 2008-2009.

Today, with interest rates close to zero (or even lower in much of the world), investors’ doubts have begun to appear as to how much more central banks can do to fight recessions. Even some central bankers seem to wonder how much dry powder they have left. Nevertheless, it is possible that, in a central bank last hurrah, a coordinated stimulus effort could produce a violent (and probably short-lived) stock market bounce back, based on investors’ remaining faith in the infallible power of central bankers to direct at least the stock and bond markets, if not the economies.

Without entering into a dangerous exercise in short-term trading, we have decided, for clients who are in a position that makes it possible, to invest about 10 percent of their current excess cash reserves in shares that are down 40%-50% from their highs. Most of these companies will typically be ones where we already own positions in our portfolios. However, we have also included a couple of companies with high growth profiles that, although still expensive by our traditional “value” standards, are seldom available at very low valuations.

For a portfolio that might have had cash reserves of 30% of its total value, for example, this recent decision would now leave it with 20% in cash and equivalents.

Beyond this first adjustment, committing the rest of our excess cash will probably await the kind of deeper decline typically associated with economic recessions – whenever one comes. But I have noticed, over a number of past bear markets, that the deeper and longer ones tend to produce a compression in the range of valuation measures such as ratios of price-to-earnings, price-to-cash flow, etc.

This means that in a major bear market, many companies with superior growth and profitability sell at valuations which, while not as low as those of classic “value” stocks, are much closer to them than in normal or more ebullient times. Often, these episodes constitute a rare occasion to acquire the shares of superior companies at reasonable prices.

Being prepared does not mean making decisions in advance. We have not yet reached compelling valuation levels for shares that have until recently remained quite expensive. But we have intensified our research on such companies, so that we may seize opportunities when their prices seem right. When this happens (and in full-fledged bear markets it can happen quite fast), we will be prepared with reserves of cash, and thus well-positioned to upgrade the long-term potential of our clients’ portfolios. Stay tuned…

 

François Sicart, March 2, 2020

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

LESSONS FROM A 40-YEAR INVESTMENT VOYAGE

I recently looked back, and reviewed the performance of some of my longest managed portfolios that date back to the 1970s. I noticed that the accounts grew net of fees only slightly better than the S&P 500 index, though the returns, and the performance versus the index varied year to year. But that small outperformance through over more than 40 years of compounding did make a big difference to the owner families’ ending wealth.

My first observation is that while there obviously was an influence of the general market behavior on the performance of the accounts, there was no clear cycle correlation between the two. To some extent, this could be expected from a “contrarian” investment style, which often causes portfolios to underperform when markets are ebullient or in bubble-inflating mode, and to overperform in a pessimistic cycle or/and in the immediate aftermath of such an episode.

The second observation is that two distinct periods could be identified: the first twenty years, and the next twenty plus years. The returns were good over both periods, but the first period was clearly better while in the second period they started to resemble the index more. In that second period, we decided to involve a larger number of managers, while in the first, it was just me and one partner making all investment choices. As we added more (in-house) managers, the performance actually began to slightly fall behind that of the S&P 500 index.

I should mention that our decision to diversify the management team seemed logical in view of the size attained by the account, and I fully agreed with my partners on this. However, upon subsequent reflection, my intuition is that multiplying the number of managers tended to make the management team behave more like a “crowd,” and thus blunted the contrarian edge of the team.

The third observation is that the nature of our value/contrarian investment philosophy evolved progressively over the years.

In the ancient days before cheap computing power and widely available databases of corporate financial statements, value investing was predominantly a simple accounting exercise. Assuming you had ascertained that the reported earnings and asset values of companies were truthful (by carefully reading the footnotes to the financial reports first, as Ben Graham and Warren Buffett advise), you could calculate various ratios of value and liquidity with relatively little effort.

At that time, generally speaking, value investing and contrarian investing were nearly synonymous: a “value price” tended to be low in relation to fundamental statistics, reflecting the lack of enthusiasm of the investment crowd. This changed after the widespread adoption of personal computers and large, relatively inexpensive databases. For example, one of the most successful approaches used by Ben Graham, the Net Net Working Capital ratio, consisted of buying a stock trading for less than its current assets minus all liabilities. It became too easy to find those opportunities as a mere personal computer and access to a cheap database of balance-sheet statistics proliferated. The Internet further accelerated that transformation.

The fourth observation became apparent in the mid-1980s. Japanese companies were conquering market share from their U.S. competitors at a rapid and seemingly inexorable pace and were widely seen as destined to conquer the world. At the time, Japanese stock prices were in a major bubble as a result, and we did not own any. But this was in contrast with the cultural changes we were observing on our visits to U.S. companies.

We enlisted professors at leading universities to investigate this apparent contradiction. In particular, Prof. Robert Kaplan of Harvard University, a leading expert in management accounting, argued that the problem was that we were still using 19th-century accounting to measure the 20th-century performance and results of American companies.

A hundred years earlier, materials and direct labor represented the bulk of corporate costs. Accounting practice developed to allocate all other costs, or overhead, in proportion to these direct costs. But by the mid-1980s, materials and direct labor often represented only 10% or less of total costs in new and globally-competitive industries such as electronics. Because important competitive factors such as the costs of time or quality were totally ignored, our accounting tools assessed increasingly irrelevant measures.

This was an early sign that a novel way was needed to assess the corporate performance and profits of modern companies. Today, we label this type of company as “asset-light.” Such entities can often raise money at zero cost or reach astronomical stock valuations in spite of having no GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) earnings. In addition, results can be massaged through various adjustments (EBITDA, or “Earnings Before Bad Stuff”). Not being able to ascertain the truthfulness of financial figures makes comparing market prices with estimated or calculated value much more challenging than in the past.

The fifth observation was that, whereas value investing had traditionally been a bottom-up exercise, the 2007-2008 sub-prime lending crisis and the ensuing Great Recession indiscriminately engulfed most financial markets into a cyclone-like turmoil. This made it clear that “macro” considerations should not be neglected altogether.

However, one problem in including macro considerations into our market work was that the past record of economists in anticipating recessions had been and remains dismal. In addition, there really is no clear correlation between GDP fluctuations and stock market behavior. Nor are we convinced by the long-term results of “technical” analyses – charts or others — of financial markets.

We had long been seduced by Hyman Minsky’s falsely simplistic financial instability hypothesis that crises are part of the normal life cycle of an economy. In other words, financial crises (and the often-associated recessions) need not be triggered by external events or influences: long periods of stability naturally breed instability by encouraging greater risk (debt) acceptance, which eventually leads to investment bubbles. The 2007-2008 crisis and its aftermath confirmed this intuitive attraction and the need for a contrarian macro approach to investing.

To heed our long-standing belief that “you cannot forecast but you can prepare,” the only discipline we could use to add macro considerations to our traditional bottom-up approach was to try and assess the psychological cycles of financial markets – an approach based more on observation than on measurement.

* * *

In today’s environment, it could be argued that developed financial markets are generally high and overpriced. But they are not uniformly so.

There have been some examples of speculative, bubble-like moves like the FANGs (Facebook Apple, Netflix, Google) in 2018 and early 2019. Some of those were reporting very fast revenue and — sometimes — profit growth, but most of their popularity with investors derived more from momentum-following and extrapolation. It therefore tended to lose touch with fundamental values.

There also has been a plethora of cash available to venture capital and private equity, resulting in so-called unicorns (start-up companies valued at $1 billion or more while often still profitless). Until very recently, many of the resulting IPOs (Initial Public Offerings) were snapped up by investors as well – sometimes at even higher valuations.

The background for all recent speculative moves has been the global decline of interest rates to near zero or, in a growing number of cases, into negative territory! This has probably constituted the bubbliest area of financial markets, but many institutional investors (for regulatory reasons) and some individual investors as well (for whatever reasons) feel like TINA (There Is No Alternative) and desperately keep searching for the promise of some return.

Among the stocks which — although not outrageously overpriced in relation to prevailing interest rates — comprise a near-bubble of their own are shares of companies offering good dividend yields. If or when interest rates should recover to more attractive yields, this segment of the market will necessarily face headwinds.

In spite of these examples, we do find stocks that are currently selling 40% to 50% below their previous highs — a level that traditionally, subject to balance-sheet strength, is where one should start watching for a bottom. Financial history books are full of anecdotes about investors who made fortunes investing at major stock market bottoms. Most readers forget to ask where they found the cash to invest. The answer is: they sold well before the bottom (perhaps near the top?) and kept the cash until irresistible opportunities arose.

In summary, our traditional value/contrarian approach has gradually evolved into a contrarian approach with a value filter boosted by ample cash reserves to prepare for irresistible opportunities. That is how we are approaching investment these days.

François Sicart

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

THE THIRD-GENERATION CURSE

There is a famous proverb in the United States: “From shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations.” Interestingly, many diverse nations have the equivalent saying: “Rice paddies to rice paddies in three generations” in Japan; “Clogs to clogs is only three generations” in England; “Wealth never survives three generations” in China; “The father buys, the son builds, the grandchild sells, and his son begs” in Scotland: these are just a few colorful examples.

In more than forty years taking care of families and their patrimonies, I have become convinced that all families have clear, often predictable, financial winners and losers — and that losers often belong to the third generation. Fortunately, not all members of that generation are necessarily doomed to take that role.

In western developed nations, we tend to believe that winners and losers are determined by social and cultural factors. But it seems to me that to be so universal, the idea of a third-generation “curse” must be more deeply rooted in human nature itself.

Missing the Incentives of the First Generation

First-generation fortune builders usually had an original, often disruptive idea. Some were immigrants (as so often in the United States) and had to surmount the barriers and prejudices associated with their origins. Many simply did things differently, either in their neighborhood or in their industry. But as a rule, most founders of multi-generational fortunes surmounted significant adverse odds. Their overriding incentive was to survive this adversity and, willingly or not, they succeeded by being different. Following generations, in contrast, were eager not to differentiate too much from their friends and neighbors.

 Guardians of the Temple

Members of the second generation were often close enough to the first-generation creators of the family fortune to realize that they might not possess the entrepreneurial talent, the single-minded drive to work and fight for an overriding goal. Or possibly the conditions that had enabled the building of the original fortune were no longer so favorable. Instead, the second generation believed their primary responsibility was to preserve the patrimony that was left in their custody, for the use of future generations.

That in itself is a greater challenge than is generally realized. Years ago, a client member of a second generation instructed me, “All I want is to leave my two sons a fortune equivalent to what I received, after taxes and the erosion in purchasing power due to inflation.” When I attempted to calculate the extent of the damage imposed by 40% inheritance taxes and 5% annual inflation, $100 would only be worth $15 in purchasing power for each son after 15 years. If my memory serves me well, to achieve my client’s goal would have required an annual investment return of 13.8%!

It’s well recognized that the main psychological motivations for making money (i.e.,investing) are greed and fear. With the challenging responsibilities toward future generations that had been left on their shoulders, fear of losing the family’s presumably irreplaceable patrimony, or letting it erode, tend to be the main psychological driver of the second generation.

Impatience and a Sense of Entitlement Before Responsibility

As a rule, many members of the third generation lack the single-minded drive of the first generation or the sense of historical responsibility that characterized the second generation. Its members feel that the family fortune has been built and preserved for them and that they are, unquestionably and without restriction, entitled to it. And, though they may not acknowledge it, these inheritors have usually had a comfortable youth and adolescence, so they are not as motivated as their predecessors to work harder than most of their peers for what they want.

Part of the problem is that the newcomers view their predecessors through the prism of these generations’ lifestyles rather than recognizing the sense of purpose, hard work, and even sacrifice that made those lifestyles possible. An additional factor is that in recent decades life expectancies have been steadily increasing in most of the world. Generations now tend to last longer, as does their control of family patrimonies. Not surprisingly, third-generation members often become impatient to assume the privileges, if not always the responsibilities, that they perceive previous generations to have effortlessly enjoyed.

A Character Fault: FOMO

One of the greatest handicaps in investing successfully for the long term is impatience, most often amplified by FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out).

Clearly, when the proverbs cited in this paper’s introduction became popular, modern mass media, 24-hour business-news TV channels and, of course, the Internet did not exist. But, in my mind, these recently-developed technologies shape opinions more uniformly than in the days when personal experience counteracted second-hand news distribution. The newest generations are more likely to behave as a crowd, with all the excesses and limitations that crowd psychology warns us against.

Here, I speak from personal experience — taking into account all the compliance restrictions meant to prevent the selective use of examples and other performance-embellishing gimmicks. So I will resort to generalities implying no specific mention of past performance (which, in any case and as the traditional disclaimer reminds us, is no guarantee of future performance).

I recently reviewed the performances of several accounts that I had managed for 30-plus years in a style that evolved marginally over that period but could be described as “contrarian investing disciplined by a strong value filter.”

The lessons I drew from that examination were:

  • Value investing and/or significant cash reserves tend to yield performance that is better than the leading stock-market indices during down markets, but only marginally. In traditional bear markets, the invested portion of portfolios – even if selected along value criteria – still loses “some” value.
  • The big difference comes from having maximum opportunities after markets have had big declines. Histories of financial markets often feature anecdotes about operators who made a fortune by buying aggressively at or around the bottoms of major market declines. Often omitted from the narrative is the question of where the money to invest came from. The answer is that investors had cash before these big declines – most often because they refused to participate in the preceding euphoria or complacency.
  • The problem with impatience and FOMO (reminder: Fear Of Missing Out) is that they amplify and extend momentum moves: the more markets keep going up, the more followers feel they are missing something by not participating. As a result, more investors want to jump on the bandwagon, at ever higher prices. This is how speculative bubbles form, and with diminishing fundamentals to support rising prices, it is hard to determine when they will burst. But burst they always do.

The last ten years have represented one of the longest and most powerful momentum episodes in my memory, exaggerated by the aggressive policies of most central banks (quantitative easing and, eventually, an unprecedented $17 trillion of negative interest-rate lending worldwide).

When bankers and governments pay investors to borrow money, the notion of risk disappears, and the idea that making money is easy gains broad acceptance. As a result, the FOMO bug has spread fast and wide in recent years, promising to bring what it has always done in the past: what I referred to in a previous paper as a Minsky Moment, when the markets’ excesses and increased risk-taking are corrected by a painful return to sanity.

Of course, third-generation inheritors have been the most vulnerable to the FOMO epidemic. But only witches and wizards can reverse a curse. Wealth managers are left to hope that those generational members who have escaped the FOMO infection will allow them to preserve some of the family fortunes.

 

François Sicart

September 9, 2019

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

EXPERIENCE, PRINCIPLES AND STRATEGY – PART II

Part I of this paper (July 30, 2019) concluded that conditions have gathered for a “Minsky Moment” (the time when apparent financial and economic stability turns into instability and eventually financial crisis or recession). The wait may be long for that precise moment to materialize, but since, as the saying goes, “trees don’t grow to the sky,” education and experience can give us a pretty good idea of the ultimate outcome. Thus, the main challenge lies in determining the likely timing of that moment, which is what we are going to investigate in this Part II.

I have not yet come across a model or formula allowing investors to predict stock market turning points with any accuracy. On the other hand, many studies by reputable analysts and research organizations are useful as backdrops to exercise one of our principles: “You cannot predict the future, but you can prepare.”

Understanding The P/E ratio

From its 2009 low of 677, the S&P 500 index has now gained more than 300%. Because earnings were temporarily suppressed by the Great Recession, it is difficult to compare gains in earnings and those of the stock market. But even using more “normal” dates such as July 1, 2007 (before the crash) and April 1,2019 (close to the recent high) the index progressed 90% while the S&P 500 earnings gained less than 30%. This is a useful reminder that big moves by the stock market are driven principally by changes in the Price/Earnings ratio (P/E), an indicator that is easy to understand and to monitor.

Two of the best researchers and writers about the stock market, John Mauldin and Ed Easterling, recently joined forces to write: “Valuation Determines Return” (in John Mauldin’s Thoughts from the Frontline, 3/15/2019)

One of the most useful graphics, from Easterling’s Crestmont Research, which keeps a wealth of economic and financial statistics, illustrates how the stock market “total return” is generated:

pes 1

The authors further make the essential point that:

Over 10–20 years, the P/E [Price/Earnings ratio] can dramatically increase or decrease, resulting in a significant addition or reduction in total return. In the secular bear market of the 1960s and ’70s, the decline in P/E virtually eliminated the return from earnings growth and dividend yield. In the 1980s and ‘90s, the increase in P/E more than doubled the return for many of the decade-long periods during that secular bull market.

The Future Can Be Told…

In his March 8, 2019 newsletter “On My Radar”, Steve Blumenthal of Capital Management Group reviews many studies of what current equity market valuations can tell us about coming long-term returns (7 to 10 years or even 20 years, depending on the study). Morningstar does the same in the 2019 edition of its annual “Experts Forecast Long-Term Stock and Bond returns.”

For most of these studies, valuation is measured by the current Price/Earnings ratio, although many use a moving average of earnings to calculate the P/E. This tends to understate the earnings (when previous years’ profits were lower) and to overstate the resulting adjusted P/E ratio; but it generally eliminates the effect on profits of most cyclical fluctuations. The following graph illustrates how Yale University’s Robert Shiller (CAPE P/E 10) and Crestmont Research, for example, smooth earnings to calculate their versions of the Price/Earnings ratio.

pes 2

Using Shiller’s CAPE (Cyclically-Adjusted Price/Earnings ratio), Crestmont Research tallied 110 decade-long periods between 1900 and 2018 and grouped them by quintiles. The chart below shows how starting valuations strongly influence the S&P returns in the following 10 years. As the market’s starting valuations rise, future returns decline:

pes 3

Ned Davis Research conducted a similar study using the stock market’s median P/E, e.g. the P/E with as many numbers above it as there are below. The median tends to be less influenced by extremes in a sample than the average, for example.

Using data from 1926 to 2014, median P/E was sorted into five quintiles. Quintile 1 is the lowest 20% of all month-end median P/Es and quintile 5 is the highest. In the following table, next to each quintile is the annualized nominal returns over the following 10 years.

pes 4 

The most important thing to remember from all these studies is that today’s valuation can give an excellent idea of the likely future stock market returns.

… But Not in Detail

The problem is that forecasting, for example, an 80% gain for the stock market over the coming 10 years (roughly equivalent to 6% per year) does not tell you when this performance might be achieved. For example, a two-year 56% gain could be followed by a 44% loss, then another gain and so on, with the ten-year net change totaling 80%.

For those readers whose memories may have been numbed by the central bank-engineered, momentum-driven stock and bond markets of the last ten years, the following graphs from Crestmont Research (1965-1981 and 2000-2016) may remind them of what volatility feels like in real life:

pes 5

pes 6

Even Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway (presented here as a case study, not an investment recommendation) endured this kind of volatility which, of course, he viewed as opportunity.

pes 7

 

This, as can be seen below, did not hurt Buffett’s long-term record of building wealth. Yet his shareholders who did not have the courage or the patience to endure the volatility and sold Berkshire Hathaway during those episodes probably suffered the fate of the so-called “dumb money.” There is magic in having ready cash when opportunities arise.

pes 8

Strategy

Value investors have traditionally been more focused on stock-picking than on macro analysis of the economy. But when my friend Jean-Marie Eveillard and I had lunch in July and were reminiscing about the financial crisis and Great Recession of 2007-2009, we concurred that it would have served us well to pay more attention to the macro environment.

This conversation got me thinking and I reviewed the main stock market declines of the past few decades. I observed that the general difference between “corrections” and “bear markets” was that full bear markets tended to be accompanied by economic recessions and were often longer and deeper (30%-40% declines or more), whereas mere corrections, up to 20% declines, could be purely financial phenomena, not fundamentally affecting the country’s core economic activity.

pes 9

pes 10

Source: Seeking Alpha – Dec. 26, 2018

Note: 1998 was in the midst of the Asian currency crisis and 1987, while traumatic, was a one-day stock market crash, too short to turn into a recession. Economic activity in 1962 felt the impact of a major strike.

* * *

Nobel Laureate Paul Samuelson famously quipped that the stock market has predicted nine of the past five recessions. Indeed, whether they come from the private sector, academia, central banks or the International Monetary Fund, forecasts of economic activity have historically been inaccurate. Thus, we should view prediction of a possible recession and its timing with a grain of salt.

pes 11

After remaining relatively sanguine about economic activity early in the year and even worrying about a re-awakening of inflation (prompting the adoption of higher interest-rate policies), a majority of economists has now been shifting to concern about a global recession, on the backdrop of weakening global economies and the trade wars initiated by the American government.

Of course, when both governments and central banks focus primarily on preventing stock market declines, as they have done recently, the distinction between financial crisis or bubble-bursting and economic recession may become moot. Economic policies may delay the pain, only to make it more acute later.

The Asian currency crisis of 1997 not only awakened my interest in Asia and particularly China, it also made me realize that the trigger of a financial crisis may be an apparently remote development (such as the devaluation of the Thai Bath) that is followed by a domino effect of other, bigger crises. The globalization of finance affects institutions and their clients in unpredictable places.

At the moment, among our worries are a large number of bonds and loans that are hover just above the “junk” label and which could be downgraded in coming months, especially if  global economies continue to weaken. This development would prevent major pension funds and other large fiduciaries from holding these investments in their portfolios and could trigger a massive selling wave, putting into question these institutions’ liquidity. Somewhat related, for many corporations and governments outside the United States who borrowed in dollars, a continued appreciation of the U.S. currency may also mean the difference between apparent solvency and default. In addition, the ultimate effects of the current trade war, tariffs game, and now-threatened competitive or retaliatory currency devaluations are beginning to be felt in overall economic decisions and activity.

From our perspective, this is a good time to be prepared, for both the volatile environment ahead and the opportunities that it may create for investors with cash to invest.

 

François Sicart

August 12, 2019

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

EXPERIENCE, PRINCIPLES AND STRATEGY – PART I

This review of what shapes our investment strategy could have wound up being quite long. We therefore elected to first review some lessons of experience and the unbending principles that guide our attitudes toward investment over the cycles. In a coming paper, we will describe how the two interact to yield our investment strategy.

EXPERIENCE

A few weeks ago, I had lunch with my old friend and colleague Jean-Marie Eveillard, an investment manager whose career has been as long as mine and quite successful, including the stewardship of one of the first global funds from $15 million to $50 billion and a Lifetime Achievement Award from Morningstar. But his feat I envy most is his statement during the Internet bubble of the 1990s, which we both shunned, that: “I would rather lose half my shareholders than lose half my shareholders’ money”.

Over lunch, we naturally wound up reminiscing about the speculative bubbles we had lived through and their aftermaths.

The Nifty Fifty Stocks and the Two-Tier Market

Of course, we remembered the beginning of the 1970s, early in our careers, when 50 stocks, the “Nifty Fifty”, came to be viewed as “one-decision” stocks due to their assumed continued fast growth, high margins and perceived resistance to recessions and disruptions (most of them had survived well the 1970 recession, shortly after a leading economist had proclaimed “we have conquered the economic cycle”).

As a result of this extrapolation, these fifty stocks were aggressively accumulated by major institutions and were largely responsible for the extent of the bull market of the late 1960s and early 1970s. But that performance came at a price. In 1972, the S&P 500 Index’s P/E already was 19, but the Nifty Fifty’s average P/E had reached 42x with Polaroid at 91x, McDonald’s at 86x, Walt Disney 82x and Avon Products at 65x.

Not surprisingly, in the stock market collapse of 1973-74, the Dow Jones Industrial Average fell 45% in just two years while, for example, Xerox lost 71%, Avon 86% and Polaroid 91%.

The Japanese Bubble

Not surprisingly, Jean-Marie and I both had vivid memories of the 1980s Japanese bubble as well, perhaps, I believe, because neither of us participated in that stubborn episode to any extent. At the time – as may be happening with China today — Japan was portrayed as an irrepressible force and the greatest economic threat to the United States, whereas economists and politicians were becoming increasingly aware of a hollowing out of US manufacturing and a widening bilateral trade deficit.

Experts and specialists found many reasons to rationalize the elevated prices of Japan’s stocks — from the more conservative quality of Japanese reported earnings to the very low interest rates already prevailing in that economy. Most of these arguments were legitimate but the ultimate bursting of the bubble was a stark reminder that, in the end, it is the prices you pay that count.

The bubble was multifaceted: land prices, according to Stephen S. Roach, a senior fellow at Yale University’s Jackson Institute of Global Affairs (May 27, 2019), had increased 5000% from 1956 to 1986 even though consumer prices had only doubled in that time: by 1990 the total value of the Japanese property market had reached roughly four times the real estate value of the entire United States. Even golf club memberships could fetch as high as the equivalent of $2 million in 2019 dollars.

Also overlooked was the fact that Japanese share prices had increased three times faster than corporate profits during the 1980s, as their Price-to-Earnings ratios were exploding on the upside. In 1989 the P/E ratio on the Nikkei reached 60x earnings but, rewarding the patience of those who had had the conviction to wait, the Japanese stock market lost roughly 80% of its value over the next decade.

1 8-5-2019

Similar experiences followed in the late 1990s and early 2000s (the Internet bubble) and eventually in 2007-2008 (the subprime crisis, followed by the “Great Recession”, of which the consequences are still being worked out). Those episodes are recent enough that many of today’s market participants probably don’t need to be reminded of them here, but the story of speculative euphoria and its aftermath continues to “rhyme” over the cycles.

In a January 2019 white paper (“Is the U.S. Stock Market Bubble Bursting”, January 2019, GMO), GMO argues that bubbles are discernable not only by elevated valuations: “they are also about animal spirits captured in stories of euphoria” such as, for example, the recent enthusiasm for crypto-currencies, Big Data, Artificial Intelligence and (my addition) perceived “disruptors” of established industries. The reluctance of many market participants to libel the current environment as a bubble is due to the absence of market-wide euphoria because irrational exuberance is only visible and measurable in selected speculative pockets.

Backdrop: Paradigm Shifts

In the United States today, the employment rate is near a record while inflation seems to remain hibernating. Yet, digging a bit deeper below the surface, it feels like there are two distinct economies, with savers/investors enjoying a prosperity that mirrors the performance of the stock market or the quick access of new technologies to easy money, while salaried workers in traditional industries are having trouble navigating today’s economic schizophrenia. To a degree or another, similar trends seem to be affecting most other major economies.

When I look at today’s sometimes puzzling world economic order, I am reminded of the American Agricultural Revolution. Over 200 years ago, 90 percent of the U.S. population lived on farms and fed mostly themselves but today, just two percent of the population produces food not only to feed the country but also to be a major exporting sector. During that process, farming appeared to shrink in importance when measured by employment, but was really experiencing an extended surge in productivity, producing a 2018 trade surplus of $10.9 billion. Through the use of technology, each farmer is now able to feed 155 people, versus only 19 people in 1940.

Economic history is full of such periodic paradigm shifts, although few extended over such long periods as the agricultural revolution. In my experience, these shifts can render some of our traditional economic and financial statistics temporarily confusing or outright misleading.

In the mid-1980s, near the peak of the Japanese bubble, many experts were proclaiming the death of American manufacturing. This contrasted with what my team was observing on our visits to factory floors, with new disciplines such as just-in-time, cell-manufacturing and total-quality being actively taught and implemented. We became convinced that, instead of dying, American manufacturing was in fact being reborn. Interestingly, only the American Manufacturing Association and the Japanese Chamber of Commerce were interested in our theory and both invited me to speak to their constituencies.

Robert Kaplan, now Emeritus Professor of Leadership Development at the Harvard Business School, was one of the leading academics who helped us investigate this discrepancy further.

Traditional management accounting had been developed when materials and direct (manual) labor made up the bulk of industrial companies’ costs. Those were relatively easy to measure and the practice developed of allocating so-called “overhead” costs, such as marketing, R&D and administration, in the same proportions as those easily-allocated direct costs. But, as industrial activities became lighter, cost structures evolved: by the 1980s, for example, in the growing electronics industry, materials and direct labor no longer represented more than 10%-15% of total costs.

Prof. Kaplan commented that U.S. companies were still using a 19th-century accounting framework to measure their activities in the 20th and soon-to-come 21st centuries. This misallocation led to the wrong investment decisions at the corporate level and, in the aggregate, the wrong assessment of U.S. competitiveness.

A New Paradigm?

It is possible that we have entered another paradigm shift, with so-called “asset-light” companies taking the leadership of the economy and certainly of the financial markets, while activities such as heavier industry and even traditional brick-and-mortar retailing are struggling.

The new leaders often spend more on acquiring or creating intellectual property than on traditional assets and infrastructure. Moreover, as they often are so-called “disruptors”, who aim to replace traditional, formerly entrenched businesses, they are currently keener to quickly acquire significant market shares than on attaining traditional profitability levels. Their benchmarks, which they have convinced a majority of analysts to adopt, are sales revenues and growth, the number of users of their services, etc. These benchmarks tend to ignore or inflate reported earnings per share, such as the lack of significant investment depreciation, the dilution from executive options and other incentives and the boost to reported earnings per share from massive share buybacks on the stock market.

2 8-5-2019

The impact of asset-light companies and their accounting on the S&P 500’s reported profit margins can be induced from the chart and table above. It seems doubtful that a continuation of recent advances can be caused by a further increase in profitability.

PRINCIPLES

One overwhelming principle that drives our investment philosophy is that you cannot predict the future, but you can prepare. What does this mean in practice?

Hyman Minsky and the Random Timing of Financial Crises and Recessions

Hyman Minsky was a professor of economics at Washington University in St. Louis, and a distinguished scholar at the Levy Economics Institute of Bard College but, until the subprime crisis and the ensuing Great Recession of 2007-2008, which brought him relative though posthumous fame, his writings had remained relatively confidential. Minsky’s Financial Instability Hypothesis was that financial crises (and the recessions that often accompany them) need not be triggered by outside events:

A fundamental characteristic of our economy, is that the financial system swings between robustness and fragility and these swings are an integral part of the process that generates business cycles. (September 15, 1974 — “Our Financial System is Fragile” — Ocala Star Banner)

In prosperous times, when corporate cash flow rises beyond what is needed to service debt, a speculative euphoria develops, and soon thereafter debts exceed what borrowers can pay off from their incoming revenues, which in turn produces a financial crisis. In the aftermath of such speculative borrowing bubbles, banks and lenders tighten credit availability, even to companies that can afford loans, and the economy subsequently contracts. This time of reckoning is sometimes labeled a “Minsky moment”.

If we cannot forecast the future, including the Minsky moments, how can we estimate future returns from the stock market? The answer is that we cannot predict the timing of Minsky moments but we can be assured of the ultimate outcome of these oscillations between stability and fragility.

Testing Minsky’s Hypothesis

According to the McKinsey Global Institute (courtesy of Mauldin Economics’ Thoughts from The Frontline (6/8/2018):

From the Great Recession’s beginning through Q2 2014, global debt grew $57 trillion to $199 Trillion, including household, corporate, government, and financial debt. This sounds like the prelude to a Minsky Moment.

3 8-5-2019

Throughout my career, I can’t remember any instances when global debt stopped growing durably, but there still has been a litany of warnings that the ratio of debt to GDP had reached unsustainable levels in various countries. For example, in A Decade of Debt, Carmen Reinhart and Kenneth Rogoff argued that public debts in the advanced economies have surged in recent years to levels not recorded since the end of World War II, surpassing the heights reached during the First World War and the Great Depression and that, historically, high leverage episodes have been associated with slower economic growth and a higher incidence of default or, more generally, restructuring of public and private debts. (National Bureau of Economic Research – 2/2011)

It is true that countries such as France, Japan, Finland, Sweden and the Netherlands have reached ratios of domestic debt to GDP well above the danger levels set by Reinhart and Rogoff without running into trouble. My conviction, however, based on observation of both human nature and crowd behavior, is that an increase of debt indicates that one has lived beyond their means and that, sooner or later, they will either have to go on a painful spending diet or go bust…

Liquidity and Negative Interest Rates

It used to be that a liquid entity meant one with ample reserves of cash or readily saleable (short-term) assets. In the 1980s and 1990s, as interest rates declined from record highs toward historical lows, debt became fashionable and liquidity increasingly was defined as the ability to borrow.

Supported by central bank policies, that trend accelerated after the recession of 2007-2008: today, there are around $13 trillion of bonds outstanding with negative yields — ones that do not pay you interest but, instead, where you have to pay for the privilege to invest. According to Bloomberg and Mark Grant, of B. Riley FBR Inc., some 40% of global bonds are now yielding less than 1%, including government and corporate bonds – some of them high-yield or “junk”.

This has two consequences:

– One is what was often referred to in the early 2000s as TINA (There Is No Alternative). With secure bonds yielding very little, most investors needing income or institutions faced with actuarial goals have no choice but to take more risks than usual.

– The other is a tremendous incentive to borrow to invest since your debt indebtedness carries little or no immediate cost.

The extent to which debt has become apparently painless is illustrated by the U.S. government. According to Treasury Direct, U.S. Government debt has grown a whopping 280% from less than $6 trillion to $22 trillion between 2000 to 2018. Thanks to steadily declining interest rates, however, the annual interest expense on that debt has only increased 44% from $362 billion to $523 billion in that same period.

Mauldin Economics points out (6/8/2018) that 60% of new corporate debt is in the form of new bank loans with maturities averaging only 2.1 years, at which point they will need to be refinanced. It also points out that many emerging market businesses and financial companies borrowed money in dollars to take advantage of the then relative weakness of the U.S. currency and its very low interest rates. For many, a stronger dollar and higher interest rates could prove lethal.

Among other, anecdotal signs of increased risk-taking, there already has been a sharp increase in corporate defaults among smaller, less-well capitalized, energy companies, especially some that were acquired by private equity funds, which often add debt to already rather leveraged companies.

Margin debt (buying stocks on credit) as a percentage of GDP has already exceeded its record levels reached at the market peaks of 2000 and 2008.

* * * *

 

Thus, the question today is not whether we will face a Minsky Moment, but when? That is a question we will try to investigate in PART II of this paper.

 

François Sicart

July 30, 2019

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

CURSED or BLESSED?

In a career devoted to managing family fortunes, I have grown increasingly convinced that – in terms of financial outcome — inheritors tend to be either blessed or cursed from the start.

Don’t Blame IQ

“You don’t need to be a rocket scientist. Investing is not a game where the guy with the 160 IQ beats the guy with a 130 IQ.” (Warren Buffett Speaks — Janet Lowe – John Wiley & Sons, 2007) More important than IQ, according to Buffett, is rationality and emotional stability.

Counter-intuitively, high-IQ intellectuals tend to limit themselves to what Howard Marks calls “first-level thinking”. (The Most Important Thing — Columbia University Press – 2013). He explains:

“First-order thinkers look for things that are simple, easy, and defendable. They fail to realize that they are dealing with complex systems, or if they do realize it, they mistake cause-and-effect relationships… Second-order thinkers, on the other hand, think in terms of interactions, time, and system dynamics… Things like 1) what are the key variables and how do they interact? 2) where is the leverage? and 3) if I take this action, what happens next?”

The reason highly-educated intellectuals tend to be more vulnerable to Ponzi schemes and other frauds is that they find it hard to say: “I don’t know” or “I don’t understand”. As a result, they tend to convince themselves that they understand – or can understand — confusing propositions. More humble individuals, who rely on common sense rather than on intellect, can recognize the complexity of some situations and the limits of their understanding. As a result, they often are able to avoid the riskiest “opportunities”.

It’s Not About Saving vs. Spending

It is true that frugal inheritors tend to accumulate wealth faster than free-spending ones. But, as long as spending is contained within conservative rules of thumbs, such as 3% of one’s total liquid assets annually, one’s lifestyle should not make a huge difference between secure comfort and the poorhouse.

My observation is that, more often than not, the likely losers are those that make the wrong investment choices: going into iffy ventures without proper due-diligence; buying overpriced houses at the top of the real estate cycle; or systematically chasing the most popular concepts on the investment markets.

Overactivity Defines “Dumb Money”

In a 2008 paper for the Journal of Financial Economics, two researchers observed that “individual investors have a striking ability to do the wrong thing”. (Dumb money: Mutual fund flows and the cross-section of stock returns — Andrea Frazzini and Owen Lamont,)

Using mutual fund inflows from 1980 to 2003, the authors argue that no matter which mutual fund they choose, individual investors tend to underperform that particular fund – over several years. They conclude that fund flows are “dumb money” because, by reallocating across different mutual funds, investors reduce their wealth in the long run. We would add that the observation holds for professional investors as well, except that it is their clients’ wealth that they reduce.

Strength of Character Is what Counts

Lack of character is often evidenced by the perceived need to show decisiveness by constantly making new decisions. In investment terms, this translates into over-trading or the constant change of fund managers.

Because other investors, the media and most consultants and fiduciaries will constantly attempt to veer you towards the utterly fallible crowd consensus, it is crucial to keep thinking independently. This means having the strength of character to recognize and resist pressures to conform and it is an essential quality for long-term investment success.

This necessary independent bent applies to the selection of investments, but also to the choice of fund managers.

First, “Know Thyself”

In one of Plato’s “dialogues”, Socrates says that people make themselves ridiculous when they try to know obscure things before knowing themselves.

More recently, Charlie Munger one of today’s savviest investors remarked: “I came to the psychology of human misjudgment almost against my will; I rejected it until I realized that my attitude was costing me a lot of money”.

And Seth Klarman, another of today’s outstanding investors, adds: “Understanding how our brains work – our limitations, endless mental short cuts and deeply ingrained biases – is one of the keys to successful investing”.

The initial reaction of many recent inheritors or otherwise-successful stock market neophytes is to enroll into courses of finance and investment. But before seeking deeper financial education, they would be well advised to become better at introspection.

Fighting Our Own Demons: Behavioral Investment Biases

In view of the above, it should not surprise that the 2002 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences was awarded to a psychologist, Daniel Kahneman, known for his work on the psychology of judgment and decision-making. His work contributed importantly to the growing popularity of behavioral finance and its study of our natural biases, in recent years. Some of his insights, gathered from brainyquote.com, are relevant to our discussion:

“We’re blind to our blindness. We have very little idea of how little we know.”

“We are prone to overestimate how much we understand about the world and to underestimate the role of chance in events.”

“Our comforting conviction that the world makes sense rests on a secure foundation: our almost unlimited ability to ignore our ignorance.”

“We’re generally overconfident in our opinions and our impressions and judgments.”

“The confidence people have in their beliefs is not a measure of the quality of evidence but of the coherence of the story the mind has managed to construct.”

“It doesn’t take many observations to think you’ve spotted a trend, and it’s probably not a trend at all.”

“True intuitive expertise is learned from prolonged experience with good feedback on mistakes.”

We Are Cyclical Animals with Bipolar Tendencies

Anxiety, the opposite of Buffet’s rationality and emotional stability, exacerbates our tendency to succumb to euphoria or panic. The psychological cycle of investment has long been well recognized and depicted in charts such as the following one:

Psyschology of a market cycle

The “belief” and “thrill” phases are those when outside pressure on money managers to be more aggressive becomes both intense and persistent.

The knowledge of our natural biases, plus systematic introspection, should help us avoid some common investment pitfalls or, at least, repeating the same errors. And yet, I cannot resist mentioning that, in the past year, a growing number of consultants and fiduciaries, as well as very few clients, have been pressuring us to use our precautionary cash reserves to become more fully invested in the stock market.

Pour mémoire…

NYSE Fang Index                                                      NYSE “FANG+” INDEX *

S&P 500 Index                                                    S&P 500 INDEX **

Second (and last), Know Thy Advisers

The great advantage of investors over their advisors is that they are not paid to recommend change. As a result, they can exercise the most important quality of successful investors: patience.

It is essential for successful long-term wealth-building to entrust an adviser who also can think independently and have the patience and strength of character to resist the pressure of the investment crowd and its followers.

This strength and resolution are what we wish our clients and ourselves for this New Year.

François Sicart – January 6th, 2019 !!!

 

 

Notes and disclaimer:

* The NYSE FANG+ index, published by theice.com, includes 10 highly liquid stocks that represent the top innovators across today’s tech and internet/media companies (Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, Google, Twitter, Alibaba, Nvidia, Baidu, Tesla). The index’s underlying composition is equally weighted across all stocks.

** The STANDARD & POOR’S 500 index is an American stock market index based on the market capitalizations of 500 large companies having common stock listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ. The S&P 500 index components and their weightings are determined by S&P Dow Jones Indices.

The indexes referred to are widely recognized, unmanaged indexes of market activity, and have been included as examples of the recent stock market behavior. Indices may or may not reflect the reinvestment of dividends; interest or capital gains and the indices are not subject to any of the incentive allocation, management fees or expenses to which a client portfolio may be subject.  It should not be assumed that the client portfolio will invest in any specific securities that comprise the index, nor should it be understood to mean that there is a correlation between a client portfolio’s returns and the indices.  Nor can one assume that correlations to the indices based on historical returns will persist in the future.  The Indexes are included for informational purposes only.

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

IN INVESTING, BEING RIGHT IS NOT ENOUGH: THE OTHERS MUST BE WRONG

 

We question some “certainties” held by the investing majority because, as Mark Twain said:

“It ain’t what you don’t know that gets you into trouble.

It’s what you know for sure that just ain’t so.”

                                                            * * *

In recent months, we have revisited the performances of some of our accounts as well as those of a few other portfolios managed by highly successful long-term investors.  The periods under review ran between 20 years and 40-plus years: anything shorter would not include enough cycles to be instructive and anything longer, unfortunately, tends to be scarce.

Our aim was to try and distillate some wisdom about how long-term performance is achieved and, especially, to dispel some widespread assumptions or preconceived ideas that may lead us to use less-than-optimal tools and techniques for achieving it.

Being Right Is Not the Same as Building a Fortune

One of our favorite titles for an investment book, is Being Right or Making Money, first published in 1991 by Ned Davis Research, which tests and publishes a wide array of economic and financial indicators and tools for managing risks and making money.

We particularly like the contrast Davis’ book draws between being right and making money: The two are usually assumed to go hand in hand but, in fact, they often represent very different outcomes of the research and investment process.

Investment markets are auction markets, where companies’ fundamentals and investors’ emotions are constantly interacting in intricate and, at times, seemingly contradictory ways.

For example, after a company’s stock has risen for an extended period on a string of good results, its price reflects not only all its measurable qualities, but also investors’ psychological extrapolation of future progress.  Then, unless the company’s fundamentals keep improving faster than anticipated, its stock’s potential to rise further is limited. On the other hand, any shortfall from investors’ growing exuberance may cause significant corrections. This asymmetry is why a good company does not necessarily make a good investment.

Beyond that, being right implies a closure marking the end of a finite period after which a new bet must be made to follow the preceding one.  Building wealth, in contrast, does not imply any time limit and refers instead to a continuous process relying on the long-term magic of compounding.

Compounding consists of reinvesting income (interest or gains), rather than paying it out as realized, thus actually earning income on past income. It has been praised as a source of wealth creation by such iconic investors as Warren Buffett and Peter Lynch, but it also reportedly inspired scientists like Albert Einstein, who once said: “Compound interest is the eighth wonder of the world. He who understands it, earns it … he who doesn’t … pays it.”

Much of the difference between being right on the stock market and building a fortune in it thus depends on an investor’s time horizons. Personally, we find analyzing investment performance over shorter periods of time, even several years as do consultants, most media and many fiduciaries, irrelevant to wealth-building and much more akin to some competitive sports or games: good for immediate excitement, but not for value-creation.

Great Long-Term Wealth Builders Have Experienced Bad Years

Another fundamental realization was that most successful, long-term wealth builders have endured periods of significant underperformance or even severe losses, as illustrated by the following table of Warren Buffet’s losing stretches, borrowed from Business Insider (2/24/2018):

Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway – Truly Major Dips

Be right 1

Referring to these episodes, the Oracle of Omaha himself stated: “Unless you can watch your stock holding decline by 50% without becoming panic-stricken, you should not be in the stock market.” And it is a fact that, despite these periodic, huge losses, Warren Buffett has been one of the greatest wealth builders of all time – over the long run.

This snapshot fits neatly into the ongoing debate about risk and volatility. Most consultants and theoreticians would assume that the kind of volatility depicted in the table above was the result of accepting too much risk in the quest for performance.

Successful wealth builders would answer that volatility is not risk, which implies the possibility of permanently losing one’s capital. This is unlikely if one feels confident about the conclusions of one’s analyses, exercises patience and shows character. In fact, with these qualities and adequate cash reserves, volatility can be viewed as an opportunity rather than as a risk, since it allows the owner to invest “when there is blood in the streets”, as the advice goes.

Absolute vs. Relative Returns

In recent years, with the proliferation of handlers of OPM (Other People’s Money), the emphasis in money management has shifted from absolute returns to relative performance.

It is perfectly understandable that operators or even fiduciaries that compete for market share in that universe need to shorten the performance-measurement periods even if this makes them less relevant to wealth-building. “I’ll measure your investment performance over the long-term and report to you every ten years” lacks the decision-making urgency which would appeal to most of today’s financial marketing departments.

Yet, it remains that wealth builders and owners are (or should be) interested primarily in the absolute returns (the end-results) generated by their assets, rather than by the interim scores achieved on the way, which are the main subject of relative-performance measurement.

Perverse  Passivity                                                                                                                                                  

So-called active investing is primarily concerned with selecting individual securities in the hope of outperforming benchmark indexes, whereas passive investing consists of investing mostly in products that mimic leading indexes – as a way of approaching those indexes’ performances, an elusive achievement for a majority of investors.

Unfortunately, most leading indexes are “weighted”, which means that companies with the highest total stock-market values carry the greatest weights in the indexes. When a market or a sector becomes fashionable with investors, the corresponding index goes up and the manager of a portfolio mimicking that index is mandated to add to the portfolio’s individual positions — particularly those already carrying the greatest weight in the index.

The danger of automatically buying stocks as they become more popular – e.g. more expensive – is that they will suffer most when the market psychology changes and overall liquidity shrinks.

So, contrary to the label’s implication, passive investing is not really passive but, instead, transforms portfolio managers into momentum investors and even momentum amplifiers. It also does not allow for building cash buffers to take advantage of unusual opportunities when they arise.

A distinctive decision of active vs. passive management is to not invest when conditions are deemed inadequate and thus to occasionally build significant cash reserves. But…

The Main Benefit of Cash Reserves Is Not to Protect from Market Declines

It is generally assumed that holding significant cash reserves while markets are declining protects portfolios against bear market losses. And it does, mathematically: if the stock market goes down 40% and the portion of your portfolio invested in stocks is 70%, your portfolio will decline by “only” 28%. If, additionally, you are a successful value investor, it is possible that the portion of your portfolio invested in stocks will decline less than the market because it was undervalued to start with.

These assumptions are generally verified over time: value investors tend to underperform during phases of upward market momentum and irrational exuberance but, because they normally invest less as cheap buying opportunities dry up, they tend to build up cash reserves which help them outperform the markets when prices go down.

A closer examination of the portfolios we surveyed did show a tendency of cash-rich portfolios to outperform slightly during declining markets. But more striking was the very significant outperformance of many during the couple of years of recovery after the declines.

Upon reflection, this made sense, too. If you hold cash while a majority of stocks are declining from overvalued prices to undervalued ones, you are in a position to buy aggressively when stocks approach compellingly low prices and to fully benefit from the initial post-decline bounce. Of course, fully-invested managers will also see their portfolio bounce but remember: it takes a 100% gain to recover a 50% loss. [You start with $100. You lose 50% to $50. You then must double to return to $100.]

Fish from an Empty Barrel?

In recent weeks, our regular Sicart research meetings have generated more investment ideas than in the last couple of years, at valuations not too distant from levels where we might start buying shares in earnest.

Since we have been careful not to deplete our cash reserves with the stock market hovering near an all-time high, we questioned what had changed to generate such opportunities. Upon further investigation, we unearthed the following facts:

As recently as a year ago, the market’s overall volatility was at a record low, with most stocks close to their all-time highs. Today, we are seeing 3-4% moves in opposite directions day after day, sometimes within a single day. And the number of stocks that are down 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% from their all-time highs has more than doubled in the last 12 months.

Be right 2

A stealth bear market seems to have been developing, obscured by rotating exuberance in groups such as the notorious and capitalization-heavy FAANGS (Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, Google), now correcting, and a number of other niches with superior growth — real or hoped for.

The Great Minsky Experiment

Economist Hyman Minsky hypothesized that crashes do not need a specific trigger because they are a phenomenon inherent to the capitalist system — a parallel with Marx that made him suspect to the profession until the 2007-2008 debacle.  According to Minsky, stability feeds instability: the longer things stay stable, the more businessmen and investors become willing to ignore risk and become reckless – usually through a massive increase in the use of financial leverage (borrowing).

Whether they burst of their own pressure, or they are bared by the disappearance of liquidity (the ability to refinance), debt bubbles are thus the main source of recurring financial crises and recessions. Unfortunately, there is little in the theory that helps foresee when the bubble will burst – only that the more we inflate it, the closer we get to the bursting.

Not surprisingly, borrowers seldom acknowledge that they are undertaking more risk and the prelude to bubble bursting often looks like mere complacency rather than like outright speculation. We believe this is the case today.

Back in the early 1980s, US interest rates for various maturities reached between 15% and 18%; they currently hover between zero and 5% as a result of quantitative easing and other interest-rate restraining policies by leading central banks.

Be right 3

We believe that observers tend to underestimate the massive changes that have taken place in the perception of risk by consumers, businesses, investors and governments over the last nearly 40 years of declining and then repressed interest rates.

One example of this recurring loss of investor memory is that Argentina, which had defaulted on its debt seven times in the past 200 years and three times in the past 23 years, was nevertheless able to sell to the public in June of 2017 almost $3 billion of bonds with a 100-year maturity. Not too surprisingly, with the country now in the midst of a major currency crisis, the bonds have already lost more than 20% of their value in a matter of 12 months.

Another example of investor amnesia is the relationship between interest rates and the US Federal budget deficit. According to the New York Times of September 25, 2018: “Already the fastest-growing major government expense, the cost of interest is on track to hit $390 billion next year, nearly 50 percent more than in 2017, according to the Congressional Budget Office. The federal government could soon pay more in interest on its debt than it spends on the military, Medicaid or children’s programs.”

Government borrowing is supposed to be countercyclical – expanding during recessions and declining during recoveries. But the US economy has now fully recovered from the Great Recession of 2007-2008 and yet the deficit is soaring, meaning that the stimulus is pro-cyclical, and that the government will have less room to maneuver when the economy slows.

As government spending, deficit and debt soared, in recent years, the cost of servicing (paying interest on) that debt did not increase proportionally because the Federal Reserve suppressed the cost of money by keeping interest rates artificially very low. Now, any inkling that interest rates might “normalize” at higher levels threatens to trigger a panic revision of future deficits upward. But until that happens, complacency reigns.

In a related set of assumptions, a number of observers have begun to worry that higher US interest rates might strengthen the US dollar and that the combination of a stronger dollar and higher interest rates might make it very difficult for emerging countries to repay the dollars they borrowed heavily during the most recent crisis.

We believe that we are currently in the midst of one of the long periods when Minsky saw apparent stability feeding instability. The results, when they become apparent may be described as “Black Swans” – rare and destructive events that could not have been anticipated. But one observer remarked that they could not have been anticipated mostly by those who did not want to look for them.

Where to next…

If not for a last-minute rally, October would have ranked among one of the worst months in global equity markets since the 2008/2009 financial crisis. We believe it may soon prove to be only an early preview of what may follow.

We have no way of knowing if that leads to a prolonged major sell-off or a series of more erratic price declines in various segments of the market, while the overall indexes remain range-bound trading sideways. Our patient, focused, disciplined approach prepares us well for both.

On one hand, we are keeping higher cash levels ready to deploy, and compelling opportunities are already starting to appear, on the other hand, we consciously continue to avoid potentially highly risky investments in the winners of the last few years.

 

François Sicart & Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

INVESTING: FROM BEN GRAHAM TO PHIL FISHER TO… MICHELANGELO?

Like many fundamental (serious) investors, my early influencers were Philip Fisher and Benjamin Graham.  Fisher was perhaps the best-known advocate and practitioner of growth-stock investing, while Graham was one of the pioneers of financial analysis, known as the “pope” of value investing.

It could be said that growth investors are looking for the next Microsoft, Apple, Google or Amazon. In contrast, value investors look for neglected stocks that are so cheap that bad news won’t hurt them much, while any good news could trigger a major upward re-evaluation.

 Intellectually, the first approach is more enjoyable: imagination and creativity are at work, and the ego is boosted by the participation in major emerging trends or technologies. The future and the narrative are very important. The other (value) approach is based on horse sense and statistics. It is more critical, almost cynical, and is focused on the concrete past and present: “If I can’t touch it, it does not exist.”

Both approaches, however, seek the same result: to uncover and analyze winning stocks.

Financial Analysis Is Not a Static Discipline

Over time, financial analysis has evolved. Until the 1980s, computers and databases were scarce and systematic screening of stock universes was cumbersome. It was hard to come by specialized information. Discovery of investment “pearls” required extensive search, and legwork was an important source of understanding for analysts. By the 1990s, especially after the spread of the Internet, information became plentiful — in fact superabundant. One can now scan thousands of companies in minutes to find those with good balance sheets, low price/earnings ratios, high growth rates, etc.

I suspect that it is the first phase of that evolution that led legendary investor Warren Buffett to progressively shift from the strict value philosophy of his early mentor Ben Graham to one closer to the growth approach of Phil Fisher. Buffett used to say he wanted to buy shares of companies any idiot could run because sooner or later, one would. Also, his early value philosophy implies selling when a stock becomes significantly overvalued, but he now seems to prefer companies with superior management, whose shares he would prefer to hold forever.

Adding Principles to Technique

Besides these early influences on my investing career, I have progressively adopted, along the way, a few nuggets of wisdom from more recent thinkers and practitioners. These do not so much add to one’s technical skills as provide a philosophical framework for using these skills in a thoughtful manner.

One of my favorite sources of investment thinking is Howard Marks, prolific writer and co-founder of Oaktree Capital Management. Among his advice, gleaned from his famous memos to clients and his book (The Most Important Thing – Columbia University Press – 2011), I have selected some golden rules that are worth reflecting on.

Vive la Différence!

 First, Marks reminds us that investors’ results will be determined more by how many losers they have, and how bad those are, than by the greatness of their winners. Since we will all make some mistakes, he also points out that “You can’t predict [but] you can prepare,” which I believe is a great way to remind us that investing is neither a science nor an all-or-nothing game.

Then, he gets into the goal of investing, which is not to earn average returns: “You want to do better than average. You must think of something [others] haven’t thought of, see things they miss or bring insight they don’t possess… which by definition means your thinking has to be different.”

But being different takes character: “Do you dare to be different? Do you dare to be wrong? And do you dare to look wrong? [My italics] Because you have to dare to be all three of those in order to have a shot at great results.”

Climbing the Levels of Thought

The majority of investors are first-level thinkers: They think the same way as other first-level thinkers, do basically the same things, and they generally reach the same conclusions. But all investors can’t beat the market since, collectively, they are the market. To get better-than-average results, you have to invest differently than the market.

The way to think differently, according to Marks, is to become a second-level thinker because “If something seems simple or obvious, there’s a good chance everyone else is thinking the same thing. And if they’re thinking the same obvious thing, then it’s probably already reflected market prices.

First-level thinking is simplistic and superficial, and just about everyone can do it. All the first-level thinker needs is an opinion about the future, as in, “the outlook for a company is favorable, meaning the stock will go up.” Second-level thinking is deep, complex, and convoluted. For example (paraphrasing Marks):

First-level thinking says, “It’s a good company; let’s buy the stock.” Second-level thinking says, “Yes, it’s a good company. But everyone thinks it’s a great company, and it’s not. So, the stock’s overrated and overpriced; let’s sell.”

Ultimately, it is the abundance of first-level thinking that creates the opportunities for second-level thinkers to succeed, but Marks warns: “You also need the patience and discipline to stick with it because first-level thinkers can continue to drive momentum in the short term like in the late stage of a cycle (second-level thinking is what protects you from its ultimate end).”

An Inverted View of The World

One way to think differently was introduced to me by Nassim Taleb, famous trader and professor. In his book Fooled by Randomness (Random House – 2004), Taleb mentioned the famous German mathematician Carl Jacobi, who reportedly instructed his students to “invert, always invert.” The solution to difficult problems, Jacobi held, can often be found by working the problem backward.

Nassim Taleb, who popularized the Black Swan theory, applied this approach in the extreme when trading options. Instead of buying standard options as a reasonably leveraged way of betting on moves of stocks or currencies, he would buy options that could only be exercised at a price very distant from the current level. These cost very little, and most of the time, they would expire without being exercised. As a result, Taleb would incur steady losses, though very small ones since these options cost very little, but when something happened to cause a major move in the price of the options’ underlying asset, Taleb would stand to make a huge profit.

This was the whole idea behind the Black Swan theory: how to handle events that are difficult to predict yet have a major impact. Besides fitting well with Howard Marks’ adage that we can’t predict, but we can prepare, the reference to Jacobi helped me to look at economic and financial problems in an inverted fashion, as a means to detect alternative interpretations to current events or complex situations.

The Tennis Pro, The Painter and The Sculptor

Not all investment wisdom must come from financial gurus. The trigger for this article was advice from my tennis coach, a former world-class player but an unlikely investment adviser – or so I believed. Thinking that I was expending too much effort and strength on my serves, with the result that many wound up in the net, he pointed out that a serve in the net has a 100% chance to lose the point, whereas even a very weak serve on the court might earn the point if the unexpected happened — including a stupid mistake by my adversary.

This approach echoed Howard Marks’ investment comment that our investment performance is determined more by the number and size of our losses than by the greatness of our gains: trying too hard to discover the next big stock market winner might be less rewarding in the long run than avoiding big mistakes.

I have long been fascinated by the divergent processes involved in traditional painting and sculpting. The classic painter starts with a white canvas and adds outlines, paint, colors and shades, touches of light, etc. In contrast, the classic sculptor starts with a block of stone and subtracts material until the statue appears in its ideal form.

Michelangelo, perhaps the most revered artist of the Renaissance, reportedly explained: “The sculpture is already complete within the marble block before I start my work. It is already there, I just have to chisel away the superfluous material.”

I can readily appreciate the appeal of an approach to stock selection that would eliminate the unacceptable to retain only the valuable.

First, Eliminate

For global investors like us at Sicart, the universe of investable companies numbers in the thousands. Especially given today’s abundance of information sources, trying to find the most attractive ones is a little bit like looking for a needle in a haystack.

Searchable databases (a theoretical solution to that challenge) make for an awkward selection process when one starts using too many filters: debt ratios, growth of earnings and cash flows, dividend coverage, ratios of price to sales, earnings or book value, even some more sophisticated indicators of reporting quality.

My experience is that, as the number of filters increases, the quality of the resulting selection becomes more questionable. In the end, the companies that emerge from the process most often have flaws that will eventually disqualify them from inclusion in our portfolios. When those flaws are visible only in the footnotes to the annual report, the time saved on financial analysis is debatable.

Remembering that an investor does not have to own all the stocks that do well to outperform, it seems easier to eliminate all the stocks that prompt doubts – however their shortcomings (financial strength, earnings record, stock price, management behavior, even the elusive “smell factor”) are revealed. At the end of this “carving” process, we should be left with a much smaller sample of companies likely to achieve a superior batting average, although not necessarily the highest. But then, we are not aiming for the moon.

* * *

Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, was recently quoted in Business Insider (9/14/2018) as stating:

“All of my best decisions in business and in life have been made with heart, intuition, guts… not analysis.”

 The case can be made that eliminating stocks is more expeditious and more intuitive than building a portfolio one fastidiously-analyzed stock at a time. I am a great believer in the value of intuition in decision-making, especially in a marketplace where psychological biases and crowd behavior are at least as important determinants of stock prices as fundamental statistics. On the other hand, intuition alone would make investing much like casino gambling.

In fact, after graduating from Princeton in 1987, Bezos served as head of development and director of customer service at Fitel, a financial telecommunications start-up; as a product manager at Bankers Trust; and as senior vice-president at D. E. Shaw & Co., a hedge fund. It was not until 1994 that he founded Amazon.com. My point here is that to be most useful, intuition must rest on a solid base of education and experience, which we try to always remember at Sicart Associates.

 

François Sicart

September 21, 2018

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

SIZE, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST and FIRM CULTURE

In Planning Our Life and Beyond (http://www.sicartassociates.com/planning-our-life-and-beyond/ July 10, 2018), I cited at length Dr. Leon Danco, a leading advisor to family businesses who, when I was founding Tocqueville Asset Management thirty years ago, shared with me his wisdom about planning an entrepreneur’s life.

Dr. Danco found that measuring our lifespan in months rather than in years or decades promotes a sense of urgency in taking charge of our lives. At the time, he was assuming an average lifespan of 900 months. I have updated this sum and rounded it up, perhaps optimistically, to 1100 months (92 years) in paraphrasing him here.

Learning, Doing and Teaching

In our first 300 months, what Dr. Danco calls “the learning years,” we learn and we consume: our contribution to society, aside from giving joy to our parents, is fairly minimal.

At some point around our 25th birthday, our education in the formal sense is completed and we begin to do things. We experience successes and failures. We may abandon some endeavors and embark on new ones. Whatever contribution most of us make in our lives, we do it during these productive years (about 400-450 months).

By age 60, most of our accomplishments are apparent and we are about to enter our last contributory 400 months, the teaching years.

Now in the middle of my teaching years, I plan to remain active for a good while, so in no way is this a farewell address. Nevertheless, I have reached the stage where I can formulate and share some wisdom gained from experience.

Business is a little bit like parenthood: You make mistakes, hoping that they will not be fatal either to your family or to your career, and you learn from them. I have no doubt that I am a much better adviser to our clients and their children today than I was to my children during my parenting years. (I hope that I also have become a good counselor to my partners, who are in the midst of their doing years.) One of the issues that I keep returning to is …

…The Difference Between a Client and a Sitting Duck

Unfortunately, the distinction is often just a matter of degree. If you are a potential client for financial services, be aware that everyone has something to sell you. They will usually appeal to either your greed or your fear. Over the years, financial marketing departments have been frantically inventing new products that will appeal to those two primal dispositions, by promising huge potential gains or protection against unbearable risks. In the end, however, these new products are designed to either add new clients or to retain old ones in the face of growing competition, and they must be sold. When marketing departments package new products, therefore, what is best for the client tends to be eclipsed by what is saleable.

Of course, financial marketing departments and sales people are not necessarily dishonest. But the fact is that, in finance especially, it is difficult to avoid potential conflicts of interest between a business and its clients. Many sources of such conflicts are now regulated (order front-running, insider trading, etc.), but others are more subtle.

For example, if you are a portfolio manager and also a licensed broker receiving commissions on each trade, you must decide whether you are making trades purely for the benefit of clients or if you are influenced by the additional revenue from commissions.

Similarly, if you are a portfolio management firm with your own mutual funds, the expense ratios on these funds (including management fee, custody fees, accounting fees, regulatory fees, marketing and other administrative costs) are typically quite a bit higher than the costs on a separate client portfolio. If you decide to buy one of your funds instead of separate securities in a client’s portfolio, is it for their good, for the added revenue, or to build up your fund’s assets under management?

Since new financial products are increasingly complex, clients are well advised to ask, “How are you and your firm making money on this new product?” rather than, “How much do I stand to gain or lose?” You will learn much more about the product.

Performance Incentives: In the Same Boat as Long as It Floats

My original idea for this paper was a prompted by a series of questions from new clients about incentive fees for portfolio managers.

Most traditional portfolio managers earn a fee that is a percentage of the assets they manage.

That fee fluctuates with money inflows and outflows but also, importantly, with the ups and downs of the securities markets. In contrast, most of the manager’s costs are essentially fixed (rent, salaries, research services and equipment, insurance, etc.). The result is a natural correspondence between clients’ investment performance and the profits of their managers, as this graph attempts to illustrate:

[Note: the graph excludes money coming in or leaving the portfolio so that it depicts only the impact of performance on a manager’s profits.]

Chart 1

Clearly, the better a portfolio’s performance, the stronger the manager’s fees. Profits, though, are even stronger since costs do not increase proportionally.

As a money manager myself, I do believe that this kind of leveraged benefit is legitimate. But this is also why I do not think that an additional incentive to perform is necessary to compensate the money manager or to put the client and his or her manager “in the same boat,” as is often argued.

Another problem with incentive fees is that they are usually based on relatively short-term performance measurements (often one year). Not only does this practice disrupt the decision-making of managers with long-term objectives but, in unfavorable market periods, it may create cash-flow problems for the manager. Incentive fees are usually combined with a relatively low, recurring fixed fee. Very often, there are so-called “high-water marks,” which prevent the manager from receiving incentive fees until the portfolio’s historical high valuation is exceeded. In the interim, the manager’s income is depressed.

When the chances of exceeding a high-water mark evaporate because of extended underperformance, a manager may be tempted to abandon that particular portfolio and go elsewhere to find new money to manage. “Heads I win, tails you lose,” — and so much for being in the same boat with the client.

Is Money Management a Business or a Profession?

At the heart of the debate about conflicts of interest in money management is how the money manager views his/her role.

A majority of money management firms now see themselves as businesses and are run accordingly. The classic business model is to increase revenue (number of products, sales volume, and prices) while controlling costs – personnel in particular. Since we illustrated earlier that, in basic money management, revenues tend to grow faster than costs over time, the main imperative of money management businesses is growth in revenues. This usually means acquiring more clients, selling them more products and charging whatever price the market will take.

On the other hand, some money management firms still view themselves less as businesses and more as offices of professionals. Here, time and talent spent on client service and enduring relationships are all-important. As a result, profits stand to benefit in a much less leveraged way from the growth in revenue, since that growth must be supported by a commensurate increase in the number and quality of professionals.

I do no want to be misunderstood. A young former intern once reported with praise: “I told some people at dinner last night that I had met a banker who does not like money.” Since he was referring to me, I had to clarify: I do like money, but I do not think that amassing it should take precedence over the satisfaction of doing things right and for the benefit of clients you are meant to serve.

This does not apply only to me. Early in my career, an attorney specializing in finance for families told me: “In private banking, the people you hire should join your organization as other people enter religion.” And indeed, traditional private banking usually offers few promotions, career advances or public prestige. Private banking employees can make more money than those in commercial money management, but they will usually remain in the same position for the rest of their careers, because that is what loyal clients want. Their main reward, then, is the diversity of challenges, the satisfaction of providing great service, and the gratitude of clients.

The model I have personally tried to embody at Sicart Associates is that of the 19th-century “homme d’affaires” – an experienced generalist who manages the fortunes of one or a few families with great competence and loyalty. This individual can also deal with outside experts on behalf of his clients when needed, because he understands the families’ needs as well as (or sometimes better than) family members themselves

What Is More Than Enough?

When I reflect about our firm’s purpose, I am often drawn back to Charles Handy’s seminal book The Hungry Spirit  (Broadway Books 1998). It starts thus:

“In Africa, they say there are two hungers … The lesser hunger is for the things that sustain life, the goods and services and the money to pay for them, which we all need. The greater hunger is for answer to the question ‘why?’, for some understanding of what life is for.”

Later in the book, Handy explains that each of us has a threshold of material comfort when he or she can say “I now have enough and more would not necessarily add to my quality of life.” This threshold can be higher for some than for others, which is fine, but everyone should have one. Once that point is reached, we must search for other sources of satisfaction and fulfillment.

One of the advantages of the distinction between the two hungers is that it can apply to both our personal and our professional lives. And in fact, it is a good start to reconciling the two.

Sicart Associates: Onto our Third Year and Beyond

I have worked with the remarkable individuals I hand-picked as my partners in Sicart Associates for a decade and more. I no longer have much to teach them in terms of financial analysis or patrimony management: they are at least as skilled as I am and probably more so. What I can do is share my personal experiences on specific problems similar to those I have encountered in the past. I can also, I hope, help instill a lasting culture in our firm. I would like that culture to be one that reconciles the two hungers.

For a firm like ours, I believe that implies controlling our size and thus accepting limits on our growth. We will be the best stewards of our clients’ fortunes if we work in a congenial and caring atmosphere, where there are neither competing agendas nor internal politics. As I have experienced elsewhere, this balance would be harder to preserve once the team number grew too large.

Controlling growth might be interpreted as abandoning ambition, but nothing could be further from the truth. Some of our partners may have reached their material “enough” but others are still only approaching it. Anyway, the meaning of the greater hunger for Sicart Associates, rather than aiming only for more, should be to aim lastingly for better and its own rewards.

In investment research, where there is now too much rather than too little information, more brains are not essential. Shared discipline, compatible time horizons, patience and character (a combination easier to achieve with compact teams), are keys to long-term performance. I remember that many of my best investment ideas date back to the time when I worked intimately with only one close partner: the late and missed Jean-Pierre Conreur, whom some of my partners and many of our clients still remember fondly.

In matters of family patrimonies, support teams (lawyers, accountants, tax experts) are crucial but it is better to have a choice of the best-suited for each situation than to try to have all these capabilities in-house where their use might be a source of conflict of interest. But, for experts to operate at their best and in synergy with each other, a capable and experienced generalist, thoroughly familiar with the intricacies and needs of client families, is necessary to sort out the challenges and problems before presenting them to the experts.

In the end, a small team, focused on what we do best, without dilution from other products or services, is our best hope to sustain a culture of “hommes and femmes d’affaires,” for the continued benefit of our clients.

* * * *

Finance is not merely about making money. It’s about achieving our deep goals and protecting the fruits of our labor. It’s about stewardship and, therefore, about achieving the good society. — Robert J. Shiller

There’s more honor in investment management than in investment banking. — Charlie Munger

 François Sicart

September 8, 2018

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

VALUE / CONTRARIAN INVESTING – VERSION 3.0?

The First Manufacturing Panic

Back in the mid-1980s, Japan had a high and growing trade surplus with the United States and a stubbornly strong currency. This combination allowed cash-rich Japanese companies to snap up American trophy assets such as Manhattan’s Rockefeller Center, Firestone Tire & Rubber, Columbia Pictures and, of course, much overpriced real estate.

These purchases helped fashion the pessimistic economic consensus of the time: American manufacturing was dying, overwhelmed by a more efficient Japan whose rise as an economic competitor seemed increasingly unstoppable.

Sometimes, it is easy to be contrarian. As we made routine visits of American manufacturing plants at the time, we were observing something quite different. On plant floors everywhere, we noticed personnel being instructed and trained in techniques such as zero-defect, cell-manufacturing, just-in time production systems and computer-integrated manufacturing, in which time, quality, process and the resulting elimination of waste were the new themes.

Eventually, we decided to start a research program chronicling what we saw as a revival of American manufacturing. Among a board of academic advisers, I enrolled the help of Robert S. Kaplan, then Arthur Lowes Dickinson Professor of Accounting at the Harvard Business School, and co-author with H. Thomas Johnson of Relevance Lost: The Rise and Fall of Management Accounting (Harvard Business School Press, 1987).

He wrote for us an editorial entitled: “Reported Earnings – What you see is not always what you get.” In it, he pointed out that traditional short-term (annual) financial measurements provided an inadequate and often misleading picture of a company’s efforts to improve product and process performance.

Antiquated Accounting Tools as the Culprit

Prof. Kaplan explained that American accounting relied on concepts that dated back to the 19th and early 20th centuries. The bulk of product costs in those days consisted of direct (or touch) labor and materials: financial accounting could thus measure short-term, periodic profits with reasonable accuracy. But to survive and prosper in the 1980s, companies needed to invest heavily in software, employee training, radically improved production processes, marketing and distribution channels, new product design, new organizational structures and new systems.

Unfortunately, instead of treating these investments in knowledge, know-how and infrastructure as long-term investments to be depreciated over time like other investments, the traditional financial accounting expensed them fully as they occurred.

As a result, companies making significant investment for their long-term future would show declining short-term earnings, whereas companies that deferred the investments required for long-term success could prop up their reported earnings temporarily.

Unfortunately, even when statistics on operational progress from the new manufacturing techniques mentioned earlier became available, they could not easily be integrated into traditional accounting reports. So, naturally, to try and remain competitive, U.S. companies first worked to reduce the “usual suspects” — labor and materials – which were easily identifiable.  But times had changed and the results the results on overall costs were disappointing.

Under scrutiny from Prof. Kaplan and others, the reasons became clear. Direct labor costs in most U.S. manufacturing operations amounted to only 10%-15% of total costs — even less in electronics. Overhead (administrative, research, marketing and distribution costs) often amounted for a much larger proportion of total expenses. Unless those were reduced drastically, overall cost-cutting would continue to disappoint.

It must also be remembered that in the mid-1980s, prime lending rates were more than 10% in the United States vs. less than 6% in Japan. The cost of carrying excess inventories thus represented a significant disadvantage compared to Japanese competitors. Unfortunately, manufacturers knew how to measure inventories of raw materials and of finished products, but not work-in-process inventories – a significant cost that accumulates on the plant floor while products are made or assembled. Most of manufacturers’ efforts to reduce inventories had so far been concentrated on a relatively smaller portion of total inventories, but no leap forward would be achieved until work-in-process inventories were also significantly whittled down.

Outside of old-fashioned heavy industry, the cost of direct labor and materials inventories may have been less than a third of total costs for many manufacturing enterprises. But management accounting, which is supposed to analyze the cost of each product or department, had routinely allocated overhead cost (the largest component of total cost) in exact proportion to the business’ use of much smaller direct labor and materials, which they knew how to measure.

Reporting profits on the way to the grave

For a single-product company, traditional cost accounting might not have been lethal. But in reality, at any one time, most companies should be viewed as collections of projects, some of which are in the investment stage and some in the harvest stage.

If a company invests heavily in a division in the harvest stage, which seems profitable based on old accounting concepts, and neglects another division that appears less profitable because it is investing heavily in future growth and treating all that investment as a current expense, that company has a good chance of going out of business over time.

I concluded a February 1988 paper (Ben Graham Revisited: The New Challenge of Value Investing) as follows:

“For an investment analyst, the discrepancy between operating and financial performance… penalizes the short-term earnings of many companies in the process of creating long-term value… For the time being, legwork remains more useful to value investors than the sedentary study of annual reports. Today’s value investor has no choice but to leave his desk and become a traveling investigator.”

In the 30 years since the mid-1980s, operating measurements and cost accounting have been largely modernized according to Prof. Kaplan and his colleagues’ recommendations. But we have entered an era when new reporting tools again need to be developed if we are to estimate the value of companies in the “knowledge economy.”

New Economy, New Valuation Challenge

In an August 14, 2018 book review for his blog, Bill Gates writes the following:

“Software doesn’t work like [traditional manufacturing]. Microsoft might spend a lot of money to develop the first unit of a new program, but every unit after that is virtually free to produce. Unlike the goods that powered our economy in the past, software is an intangible asset. And software isn’t the only example: data, insurance, e-books, even movies work in similar ways.

…The brilliant new book Capitalism Without Capital by Jonathan Haskel and Stian Westlake is about as good an explanation as I’ve seen. They… outline four reasons why intangible investment behaves differently:

It’s a sunk cost. If your investment doesn’t pan out, you don’t have physical assets like machinery that you can sell off to recoup some of your money.

It tends to create spillovers that can be taken advantage of by rival companies. Uber’s biggest strength is its network of drivers, but it’s not uncommon to meet an Uber driver who also picks up rides for Lyft.

It’s more scalable than a physical asset. After the initial expense of the first unit, products can be replicated ad infinitum for next to nothing.

It’s more likely to have valuable synergies with other intangible assets [in design, licensing, etc.]”

Increasingly, companies’ value originates in intellectual property — invention, concepts and knowledge, which are reflected in intangibles like software, data and design. But in this asset-light, knowledge-heavy new economy, technological change is very rapid and the risk of disruption is therefore higher than in industries with a more predictable long-term path. It is riskier to extrapolate the future earnings of innovative companies than those of more mature companies. It could even be argued, as a leading investor did some years ago, that companies in industries with a fast pace of innovation should command lower, not higher price/earnings ratios than those operating in more sedate environments.

As in the 1980s manufacturing revolution, traditional accounting today tends to recognize expected losses on intangible assets (the research invested on new products, for example) but expected gains on intellectual property are ignored because their size and timing are unknown.

Companies like Microsoft, Google, Facebook and other social networking media have demonstrated more value-creating potential than traditional businesses. Even Amazon’s mastery of logistics has arguably proven more instrumental to its success than traditional retailing skills. Yet all these New Economy leaders are hard to value because intangible assets, even those with intuitively large potential, are difficult to estimate. In the promising area of biotechnology, for example, amounts spent on research and development do not automatically translate into financial returns and, in fact, they may never do so.

Today’s valuation problem, therefore, “rhymes” with that of the mid-1980s but is in fact more serious because the proportion of assets that are intangible and immeasurable is even larger.

Guidance is not Always Governance

Initially, new-economy companies devised their own methods for treating intangibles, as an assist to help financial analysts better understand their businesses and their progress.

“But there’s no way to compare the metrics from company to company — or, in many cases, even from year to year within the same company. Alternative measures, once used fairly sparingly and shared mostly with a small group of professional investors, have become more ubiquitous and increasingly disconnected from reality… The proliferation of alternative metrics not only poses a problem for investors, but it can also harm the companies themselves by obscuring their financial health, overstating their growth prospects beyond what standard GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) measures would support, and rewarding executives beyond what can be justified.”  (“The Pitfalls of Non-GAAP Metrics,” MIT Sloan Management Review Magazine Winter 2018)

Even more problematic are custom metrics that present an alternative view of earnings by leaving out one or more expenses required by GAAP. Some companies have been known to adjust their reported earnings to exclude mainstream expenses such as pension costs, regulatory fines, “rebranding” expenses, fees paid to directors, executive bonuses, and severance payments. By removing such expenses, some companies have been able to transform a negative earnings report into positive “pro forma” earnings.

In the New York Times of June 18, 2015, (“Tech Companies Fly High on Fantasy Accounting”) Gretchen Morgenson remarks:

“Many of the popular companies with premium-priced shares promote financial results and measures that exclude their actual costs of doing business. Among the biggest costs these companies ask investors to ignore are those associated with stock-based compensation, acquisitions and restructuring. But these are genuine expenses, so excluding them from financial reporting makes these companies’ performance look better than it actually is.

“Corporations still must report their financial results under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP. But they often play down those figures, advising investors to focus instead on the numbers favored by those in the executive suite — who, it just so happens, stand to gain personally from the finagling.”

She goes on to explain that such expenses often become glaringly evident when these companies have to undertake expensive stock-repurchase programs to limit the diluting effect of their generous stock grants.

In short, traditional valuation tools are ill-conceived for companies in the “knowledge economy” and while new tools are being invented and tested, it is currently hard to calculate a Price/Earnings or a Price/Book Value for a given stock since we don’t know what the true earnings or book value are.

Contrarianism Alone is not Enough

 The real “price” of a stock is not its quote in the newspaper, which alone is meaningless, but some valuation measure usually expressed as a ratio of that quote to some fundamental income or balance sheet measure: in an auction market, this reflects the supply and demand for that stock among the mass of investors.

In theory, contrarian investing should result in buying low (when stocks are not in favor) and selling high (when they are), as does value investing. However, both approaches have lost some of their precision in recent years.

For example, there are natural limits to how high or how low the price/earnings ratio can go. The price/earnings ratio should remain therefore remain within a channel, even if a broad one. Thus, investors may not be able to buy at the lowest price or to sell at the exact top but, by following the value discipline, they can improve their odds of success. Unfortunately, to calculate any value ratio, investors need to know the true value of a company’s earnings and assets, and that is difficult ln the absence of appropriate accounting tools.

As for the contrarian approach, it tends to function best at extremes of market euphoria and depression. In the absence of guideposts from value (which valuation is supposed to provide) crowd psychology is all-powerful and can sometimes yield to maximum “irrational exuberance.” This loss of reliability has been further aggravated by computer-controlled high-speed trading and trading algorithms, which further remove investment decisions from human judgement and common sense.

As value/contrarian investors, we at Sicart are facing a conundrum. On the one hand, the tools of value investing have become less reliable and on the other, contrary investing without the reference point of valuation is a less precise timing tool than in the past.

Value investors are not the only ones affected by these issues, but they are trained to work on measurable (largely historical) data. In contrast growth investors are more willing to make bets on the future and are more creative in their expectations. Both styles of investing, though, are affected by the complexities of evaluating companies in the new knowledge economy.

History and experience to the rescue

As usual, navigating the vagaries of the investment markets will require a combination of discipline and flexibility. Too much discipline may lead to rigidity and resistance to change; too much flexibility may lead to short-term trading, which has not produced lasting investment success in the past. As Warren Buffett once pointed out, using the right proportion of each quality will not be a matter of IQ but one of character.

Fortunately, this conundrum is not new. Ben Graham, responsible for one of the strictest disciplines for stock selection, wrote the following in his 1949 landmark book, The Intelligent Investor:

“The underlying principles of sound investment should not alter from decade to decade, but the application of these principles must be adapted to significant changes in the financial mechanisms and climate.”

 

François Sicart

August 20, 2018

PLANNING OUR LIFE AND BEYOND

When we at Sicart engage with clients in planning for the management, use and disposition of their fortunes, we first try to spend ample time on defining the kind of life they want to live, the goals they hope to achieve, and what legacy they wish to leave behind. Whatever the age of the clients, their views on these subjects are usually vague – probably because decisions about them do not seem urgent and are expected to come into proper focus as they age. Yet procrastination is not an option for any of us.

OUR LIFE IN MONTHS

I recently came across a somewhat quirky website named “WaitButWhy.com”. One article was illustrated by pictures of the average human life expressed in weeks, months and years, such as the following:

Human Life in Months

The reminder that the average life span is just 1080 months brought to mind a memorable meeting I had with Dr. Leon Danco, whose 2013 eulogy in Forbes magazine included the following praise:

“Considered the nation’s foremost authority on family-owned business and privately-held companies, Dr. Danco was a pioneer in this field… He was a speaker, consultant and author of many books on this subject… But, he is most well-known for his sage mentorship of families and individuals, instilling in them the importance of a transformative principle: take care of the family business, as well as ‘the business of the family.’”

When I was introduced to him by a common friend around the time when I created Tocqueville Asset Management, Leon Danco had already built a highly successful career counseling owners of large family-owned businesses and, in fact, had decided to retire. When I asked how he planned to spend his retirement, he answered, “meeting people like you.” He kept me all day and never charged me for a uniquely enlightening session. Dr. Danco’s principles are explained his book Beyond Survival: A Guide for Business Owners and Their Families (published in 2003 by The Business Family Centre). For me, one of Dr. Danco’s most important points is that “a lifetime, even one that’s longer than average, is at most only 1000 months long.”

I learned a great deal from that book and will borrow here many of its ideas. One of the most important is that slicing a lifetime into a limited supply of months puts it in a very different perspective and infuses a new sense of urgency into life-long planning.

BEYOND SURVIVAL: LEARNING, DOING, TEACHING

In our first 300 months — “the learning years,” according to Dr. Danco — we learn and we consume: our contribution to society, other than giving joy to our parents, is fairly minimal.

At some point around our 25th birthday, our education in the formal sense is completed and we begin to do things. We experience successes and failures. We may abandon some endeavors and embark on new ones. Whatever contribution most of us make in our lives, we do it during our productive years. By age 50, most of our accomplishments are apparent and we are about to enter our last contributory 300 months.

Because a new generation is born every 25 years or so, lifetimes overlap: the parents are doing while the kids are learning. For Leon Danco, who was primarily concerned with the survival of the business within the family, there must be a third phase in the life of an entrepreneur: the teaching years.

I personally know at least two family business groups that have survived and evolved for several generations, though often by changing the nature of the original business and also by combining talents from within and without the family. A solid formal education can prepare children to manage, but not necessarily to lead. Leadership implies passion, which often drives entrepreneurs but not always their heirs. Furthermore, an organization’s survival depends on its culture, which in the typical case was informed by early leaders but may prove hard to maintain as the organization grows and diversifies. This is why I am not thoroughly convinced that an owner’s children should be destined to take over the family business. Still, our duty to teach, I believe, remains essential.

The notion of organizing one’s existence around three progressive phases — learning, doing and teaching — can be helpful in guiding most of our life’s important decisions. Furthermore, the realization that our doing life probably is not much more than 400 months should keep us from wasting precious time.

BEYOND ENOUGH: THE GREATER HUNGER

Even with appropriate precautions, I could not illustrate such sensitive subjects by using client families’ stories as examples, so I will share my own story, with an additional reference to another enlightening book: The Hungry Spirit by Charles Handy (1997, Broadway Books).

A social commentator and philosopher specializing in organizational behavior and management cultures, Handy was successfully an oil executive, an economist and a professor at the London Business School. He reminds us that in Africa, they say that there are two hungers: the lesser hunger and the greater hunger. The lesser hunger is for the life-sustaining goods and services, and the money to pay for them, which we all need. The greater hunger is for some understanding of what that life is for — the kind of fulfillment it can bring us beyond simply “more.”

In our modern societies, we tend to assume that fulfillment and success come from satisfying the lesser hunger. However, Handy suggests that the greater hunger is not just an extension of the lesser hunger, but something completely different. At one point in our lives, we should have enough, whatever that means for each of us: the necessities of a comfortable life and perhaps a little extra. Everyone’s “enough” is different but once we have enough, more will not make us happier.

GETTING PERSONAL

My own reflection started a few years ago. I had enough and had achieved some reasonable success during my productive years. I still felt ambition, but for a different kind of achievement.

Despite its commercial success, I had never considered the enterprise I had founded to be primarily a business. Rather, I viewed it as a profession, where financial results were secondary to the relationships with our clients and their satisfaction with our investment management and other services. Of course, I fully expected growth and profits to result from our clients’ satisfaction, but they were not the immediate goal.

Since, at this reflective moment, I had entered my teaching years (and I believed that dynastic businesses succeed only exceptionally) I had to decide whom I should teach to and what I should teach them. At the same time, I wanted to ensure that my own family would be protected and taken care of if anything happened to me, just as we had committed to do for our long-time client families.

Over the years, I had become convinced that this could be best achieved by a small team of talented and dedicated individuals, rather than by a substantial organization. This is why I picked three individuals who had exhibited their potential in the service of my long-time clients and invited them to become my partners in Sicart Associates, a highly-dedicated family office in the service of my family and a few very close others. This, I believed, would take care of my teaching years and preserve for several generations our culture of service which, together with the continued success of my professional “heirs,” would become my legacy.

[My own “dynastic” heirs are still in their doing years, with their own achievements and life goals, and I presume they feel safer knowing that their family office stands by their side. For my part, witnessing the life principles that they have adopted, I am satisfied with them as my moral legacy.]

HURRY CALMLY – THERE’S ALWAYS TIME TO DO SOMETHING WORTHWHILE

The whole point of this paper has been that, whatever our age, it is essential to plan for the rest of our lives. Even if we have missed or wasted some of our earlier stages, we can still imagine the future, select goals and consider our legacy. In doing so, measuring our lifetime and what is left of it in months should help put what we wish and what can be achieved into clearer focus.

François Sicart
July 10, 2018

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

SOLITUDE OF THE WEALTHY:

My partner Bogumil Baranowski has discussed some of the psychological problems associated with family patrimonies in his series “Blessings & Curses of Inherited Wealth – The Guide for Inheritors.” Over my years of helping multi-generational families to preserve and grow their wealth, I too have noted the challenge of maintaining “normal” relationships with friends or relatives who have less money.

These observations have been confirmed in a study by Boston College’s Center on Wealth and Philanthropy (which wound down its research in 2015). The “very rich” (possessing over $25 million) subjects who were interviewed reported a litany of anxieties, a sense of isolation, worries about work and love, and most of all, fears for their children. (The Atlantic Monthly, April 2011)

THE SHOCK OF SUDDEN MONEY

The recent prize of nearly $800 million won by a single person in a U.S. lottery reminded me of what is often called the “lottery curse” — After an initial period of euphoria, large lottery winners tend to squander their newly-found fortunes. Worse, while the money is vanishing, the most cherished aspects of their previous lives and relationships are often irremediably lost.

The sudden acquisition of money is always traumatic, whatever the source. I often tell the story of a good friend of mine who, after making his own comfortable fortune in business, inherited in the same year from both his father and mother. Over a celebratory lunch, I asked him how he expected his life to change as a result of this monetary windfall. “Apart from buying a few better cigars and wines, I don’t see why anything should change,” he answered. Within weeks, however, he announced that he was divorcing…

THE CURSE OF INHERITED MONEY

Just like sudden windfalls, inherited fortunes large enough to affect several generations have deep psychological implications for the beneficiaries, and Bogumil investigated some of them in his series. In fact, some of the anxieties mentioned in the Boston College study are exacerbated for inheritors. For example, while many fortune creators feel free to dispose of their estates at  will, most inheritors feel a dynastic duty to pass along as much of their inherited wealth to their heirs as they can.

This being said, while much has been written about how money affects wealthy individuals, I believe that its effect on the people around them has been less thoroughly investigated.

THE WAY OTHERS SEE YOU

You do not deserve it

The first thing to realize, if you have inherited a fortune, is that for most people – except those very few who appreciate you unconditionally – you do not deserve this enormous advantage. A majority will readily admire the obscene sums earned by some athletes and entertainers, even the sudden wealth of entrepreneurs who brought an apparently simple idea to the stock market. But if your fortune is due merely to “your choice of the right parents,” most people will see this as some undeserved stroke of fate. Often, they may even secretly resent you for it.

You can well afford it (or anything, for that matter)

The second common attitude, even among those friends and relatives who are not jealous of your fortune, tends to develop over time, caused by an inaccurate view of your relative situations and of the cost of things in relation to these situations. It can be summarized by the phrase, “He (or she) can afford it.” “It” may refer to a house or a new car, exotic travel, and other indulgences.

Often, though, what’s under consideration is a proposed investment. When someone inherits, the heir, the spouse, a sibling, or a friend often re-imagines himself or herself as an instant venture capital genius. All that newly-acquired money is just crying out to be put to good use, after all! But the true venture capitalist’s gift is very rare. Furthermore, most successful investors in this financial niche started by laboriously raising capital for potential investments from professionals, rather than waiting for it to land from the heavens into the hands of a relative. The hopeful solicitor of funds for a new scheme ignores the fact that easily available money does not make an investment more attractive. In fact, the opposite is often true.

Many also believe that the idea for a new product or service is the main ingredient of a successful venture. In fact, steadfastness, hard work and experience count for much more. Frank Caufield, partner emeritus of one of the most successful and prestigious venture capital firms in Silicon Valley says: “We see a lot of executives who have a vision. Our job is to decide if it really is a vision or a hallucination”.  Reid Dennis, founder of Institutional Venture Partners, adds that venture capital “Is a business that you’re probably better off entering in your thirties or forties… because you [first] need to build a frame of reference by which to judge people and to judge opportunities…”

Money, Influence and Power

One of the respondents to the Boston College study noted: “I start to wonder how many people we know would cut us off if they didn’t think they could get something from us.” Another, educated and trained in the arts, hesitated to accept a position as a museum curator because she felt she would have had trouble being seen as a colleague rather than as a donor.

These are insecure, almost cynical views of relationships, and I believe it is probably better to err on the side of trust than to succumb to this form of nascent paranoia. On the other hand, there is no point in ignoring the obvious: money will attract crooks and con artists.

Fortunately, not everyone who likes the company of rich people is driven by greed. Still, money can influence financially-disinterested people, too, though in a more insidious way. Money bestows power on those who are in a position to influence its use (spending, investment, charities). Those who are in a position to affect the money decisions of the rich therefore gain desirable power and social prestige even when they provide legitimate and valuable services.

Beware the IYIs

Often, inheritors suffer from an inferiority complex toward high-profile financial experts and theoreticians. As a result, they may let themselves be influenced by what The Black Swan author Nassim Taleb has identified as IYIs (Intellectuals Yet Idiots). In doing so, they forget Warren Buffett’s judgment that ordinary intelligence is perfectly sufficient for the successful investor. What you really need is the temperament to control the urges that cause other peoples’ costly mistakes.

As Thomas Sowell, the eminent economist and social theorist, wrote: “Intellect is not wisdom.” I believe that inheritors too often let themselves be impressed by intellectuals’ superficial signs of intelligence instead of cultivating and trusting their own common sense and shrewdness as they navigate the world of investing.

Difficult to Teach by Example

Most parents aim to educate their children by both discipline and example. But it’s not easy to teach a child the value of money by paying him or her to mow the lawn when you already have a full-time gardener.

Even more challenging is the example of a father, an heir himself, who does not work for a salary simply because he does not have to. Yet he would like his children to live within reasonable budgets, to follow prudent financial yardsticks, to be gainfully employed, etc. In my experience, the guilt and discomfort of such a situation is felt much more acutely by the father than by the children. On the other hand, the father’s authority lacks legitimacy when the children discover that, when he was young, he never lived by the rules he is now trying to impose.

If it Goes Without Saying…

Talleyrand, France’s diplomat extraordinaire, reportedly insisted, when negotiating post-Napoleonic peace at the 1814 Vienna Congress, that: “If it goes without saying, it will go much better if we say it.”

Money considerations have an immense effect on personal relationships, yet we often have trouble discussing them. For example, I initially felt that having future spouses sign a pre-nuptial agreement was in bad taste and an unnecessary exercise in pessimism – almost like a curse-in-waiting. But after many years of watching harmonious marriages become acrimonious during divorces, I am now convinced that it is better to go through the exercise while both parties have the best intentions and disinterested motives.

The rule applies not only to pre-nuptial agreements but more generally to any understanding or decision that may generate adversarial situations in the future, such as wills and other posthumous arrangements (property sharing, etc.). For all of these, it is better to make plans for future decisions at a moment when both parties have a maximum sense of fair play and empathy.

 

* * * *

In lieu of conclusion, I offer two relevant quotes:

They say that money does not bring happiness. No doubt they are speaking about other people’s money. —Sacha Guitry

Solitude does not result from the absence of people around us, but from our incapacity to communicate the things which seem important to us.  —Carl Gustav Jung

 

François Sicart 5/30/2018

 

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

CONTRARIAN VALUE: EASIER SAID THAN DONE

How We Invest

* * * *

Measures of Value

Even amateur investors are aware that the dollar price of a stock is meaningless: there is no logical reason to assume that a $5 stock is cheaper than a $10 stock without knowing what exactly you are buying for those prices. Warren Buffett made this point with his usual flair for words: “Price is what you pay. Value is what you get.”

This is why, when discussing value, we normally use ratios, which compare the price of a stock (what you pay) to the company’s sales, earnings, cash flow or assets (what you get). For example, a stock’s price/earnings ratio (P/E) — which is widely used to measure current value — represents a company’s share price divided by its earnings per share. When the P/E rises or drops, it is therefore legitimate to assume that the stock is becoming more, or less, expensive.

The Crowd of Investors Tends to be Manic Depressive

Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds, an 1841 book by Charles Mackay on early speculative bubbles, remains the basic reference on the enduring propensity of crowds to behave irrationally in financial matters, oscillating between euphoria and panic in recurring cycles. (Project Gutenberg — http://www.cmi-gold-silver.com/pdf/mackaych2451824518-8.pdf)

Thus, over short or intermediate periods, investors’ opinions often have a greater influence on the performance of a stock than the operating or balance-sheet statistics of the underlying companies. P/E ratios, for example, fluctuate much more widely that would be justified by company fundamentals alone.

The father of value investing, Benjamin Graham, explained this apparent disconnect by saying that “in the short run, the market is like a voting machine” [tallying up which firms are popular and unpopular] while “in the long run, the market is like a weighing machine” [assessing the substance of a company].

Importance of the Timeline

Over the very long term (often decades), stock prices tend to track companies’ fundamentals, i.e. earnings, which tend to move with sales and assets which, in turn, tend to follow economies’ growth rates and productivity.

But company fundamentals change relatively slowly. It makes little sense to attribute stock price changes even over months to fundamental progress: what they really are is changes in the Price/Earnings ratio (P/E), where P moves a lot and E relatively little. Such short-term fluctuations are principally due to investors’ perceptions of probable future developments. These perceptions, as purely psychological phenomena, can be volatile to the point of irrationality.

My own observation is that, over the near-term, stock market fluctuations are perhaps 90% to 100% determined by crowd psychology and only 10% to 0% by changes in fundamentals. As the time horizon lengthens and the market becomes more of a “weighing machine”, to use Graham’s term, the factors influencing stock prices trend towards 90% fundamentals and 10% psychology.

An Apparent Contradiction

In theory, one would expect the results of value and contrarian investing to be highly correlated. After all, the price of a stock is the result of a bidding process. Thus it should reflect the popularity of that stock among investors: the higher the P/E ratio, the more popular the stock and therefore the less attractive to a contrarian. Conversely, the lower the P/E ratio, the less popular the stock, which should make it appear as a bargain to contrarians.

But in practice — to quote baseball immortal Yogi Berra — “In theory, theory and practice are the same. In practice, they are not.”

Value investing

When looking at large samples of stocks over long periods of time, there is little doubt that buying stocks at low P/E ratios produces better returns in the ensuing 10 years or more than buying at higher P/E ratios.

Elsewhere I have cited many studies supporting that statement. Today’s example comes from Dreman Value Management, which measured the performance of the 500 largest US companies over the 40 years between 1970 and 2010. It is interesting because, unlike several other studies, it seems to have made no adjustment to P/E ratios and did not use moving averages.

 Including dividends, stocks with the lowest 20% of P/E multiples increased 15.3% annually on average, while stocks with the highest 20% of P/E multiples increased 8.3% annually. (The performance of the S&P 500 Index fell somewhere between the two groups). Thus, in terms of batting average, investing in stocks with low P/E ratios should be better than investing in stocks with high P/E ratios.

Contrarian investing

 The contrarian approach appeals to investors who believe in the psychological instability of crowds. But it really is at its best only at the climactic extremes of euphoria and depression. The rest of the time, and particularly over shorter periods, it’s at a disadvantage compared to so-called “momentum” investing.

Momentum

Early students of behavioral finance searched for anomalies in financial markets, i.e. asset behavior that could be predicted more or less precisely. In contrast, prices would normally be expected to move in random fashion, depending on crowd moods.

Momentum is a concept borrowed from physics, referring to a force that allows something to continue moving on its past trajectory as time passes. One of the first anomalies detected by behavioral finance researchers was momentum: a security that had followed a given price trend for a number of months, for example, could often be expected to continue further on that trend. Many investors still use momentum investing in some form or another.

There are two problems with momentum investing, however:

 

  • it works best in the short term and thus encourages heavy portfolio turnover
  • it is hard to distinguish between short-term cycles within a trend and major reversals in long-term trends

As a result, it has been said that momentum trading is right most of the time but wrong when it really counts (at major market reversals).

Contrarian Limitations

Contrarian investing is not well adapted to recognize and exploit short-term market fluctuations. Most psychological excesses such as irrational exuberance forewarn major trend reversals. The timing of such reversals is unpredictable, though, because excess can always become even more excessive – for a while. The forte of contrarian investing, though, is that it may help prepare for large corrective moves when exaggerated mood shifts among investors are detected.

Investing Is Not a Science

One of my early mentors explained the failure of most investors to exceed or even match the performance of “the market” by the fact that people persist in seeking certainty in an uncertain world. Many investors and observers tend to envision investing as an exact science, delivering precise and undisputable answers and responding to immutable laws. Unfortunately, investing never was a science and probably never will be. It is not even a matter of intelligence. Investment success is much more a matter of common sense, character and patience.

A well-worn adage says that “It is better to be roughly right than precisely wrong.” This applies well to the process of investing. For example, I believe that, rather than searching for the next Apple, Google or Amazon, we should be aiming for a superior “batting average,” where above-average gains more than offset fewer and smaller losses.

Invert, Always Invert

To achieve a good batting average with a portfolio of manageable size (which we estimate at 30 to 50 securities) we must first assemble a universe of potential investments whose odds of producing superior performance over time are above average. According to Investopedia.com, approximately 630,000 companies may be traded publicly throughout the world, so the selection process could be daunting even with the sophisticated computer-screening tools now available.

In addition, faced with one of our favored disciplines that works “most of the time except when it counts” (momentum investing) and another that works when it counts but with imprecise timing (the contrarian philosophy), our selection process cannot be surgically precise. But, as Churchill said of democracy, we view contrarian value investing as “the worst form of investing, except for all the others.” Thus, we elect to refine the process rather than the discipline.

When faced with the task of solving an extremely complex problem, I am always reminded that nineteenth century German mathematician Carl Jacobi reportedly urged his students to “invert, always invert.” I am no mathematician. But as an investor, I believe that, rather than trying to select a few winners out of a very large and complex stock universe, it makes sense to first reduce the size of the challenge by eliminating as many stocks as possible which DO NOT qualify for our attention.

How We Eliminate

We are exposed to a constant flow of new investment ideas — from our own research, various specialized research services, and a network of peers with whom we regularly debate. This produces a more than sufficient sample from which to extract the 10-12 new ideas a year we need, considering that our 30-50 stock portfolios are intended to have a low (one-third or less) annual turnover rate.

From this flow of new investment ideas, we normally first eliminate companies that are too financially leveraged for our conservative taste. This is particularly essential now that artificial central bank liquidity and low borrowing rates have created a financial climate that is much riskier than most people realize.

Our contrarian approach usually allows us, even tempts us, to invest in companies that have been hurt by outside developments that we deem to be temporary or cyclical. On the other hand, based on the cockroach theory (“there is never just one cockroach in the kitchen”), we try to eliminate companies that may be accident-prone due to reckless management, overly promotional communications or questionable accounting.

We also eliminate stocks that have been rising strongly for a few years, sport valuation ratios reminiscent of past bubbles, or are strongly recommended by momentum-type brokers and advisors.

Once this trimming down has been completed and we are left with a reduced universe of candidates for a good long-term batting average, we submit the survivors to our normal investment selection process as described elsewhere on our website (www.sicartassociates.com).

This is an ongoing process, which is independent from macro considerations about economies and stock markets (although obviously candidates for selection are more abundant after overall market declines).

Thus, rather than being “perma-bears,” we are rational optimists: declining stock prices mean cheaper investment. Contrarian value investors should become euphoric when the crowd succumbs to panic.

 

François Sicart – March 2, 2018

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

CAPITULATE OR “PERSEVERATE”?

In a comment on my recent paper (Picking daisies under a fuming volcano, 11/30/2017) a European colleague with some affinity for our investment style nevertheless reminded me that “for us, asset managers, timing is of the essence” and that “clients will resent our missing another year of rising markets.”

This warning was sent before the recent rout in the global stock markets, but it does not affect my strong views on the difference between short-term and long-term investing.

There is no indication that measuring performance over shorter-term periods — as do many consultants, boards of trustees and others without their own money on the line — would produce superior long-term results. As Joe Wiggins, who is responsible for running a range of multi-asset fund of funds at Aberdeen Standard Investments, writes in his blog Behavioural Investment (1/31/18):

“It is not only that headline performance consistency is a deeply misleading means of assessing the ability of an active equity manager, but as a  characteristic, it is the exact opposite of what fund selectors should be seeking.  By definition, long-term … conviction investors will not deliver performance consistency over the short-term.  There will be periods (often prolonged) when their style is out of favor and the ‘market’s perception’ diverges materially from their own.  Through such spells of challenging performance, we should expect them to remain disciplined and faithful to their philosophy and approach; not wish them to latch onto the latest market fad in an effort to achieve improved short-term returns.

Consistency is absolutely paramount to the assessment of active equity managers, but we are focused on the wrong sort of consistency.  Rather than obsess over the persistence of short-term outcomes; we should focus our attention on the consistency of manager behavior relative to their stated philosophy.”

This being said, I do not need to be reminded of clients’ occasional impatience with idle cash, especially in ebullient markets. I launched the Tocqueville Fund in January 1987, when still under the auspices of Tucker Anthony/John Hancock. Since my partner and I were relatively unknown to the public and we did not do any marketing, the few early investors were mostly traders and brokers of Tucker Anthony, who had known and followed me for more than a decade.

1987, John Authers points out in the Financial Times (1/26/18) was the last time the S&P started a year as strongly as it has this year. But, in early 1987, I was already very wary of the stock market because of valuation, some signs of economic slowdown and fallacious promises of “portfolio insurance” through derivatives. Much of the early inflow into the Tocqueville Fund thus stayed in cash.

Until that is, I began receiving phone calls from my friendly investors pointing out that, if they had wanted to own a money market fund, that was what they would have bought! So, I yielded and invested most of the Fund’s cash only weeks before Black Monday (October 18, 1987). By the end of October, the US stock market was down almost 23%, with several foreign markets faring even worse.

In the past, bear markets associated with economic recessions suffered even greater, and usually longer, declines. In this case, the US economy never fell into recession and 1988 was an excellent year if you had the cash to invest. In fact, by early 1989, the market was back to its pre-crash high — though many professionally-managed portfolios were not.

As I write this, the ranks of pessimists among investors have been shrinking fast.

Some have simply joined the index-hugging crowd under cover of politically-dictated arguments: economic stimulus from tax cuts, short-term budgetary help from the repatriation of accumulated foreign profits, empowerment of business through reduced regulation, and promised huge infrastructure programs. There are as many reasons to doubt as to believe the validity of these arguments but for the moment, the arbiter seems to be the stock market. In fact, what this group of optimists really believes is that stocks should continue to rise because they have been rising.

More intriguing is the “temporary” capitulation of a (much smaller) number of estimable, historically successful investors. These longer-term investors usually subscribe to Ben Graham’s definition that, in the long run, the market is a machine that weighs fundamentals, but that, in the short run, it is merely a voting machine.

These elite investors do believe in fundamental analysis but recognize that recently, central banks have prodded, first the US market and now most advanced economies’ markets, with artificial, excess liquidity (ZIRP, QE, etc.). As a result, with quality bond yields and sometimes even junk-bond yields hovering around zero, we have been in a TINA — There Is No Alternative (to stocks) — environment. That era may be coming to an end (see chart below), but until central bankers are absolutely sure, they may continue to flood the stock markets with excess liquidity – an attitude that might be reinforced by the recent mini-correction.

1 capitulate

 

Many investors are well aware that current valuation levels call for sub-par results from equities over the next decade. A number of models illustrate the link between asset valuations at the beginning of a decade and the return from those assets in the following ten years: GMO, Oaktree, Crestmont Research, John Hussmann and of course Nobel Laureate Robert Shiller’s CAPE (Cyclically Adjusted Price/Earnings).

These models never were intended to become timing tools but, rather, mere indicators of likely average future returns over long periods. Yet the longer their warnings have been calling for sub-par future returns in the face of rising markets, the more criticism (of one aspect or another) of these models has proliferated.

Fortunately, a report published this month by Robert D. Arnott, chairman of Research Affiliates LLC, with his team, dismisses most of these critiques. (1) Research Affiliates specializes in quantitative investing. They have thoroughly studied how various investment styles and selection criteria work over time, and currently advise over $160 billion of institutional investment assets (2015). So, when they claim that “It’s NOT different this time”, it is worth paying attention.

On the other hand, given the global economic recovery, no signs of imminent economic trouble and ample central bank liquidity, several of the sophisticated investors mentioned above have been considering the possibility of a market “melt-up.” As its name implies, this would be the opposite of a meltdown: a bubbly last hurrah of the long bull market that started in 2009.

I cannot entirely discard this possibility but I believe that stock markets now are mostly in their “voting machine” mode. In other words, they depend almost entirely on the psychology of crowds.

In many ways, the 1987 crash was what Nassim Nicholas Taleb later famously labeled a Black Swan: an event that is rare, has an extreme impact and, because it has never happened before, is hard to anticipate. So, a Black Swan may be waiting for us around the corner. Yet comparably rare events are mostly called Black Swans by those who failed to anticipate them or at least failed to protect themselves against their possibility.

If we leave aside “end-of-the-world” scenarios such as nuclear war, or the most obvious areas of blind greed and speculation such as bitcoin, the best way to protect ourselves financially is to heed the warning of Hyman Minsky. He observed that economic and financial stability leads to instability without the need for an external trigger, simply by making people more complacent and more willing to accept risk through the imprudent use debt.

Two obvious areas where complacency and increasingly blind risk acceptance have become the norm since the Great Recession (2007-2009) are:

  • Interest rates They have been “suppressed” (kept artificially low) by central banks, giving consumers and businesses the false impression that their actions are essentially riskless. As one example, the yield spread of junk bonds over Treasuries has shrunk to the point where investors may no longer be compensated for the additional risk they incur by buying “junk.”

2 capitulate

 

  • Stock market valuations Are they merely high, or unsustainably so? It depends where. In some areas of the markets, the answer is obvious. David Stockman, director of the Office of Management and Budget under President Reagan, made the point eloquently in the Daily Reckoning (8/1/2017). He pointed out that in the 31 months between January 2015 and August 2017, the weighted P/E (price/earnings ratio) of the so-called FAANGs + M (Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, Google and Microsoft) increased by some 50%!

The total market capitalization of the S&P 500 rose from $17.7 trillion to $21.2 trillion. The six FAANGs + M accounted for 40% of the entire gain, meaning that the market capitalization of the other 494 stocks only rose from $16 trillion to $18.1 trillion — only 13% in 31 months vs the 82% gain of the six super-momentum stocks. If that is not a bubble, I don’t know what is!

The irony, of course, is that by imposing as benchmarks indexes that contained these heavy-capitalization stocks, consultants, directors, and trustees forced many money managers to buy more of these expensive stocks as they became ever more expensive. Naturally the reverse dynamic will come into play when the stock market ultimately declines.

* * * *

It is our belief that an advisable policy at this juncture is to look for investment opportunities among the less-inflated segments of the global markets. This is where we are searching for new ideas. Meanwhile, having maintained adequate cash reserves will allow us to seize these opportunities as they arise.

At the same time, one of the rules for making money over time is, first, to avoid losing it. When markets decline, it is hard to escape the outgoing tide altogether. But we hope to minimize losses by avoiding the idolized and overpriced favorites of the preceding advances, as well as steering clear of companies that have burdened themselves with excessive or unnecessary debt (to buy back their own shares, for example).

“Over the years, Institute research has shown active managers, even the best-performing ones, suffered periods of weak returns relative to benchmarks and their peers. But underperformance, up to three years, had relatively little impact on the best-performing funds’ ability to deliver success over 15 years… We think that underperformance in shorter periods—such as one quarter, one year, and perhaps even a few years—can be a normal part of the investment experience, even for funds that perform well over longer periods.”

                          The Brandes Institute, September 2014

 

François Sicart – 2/6/2018

 

 

(1.) CAPE Fear: Why CAPE Naysayers Are Wrong – Research Affiliates – January 2018

 

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

YEAR-END PEARLS OF WISDOM

For many years, I have been collecting quotes, citations and other bons mots. Of course, Googles and the likes have made this modern variation of plagiarism much easier in recent years, sometimes even dispensing quote addicts like me from reading original books in the text.

On the other hand, there are good reasons besides plagiarism or laziness to use quotes. First, they often express an important idea in a more concise or a more articulate fashion than we might on our own. More importantly, their succinctness serves as a trigger or a seed for thinking about important subjects on our own, without someone else offering you a pre-cooked argument and conclusion.

Here, I offer you selected quotes, principally about investments and money, which are the main subjects of this site.

* * *

You don’t need to be a rocket scientist. Investing is not a game where the guy with the 160 IQ beats the guy with 130 IQ. Warren Buffett

The most important quality for an investor is temperament, not intellect… Unless you can watch your stock holding decline by 50% without becoming panic-stricken, you should not be in the stock market. Warren Buffett

Smart investing doesn’t consist of buying good assets, but of buying assets well.  This is a very, very important distinction that very, very few people understand. Howard Marks

The stock market is filled with individuals who know the price of everything, but the value of nothing. Philip Fisher

Price is what you pay. Value is what you get. Charles T. Munger

To suppose that the value of a common stock is determined purely by a corporation’s earnings discounted by the relevant interest rate and adjusted for the marginal tax rate is to forget that people have burned witches, gone to war on a whim, risen to the defense of Joseph Stalin and believed Orson Wells when he told them over the radio that the Martians had landed. Jim Grant

The NYSE and the NASDAQ are markets of information that reflect opinion rather than values of stocks. Peter Bernstein

The dumbest reason in the world to buy a stock is because it’s going up… The investor today does not profit from yesterday’s growth. If past history was all there was to the game, the richest people would be librarians. Warren Buffett

The only value of stock forecasters is to make fortune-tellers look good… A prediction about the direction of the stock market tells you nothing about where stocks are headed, but a whole lot about the person doing the predicting. Warren Buffett

 Only when the tide goes out do you discover who’s been swimming naked. Warren Buffett

Nearly all men can stand adversity, but if you want to test a man’s character, give him power. Abraham Lincoln

Friends may come and go, but enemies accumulate. Thomas Jones

HEALTHY, HAPPY and PROSPEROUS NEW YEAR!

 

François Sicart

January 1, 2018

Picking daisies under a fuming volcano

Today is already the tomorrow which the bad economist yesterday urged us to ignore.” – Henry Hazlitt

In July 2007, near the top of big real estate bubble and only weeks before the Lehman Bros. bankruptcy and the onset of the Great Recession, Charles O. Prince III, then CEO of Citigroup, notoriously declared:

“When the music stops, in terms of liquidity, things will be complicated. But as long as the music is playing, you’ve got to get up and dance. We’re still dancing.”

The following cartoon, recently published by Horizon Kinetics, echoes this past episode and reminds us that contexts may change, but human nature does not.

Daisies 1

Source: Horizon Kinetics.

 

Bubble or no bubble? High valuations are a concern…

Depending on the valuation tool, the current US market could be considered either:

The third priciest market ever…

Daisies 2

Source: Robert Shiller.

The second priciest market ever…

Daisies 3

Source: Robert Shiller.

The priciest market ever…

Daisies 4

Source: Robert Shiller / 720 Global

The general perception, including ours, has been that much of the strong performance of the US stock market in the last ten years, as well as its current statistical overvaluation, can be traced to the increased weight in the major indices of the so-called FANG or FAANG (Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, Google) and a handful of others.

However, while stressing the worrisome popularity of the FANGs, with dedicated FANG indices and futures now available to so-called “passive” investors and momentum traders, investment manager GMO recently argued that the FANGs are not overvalued relative to the market but that it is the entire US market that is overvalued.

“Cyclically-adjusted earnings multiples have come under criticism because they include the earnings recession of 2009. But when GMO used price/sales ratios using sales for the last 10 years – affected less drastically by the recession – they found out that the S&P 500 was almost as expensive as it was at the top in 2000… So, US overvaluation appears to be real, and it cannot be blamed on the FANGs.” (John Authers – The Financial Times – 11/9/17)

…But bubbles are not only about valuations

High valuations may increase the markets’ vulnerability in a downturn or even be the harbingers of lower returns in the longer run, but they do not necessarily equate with the irrational exuberance of a bubble.

In fact, The Collaborative Fund’s Morgan Housel argues that people who bought Florida property during the 2004-2006 housing bubble, for example, should not necessarily be viewed as irrational.

The high prices did make little sense for traditional home buyers, who typically measure a property’s price against its potential to generate income if rented for a number of years; But, if buyers were purchasing with the intention to “flip” the property within six months, as the graph below implies, then long-term valuation criteria were becoming irrelevant to a growing number of housing market participants.

Daisies 5

Source: Robert Shiller / 720 Global

In the same way, today’s equity investors may be focusing less than historically on valuations because they also have no intention to hold on to their position for much longer than a few months (See the cartoon at the top of the article).

In Housel’s view, bubbles develop when investment horizons shrink, and more and more long-term, fundamental investors capitulate to join the recently successful short-term momentum game. In doing so, they lose sight of the risks that will come when the stock market reverses.

Yet, “flipping” can prove an expensive gamble, as buyers of apartments in “Billionaires ‘Row”, across the street from our office, are now learning with several units being sold or foreclosed at 30%-plus discounts from their $30-$50 million purchase prices a few months ago.

Shrinking horizons, the hunt for yield and greater risk acceptance

With peak valuations, and investment horizons shrinking, investors and speculators alike are increasingly desperate for returns and yield. Growing interest in emerging markets and ever-falling emerging markets junk bond yields are premier example of this phenomenon.

Daisies 6

Source: Bloomberg, Real Vision (left), J.P. Morgan (right).

But desperation and the feeling of having no alternative are no recipe for successful investment in anything.

Maybe not euphoria, but complacency for sure

In spite of peak valuations, shorter investment horizons, and proliferation of risk taking, it is hard to characterize the recent bull market as euphoria-driven. Instead, it has been slow and sustained, with many investors having had no experience of a serious down market or choosing to forget previous crises. This mindset has translated into highly passive and complacent investment approaches. With no down years or months, the most successful choice, so far, has been to remain fully invested.

Daisies 7

Source: ICI, BofA, Rydex, Federal Reserve, Sentimentrade.

Daisies 8

Source: Gallup.

The current low (perceived) volatility, low volume and passive, complacent markets awaken memories of Dr. Hyman Minsky, for whom financial and economic crises did not need an outside trigger, but were a natural stage of the free-market cycle.

 

Stability leads to instability

The Minsky Moment: We know how, but when is another question

According to Dr. Minsky, a period of sustained economic and financial stability encourages risk taking – especially through the growing use of debt – until excess leverage causes a sudden collapse in asset prices, which is a normal part of the credit cycle.

Long periods of stability thus naturally lead to instability, though with elusive timing.

Daisies 9

Source: Economic Sociology

Daisies 10

Source: Michael Roscoe, US Federal Reserve / BIS/ Economist / World Bank

 

The sand pile model

If, according to Minsky, financial crises and recessions do not require an external trigger, why do they develop?

A useful way of understanding the apparent randomness of market crashes is the Abelian sand pile model. The computer model of a sand pile is developed by virtually dropping individual grains from above: it continues to grow, apparently smoothly, until a critical state is reached from which a single grain can cause a collapse of the whole structure.

Daisies 11

Fingers of instability

According to physicist Mark Buchanan, the critical state of the sand pile is characterized by ‘fingers of instability’ that develop through it under the surface.

John Mauldin, who introduced us to the analogy several years ago, further explains that after the pile evolves into a critical state, many grains rest just on the verge of tumbling, and these grains link up into ‘fingers of instability’ of all possible lengths. While many are short, others slice through the pile from one end to the other. So, the chain reaction triggered by a single grain might lead to an avalanche of any size whatsoever, depending on whether that grain fell on a short, intermediate or long finger of instability.” (Thoughts from the Frontline – John Mauldin –  MAY 6, 2013)

We don’t know how to predict which grain will be the one that triggers that avalanche. Similarly, when signs of vulnerability build in the economy or the financial market, it is hard to predict if, or when, their accumulation will trigger a simple correction or a major crisis.

Where would we look today for such fingers of instability? Most likely in areas where published statistics are contradicted by discrepancies below the surface.

Illusion of stability, but below the surface…

With the majority of money managers struggling to keep up with official market benchmarks, more investors have been adopting passive (index-linked) strategies rather than active ones (stock picking). Since major stock indexes are capitalization-weighted, the higher the stock market capitalization, the greater a company’s weight in the index. This is why, in recent years, the overall market performance has been increasingly influenced by relatively few “mega caps” such as the so-called FAANG (Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, Google). As a result, trading volumes in the rest of the market have collapsed and volatility seems to have evaporated.

Daisies 12

Source: MSCI.

Under the surface of peaceful and calm markets, however, many smaller companies, even in the same industries, tend to trade in a wide range with violent rallies and sell-offs.

The chart below depicts a one-month price action of two of our holdings from the same industry that proved to be surprisingly volatile and erratic despite the calm we see on the surface of the equity markets.

Daisies 13

Source: Bloomberg.

Major indexes keep rising but market breadth is weakening

During a prolonged period of stability, historically, an early indication that a bull market is aging has been when a group of stocks eventually dominates trading volumes, index performances, and the news, while the broader market begins to lag. We saw the Nifty Fifty stocks in the 1970s, the internet bubble stocks in the late 1990s, and today’s we are watching the FAANGs take the spotlight – Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, Google.

The discrepancy between the volumes of trading in mega-cap stocks and the rest of the markets under passive, index-shaped investing has created a divergence in price performance as well, between the few large-cap winners and the many losers in the current stock market.

Daisies 14

Source: Steve Bregman, Horizon Kinetics, Real Vision.

Daisies 15

Source:  Real Vision, Hexavest, Datastream.

Economic growth borrowed from the future

Despite recent releases of continued strength in the United States and accelerating economic growth in Europe and maybe even China, it seems that much of that growth is being “borrowed”.

For example, if we account for the share of the Federal Debt in US GDP growth, we’ll see that the economy net of borrowing has actually been shrinking since the Great Recession.

Daisies 16

Source: 720 Global.

Furthermore, in spite of its use by some politicians as a measure of the economy’s well-being, it should be remembered that the stock market has greatly outpaced both GDP growth and corporate sales growth. Thus, the real economy may be less robust than indicated by Wall Street.

Daisies 17

Source: Real Investment Advice.

Not only governments, and corporations have borrowed more in the last decade, but also consumer. It is increasingly worrisome how a fragile consumer depends on credit & assistance.

Daisies 18

Source: 720 Global.

There may be some argument about the conclusiveness of the chart above, but there should be none about the following one: delinquencies are on the rise, especially in the last couple of years. We live beyond our means, and for a while now, we’ve tried to maintain the same lifestyle with the help of increased debt, and public assistance.

Daisies 19

Source: Real Investment Advice.

Record help from non-traditional investors

Not only do investors remain complacent, but corporation themselves helped prolong the rally with buybacks of their own shares, partly funded by massive borrowings.

Daisies 20

Source: Standard & Poor’s Corporation.

But, even as corporations’ support of stock prices seemed to abate, Central Banks took the relay, by accelerating a buying spree – not only of government bonds, as traditionally, but now also of corporate bonds and equities.

Daisies 21

Source: Real Vision, Bloomberg.

Daisies 22

Source: BofA Merrill Lynch Global Research.

Daisies 23

Source: SG Cross Asset Research/ETF, Bank of Japan, Bloomberg.

In summary, we have undergone an unprecedented expansion of central bank balance sheets, which has stabilized most economies and propelled many markets to new highs. It would be naïve to believe that a reversal of those policies can leave investors, businesses and consumer unscathed.

The policy challenge: dual economy, one set of tools

Given peak market levels, fragile stability, and borrowed growth, the policy makers are facing a major challenge.

Their policies of further easy money, and more fiscal stimulus may do more harm than good, especially in the today’s world of dual economy. Part of the economy is growing fast, and requires little assets and labor, while the other part, more traditional, seems to be falling behind, because has excess capacity, and it is s asset heavy, and labor intensive.

There is also a mismatch in the supply and demand for labor. The growing economy needs more employees than it can find, while the traditional economy has fewer job openings that those willing to them.

To save the latter, we may be overheating the first. And anyone who still believes there is no inflation, we recommend taking a look at exponential growth in bitcoin price, new, breath taking record in art price sales, and record asset prices all around.

To conclude

That brings us to the wisdom of the father of value investing – Benjamin Graham, who famously said: “The essence of investment management is the management of risks, not the management of returns”

Being optimists at heart, we believe that those high-risk markets are usually if not always followed by some of the best buying opportunity of a generation. We trust that we are prepared for it, and we are looking forward to it.

Francois Sicart & Bogumil Baranowski

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

It’s easier to find someone to blame after the losses than to prepare for adversity

“Shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations.” United States

“Clogs to clogs is only three generations.” England

“Rice paddies to rice paddies in three generations.” Japan

“The father buys, the son builds, the grandchild sells, and his son begs.” Scotland

“Wealth never survives three generations.” China

 

The universality of the proverb above is the reason why, as investment advisers and family office to several generations, we view it as one of our primary missions to help our client families avoid the “curse of inherited wealth”. A good place to start is to try and avoid speculative bubbles and their fortune-destroying aftermaths.

* * * *

The history of investment markets is punctuated by the building and bursting of speculative bubbles, often accompanied or followed by economic recessions.  Avoiding these dangerous periods should be a major goal of investment for the long-term growth and protection of family patrimonies. In spite of this, after hundreds of years of experience, eliminating the impact of bubbles from truly long-term investment performance remains more an art than a science.

Venture capitalist Morgan Housel recently remarked that, because we do not know exactly when and how asset bubbles build up, our commentaries usually take refuge in the comfort of blaming others, such as the Fed, banks or Congress:

“Bubbles’ outcome is known in hindsight but the cause and blame are never settled on and in hindsight we are more apt to blame than learn”. (1)

Contradicting this natural tendency to blame, one of the originalities of Hyman Minsky’s Financial Instability Hypothesis was to state that “the financial system naturally swings between robustness and fragility and these swings are an integral part of the process that generates business cycles.”  The booms and busts that tend to accompany these swings are thus inevitable in a so-called free-market economy and do not need an external trigger, such as policy error, natural disaster or war, to occur. (2)   So. Where should we watch for potential bubbles?

Is Valuation an Anchor?

Many investors accept that bubbles are primarily a psychological phenomenon and thus a product of the “madness of crowds”. (2)

In recent years, this view has been reinforced by work from a newly-popular branch of psychology, behavioral investing, whose researchers hope, one day, to develop precise indicators of irrational excesses of greed or fear that would tell us when to buy or to sell financial assets. Unfortunately, those kinds of signals are anything but precise. The professionals’ favorite tool to detect bubbles probably remains valuation, of which one of the simplest and most widely used form is the price/earnings ratio (P/E).

Two groups have contributed to the upward pressure on stock prices and thus P/E ratios.

Corporations buying back their own shares boost earnings and lower P/E ratios

By buying in their own shares on the stock market, companies reduce shares outstanding and thus boost reported earnings per share, though at the expense of increased balance sheet leverage (equity and cash shrink, while debt does not), so that there is a limit to this trend.

As can be seen on the following graph, corporations have been the most aggressive buyers of their own shares since the stock market low in 2009.

It is easier 1

As If Life Was Not Complicated Enough, Central Banks Enter the Stock Markets

Much discussed, as a reason for high P/E ratios on stocks, is the artificially-low level of interest rates engineered by the world’s leading central banks. Stocks compete with bonds for investors’ favor, so when interest rates are low, P/E ratios tend to be high. And when interest rates are very low…

But, as if ultra-low interest rate policies were not enough, central banks now have begun to aggressively acquire common stocks directly.

In April, Bank of America noted that central banks around the world had already purchased $1 trillion in assets to that point of the year (an annualized rate of $3.6 trillion) and said it was the “best explanation” for record-high stocks. (3)

The Swiss central bank bought $80 billion worth of U.S. stocks through the end of the first quarter 29% more than at the end of last year. (4)

The Bank of Japan is now among the five largest owners in 81 companies on the Japan Nikkei 225 index… and nearly the primary owner in 50 of them. (5)

A recent Invesco poll of currency reserve managers at central banks revealed that 80% of the 18 central banks polled plan to increase their stock holdings. (6)

 Creating the Illusion of Perpetual Motion with a Minority of Stocks

When dealing with stock market indexes rather than with individual securities, the weighing of the stocks making up the index may also hide the fact that “bubbles” are concentrated in some segment of the market. As such, they may not necessarily show up in statistics for “the market” at large. Or, on the contrary, they may artificially boost these statistics. For example:

Goldman Sachs points out that 55% of the Nasdaq’s gains this year (to June 7) have been due to the top 5 large-cap tech stocks: Apple, Google, Amazon, Facebook and Microsoft. (7)

Bloomberg (08-04-2017) reports that large-capitalization stocks have risen six times as fast as smaller companies in the Russell 2000 Index. The advance in mid-size companies is about half the S&P 500.

At the same time, the large positions occupied in leading stock market indexes by recent top performers mean that, as index-mimicking funds attract capital, they have to buy large amounts of these stocks, further fueling their rise.  Howard Marks observes in his July letter:

“In the current up-cycle, over-weighted, liquid, large-cap stocks have benefitted from forced buying on the part of passive vehicles, which don’t have the option to refrain from buying a stock just because it’s overpriced.

Like the tech stocks in 2000, this seeming perpetual motion machine is unlikely to work forever.  If funds ever flow out of equities and thus exchange-traded funds (ETFs), what has been disproportionately bought will have to be disproportionately sold.  It’s not clear where index funds and ETFs will find buyers for their over-weighted, highly appreciated holdings if they have to sell in a crunch.” (9)

Historical Background and Necessary Flashbacks

Valuation measures may not be ideal timing indicators, but when one compares the price of a stock or of an index to a single figure like its last twelve months’ earnings, there is no escaping the logic that the higher the ratio, the more optimistic investors are.

This is why an index’s P/E ratio materially exceeds its historical norm, there must be a strong presumption of a bubble in formation. In his July 26 letter, Oaktree’s Howard Marks points out that “the S&P 500 is selling at 25 times trailing-twelve-month earnings, compared to a long-term median of 15. The Shiller cyclically-adjusted PE ratio stands at almost 30 versus a historic median of 16. This multiple was exceeded only in 1929 and 2000 – both clearly bubbles”. (9)

In early August, David Stockman calculated that Facebook, Amazon, Google, Netflix, Apple and Microsoft saw their weighted average P/E increase by 50% over the previous 30 months. He recalled the Internet bubble when, at the March 2000 peak, Microsoft’s P/E was 50x, Intel’s was 60x and Cisco’s was 200x: this compares to Facebook’s 40x, Amazon’s 190x and Netflix’s 217x today. Two years later, he reminds us, the four tech giants of the Internet bubble had lost 75% of their value. (10)

Amazon’s 1997 letter to shareholders states: “We established long-term relationships with many important strategic partners, including America Online, Yahoo!, Excite, Netscape, GeoCities, AltaVista, @Home, and Prodigy”.

“Unless you believe Yahoo remains a leading force in that space, none of these “important strategic partners” still exist in a meaningful way today. The super-stocks that lead a bull market inevitably become priced for perfection.  And in many cases the companies’ perfection turns out eventually to be either illusory or ephemeral.  Some of the “can’t lose” companies of the Nifty-Fifty were ultimately crippled by massive changes in their markets, including Kodak, Polaroid, Xerox, Sears and Simplicity Pattern.  Not only did the perfection that investors had paid for evaporate, but even the successful companies’ stock prices reverted to more-normal valuation multiples, resulting in sub-par equity returns. (9)

A Bubble in Complacency

Basically, Minsky’s Financial Instability Hypothesis says that economic stability naturally breeds instability. But it helps to have a fertile soil and, there, debt and borrowing can help:

 

  • When an economy is perceived as stable, people become optimistic.
  • When people get optimistic, they pile on debt in an effort to increase their returns.
  • When they pile on debt, the economy becomes unstable.

Thus, debt plays a central role in the bubble-building process and, from this vantage point, there is reason to worry when the economy appears stable and borrowing becomes overly easy:

In early May, Netflix issued €1.3 billion of Eurobonds, the lowest-cost debt it ever issued.  The interest rate was 3.625%, the covenants were few, and the rating was single-B.  Netflix’s GAAP earnings run about $200 million per quarter, but according to Grant’s Interest Rate Observer, in the year that ended March 31, Netflix burned through $1.8 billion of free cash flow.  According to Howard Marks, “The fact that deals like this can get done easily should tell you something about today’s market climate”. (9)

He goes on to quote a comment from a leading strategist about the return of Argentina to the bond market after five defaults in the last hundred years (one in the last five): “It’s just shocking that they exit default and their bond issue is a century bond”. Nevertheless, the strategist was advising her clients to buy the bonds “at least for a short-term trade”.

Shifting Time Horizons May Explain Bubbles

In his blog article on bubbles, Morgan Housel adds a dimension to the definition of bubbles by bringing into the discussion the time horizons of various investors.

“One of the biggest flaws to come out of academic finance is the idea that assets have one rational price in a world where investors have different goals and time horizons… When investors have different goals and time horizons, prices that look ridiculous for one person make sense to another, because the factors worth paying attention to are totally different”. (1)

Since bubbles are bubbles, Housel’s comments on shifting time horizons apply to the housing market as well:

The following chart shows the percentage of Florida home sales whose previous owner held the property for less than six months. “It’s hard to justify paying $700,000 for a two-bedroom Miami track home to raise your family in for the next 20 years. But it makes perfect sense if you plan on flipping it in a few months into a liquid market with price momentum…  You can say a lot about these investors. You can call them speculators. You can call them irresponsible. You can shake your head at their willingness to take huge risks. But I don’t think you can call all of them irrational.

It is easier 2

Bubbles are not so much about valuations rising. They are about time horizons shrinking. They aren’t so much about people irrationally practicing long-term investing. They’re about people somewhat rationally moving toward short-term trading to capture momentum that had been feeding on itself. (1)

 

Conclusion

Successful long-term investing is primarily about understanding your own time horizon and not being persuaded by the price actions caused by people with different time horizons.

I believe that, by being drawn by consultants and new regulations toward the measurement of short-term “competitive” performance (e.g. performance relative to specific indexes or narrowly-defined competitors), many fiduciaries have been losing track of their long-term responsibilities to family fortunes.

As Warren Buffett may have said: “To finish first, first you need to finish.” And to finish, you must first avoid succumbing to speculative bubbles.

 

François Sicart

September 11, 2017

 

Notes:

  1. Morgan Housel – The Collaborative Fund blog – 6/22/2017
  2. The Jerome Levy Economics Institute of Bard College – May 1992
  3. Charles Mackay – Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds (1841).
  4. Business Insider – April 21, 2017
  5. Forbes – May 16, 2017
  6. Bloomberg.com – August 14, 2017
  7. The Daily Reckoning, July 19, 2017
  8. Zero Hedge – June 9, 2017
  9. Bloomberg.com – 08-04-2017
  10. “There They Go Again . . . Again” – Howard Marks – Oaktree, July 26(The Daily Reckoning –  8/1/2017)
  11. The Daily Reckoning –  8/1/2017

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

HUBRIS AND FAILURE: SOME USEFUL INVESTMENT LESSONS

HUBRIS AND FAILURE: SOME USEFUL INVESTMENT LESSONS

Last year, French journalist Christine Kerdellant wrote a book with an intriguing title (Ils se croyaient les meilleurs – Éditions Denoël 2016), which could be translated as: “They thought they were the best –  a history of great management mistakes.” In the introduction, Kerdellant sings the praise of failures as marvelous learning and character-building experiences. She mentions, among others, the early stumbles of Steve Jobs, Bill Gates, Mark Zuckerberg, and Baron Bich of disposable razors and lighters fame. She also points out that Google is a veritable failures machine, where more than 70 projects per year never get beyond the project stage: “To have one of the world’s largest stock market capitalizations and some of the fattest profits and at the same time to exhibit one of the planet’s greatest number of failures is not only not incompatible but this last point probably explains the first one.”

The point is that the most successful entrepreneurs are those who have first stumbled, but have learned from their mistakes. Interestingly, they often are more prone than professional managers to search out and hire collaborators who also have experienced failure and have survived. The book appealed to me because, in Sicart Associates’ business of wealth and investment management, mistakes are quite useful — on the condition that they don’t recur too often, and that lessons are learned from them.

A few years after I created an international value fund at my predecessor firm, in the early 1990s, the fund had a very good year. A young journalist asked me in an interview, “How does it feel to be this year’s best performing international fund?” To which I answered: “First, it helps to have had a lousy year last year.” In the following days, several papers reported only that I had had a lousy performance in the previous year. So, I hope to be forgiven for using some of other people’s notorious mistakes as examples in this paper.

Madoff and Ponzi

One of the common mistakes made by amateur investors (and even some professionals) is to be intimidated by complicated investments and to let some kind of inferiority complex drive them to invest in businesses they do not fully understand.

Bernie Madoff was arrested in 2008 and admitted to having operated the largest Ponzi scheme in U.S. history. Named after a famous early-20th century swindler, a Ponzi scheme is a fraudulent investment operation where the operator uses fresh money coming from new investors to finance the returns promised to older investors but not earned. It can succeed only as long as money from new investors comes in faster than old investors want to cash out. Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC was founded in 1960 and the fraud may have started as early as the 1970s, which probably also makes this Ponzi scheme one of the longest-lasting in history.

Madoff was smart enough not to promise too much: an annual return not very different from the stock market’s long-term return (10-12%). But he mostly stressed his portfolios’ very low volatility (year after year). Anyone with experience of the markets should have known that it is possible for a very good manager to exceed the net performance of the market over the long term, but not without volatility or cyclicality.

Nevertheless, many investors who were aware of that reality closed their eyes. Some chose to believe that Madoff had a magical “formula”; others thought that they belonged to a favored group of clients whose portfolios took advantage of Madoff’s market-making activities and advance knowledge of pending brokerage orders to engage in “front-running.” Of course, this would have been illegal, but when someone else takes the risk and you can claim ignorance, the border between greed and ethics becomes blurry.

Another factor assisting Madoff’s scheme was that he chose to report reasonably steady returns. A few family offices staffed with experienced investment professionals smelled something “fishy” and passed on the tempting opportunity. But many asset allocators and performance consultants, who equate volatility and risk, liked the steadiness of the reported results and failed to smell the rotten fish. At best, these consultants advised not to overweight the Madoff investment for the sake of portfolio diversification.

These professional statisticians and accountants analyze in great detail a portfolio’s performance numbers but fail to fully take into account the narrative of how and why this performance was achieved. The Madoff problem was the numbers looked good but were fabricated. No securities had ever been purchased for clients and the firm’s back office consisted of a sophisticated system for creating false reports. This situation harks back to Prof. Aswath Damodaran’s argument, summarized in my last paper: Of stories and numbers – Investing with Both Sides of the Brain (http://www.sicartassociates.com/of-stories-and-numbers/). And the main lesson of the Madoff swindle is that before you rate a performance on the numbers, you must understand how exactly that performance was achieved.

Enron: “the smartest guys in the room”

Enron was founded in 1985 by the merger of two medium-sized regional energy companies. By 2001, after a string of acquisitions and new ventures, Enron employed approximately 20,000 staff and was one of the world’s major electricity, natural gas and communication companies. Between 1995 and 2000, the company reported an increase in sales from $13 billion to $100 billion and Fortune called Enron “America’s Most Innovative Company” six years in a row. Not surprisingly, it became a very popular growth stock.

Yet it was not quite clear how the profits and balance-sheet figures had progressed over the same period. As bad news started to surface, an October 25, 2001 article in Slate.com referred to “the maddening opacity of certain aspects of Enron’s financial dealings… It’s not that someone has found, or even claimed knowledge of, some smoking gun—it’s that no one even seems certain how to look for such a thing.” Two years later, Fortune reporters Bethany McLean and Peter Elkind chronicled the Enron saga in a book, The Smartest Guys in the Room: The Amazing Rise and Scandalous Fall of Enron (2003, Penguin Group). It not only revealed more details about the continuous deceptions and the extent and complexity of the fraud perpetrated by management: it also displayed the contempt of Enron’s “smartest guys in the room” for mere bankers, accountants and financial analysts.

When one financial analyst complained, during a 2001 public conference call, that Enron was the only company that could not release a balance sheet along with its earnings statements, CEO Jeffrey Skilling replied: “Well, thank you very much, we appreciate that . . . asshole.”

During August 2000, Enron’s stock price had attained its greatest value of $90.56. By the end of 2001, as details of the scandal had begun to emerge, the stock price had fallen to almost zero and the company filed for bankruptcy.

“In the wake of Enron’s downfall, federal investigators discovered evidence of corporate arrogance, greed, and fraud of an unprecedented level.” (famous-trials.com, Prof. Douglas O. Linder)

It would be long and laborious to enumerate all of Enron’s deceptive techniques during their scandalous journey, but the following two paragraphs constitute fairly good snapshots:

“Enron used a variety of deceptive, bewildering, and fraudulent accounting practices and tactics to cover its fraud… Special Purpose Entities were created to mask significant liabilities from Enron’s financial statements. These entities made Enron seem more profitable than it actually was, and created a dangerous spiral in which, each quarter, corporate officers would have to perform more and more financial deception to create the illusion of billions of dollars in profit while the company was actually losing money. This practice increased their stock price to new levels, at which point the executives began to work on insider information and trade millions of dollars’ worth of Enron stock. The executives and insiders at Enron knew about the offshore accounts that were hiding losses for the company; however, the investors knew nothing of this.” (coursehero.com – Enron)

“Senator Phil Gramm, husband of Enron Board member Wendy Gramm and also the second largest recipient of campaign contributions from Enron, succeeded in legislating California’s energy commodity trading deregulation during December 2000… Because of Enron’s new, unregulated power auction, the company’s ‘Wholesale Services’ revenues quadrupled — from $12 billion in the first quarter of 2000 to $48.4 billion in the first quarter of 2001. After passage of the deregulation law, California had a total of 38 Stage 3 rolling blackouts declared, until federal regulators intervened during June 2001… Subsequently, Enron traders were revealed as intentionally encouraging the removal of power from the market during California’s energy crisis by encouraging suppliers to shut down plants to perform unnecessary maintenance…  This scattered supply increased the price, and Enron traders were thus able to sell power at premium prices, sometimes up to a factor of 20x its normal peak value.” (www.citizen.org)

During the heydays of Enron’s popularity, under pressure from young clients, two of my former partners, both highly knowledgeable about the energy industry, went to visit the company – not just once, but twice. Their joint conclusion: “We don’t understand how they are doing it.” Thanks to the courage it took to say: “We don’t understand,” we never bought the stock.

LTCM: The Prestige of Experts and Sheepishness of Investors

Bullying financial analysts and patronizing portfolio managers is not the only way to intimidate wavering investors. Another, subtler and more sociable one is to surround oneself with presumably undisputable “experts.”

Long-Term Capital Management (LTCM) was founded in 1994 by John W. Meriwether, the former vice-chairman and head of bond trading at Salomon Brothers. Members of LTCM’s board of directors included Myron S. Scholes and Robert C. Merton, who shared the 1997 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences for a “new method to determine the value of derivatives.” For good measure, Meriwether had also attracted some of the star traders from Salomon Brothers to his new firm.

The LTCM team constructed models that calculated what the relative prices of securities should be across nations and asset classes. Its strategy was then to exploit deviations of actual prices from these theoretical relationships, on the assumption that market and theoretical prices would eventually converge. The company was initially involved principally in fixed income: US Treasuries, Japanese Government Bonds, UK Gilts, Italian BTPs, and Latin American debt. Because valuation discrepancies in these kinds of trades are small, LTCM used leverage to create a portfolio that could generate high returns.

LTCM began trading in February 1994, after raising just over $1 billion in capital. Investment performance in the first few years was spectacular and, at the beginning of 1998, the firm had equity of $4.7 billion. It had borrowed over $124.5 billion, for total assets of $129 billion and a debt-to-equity ratio of over 25 to 1. [It also had off-balance sheet derivative positions with the potential to control approximately $1.25 trillion of assets.] As their capital base grew, LTCM had to develop new strategies in markets outside of fixed income, and by 1998, the company had accumulated extremely large positions in areas such as merger arbitrage (betting on the outcome of mergers) and S&P 500 options

Meanwhile, the lingering effects of the 1997 Asian crisis continued to influence asset markets towards risk aversion, especially regarding those markets heavily dependent on international capital flows. In May and June 1998, returns from the fund were -6.4% and -10.1% respectively. This trend was further aggravated by Salomon Brothers’ exit from the arbitrage business in July 1998. Because the Salomon arbitrage group had been following strategies similar to those pursued by LTCM, the liquidation of the Salomon portfolio had the effect of depressing the prices of the securities owned by LTCM. Such losses further increased when the Russian government defaulted on their domestic local currency bonds in August and September 1998. A flight to quality and liquidity ensued, bidding up the prices of the most liquid and benchmark securities of which LTCM was short, and depressing the price of the less liquid securities that they owned. By the end of August, the fund had lost $1.85 billion in capital.

Finally, because the copy-cat trading desks of many major banks also held some similar trades, the divergence from fair value was increased (instead of narrowing), as these other positions were also liquidated. LTCM was forced to liquidate a number of its positions at a highly unfavorable moment and suffer further losses. In the first three weeks of September, LTCM’s equity tumbled from $2.3 billion to a mere $400 million. With liabilities still over $100 billion, this translated to an effective leverage ratio of more than 250-to-1.

Long-Term Capital Management did business with nearly everyone important on Wall Street. As its troubles intensified, bankers and authorities feared a chain reaction and catastrophic losses throughout the financial system. After a proposed buyout of the fund’s partners by Berkshire Hathaway, AIG and Goldman Sachs could not be worked out, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York organized a bailout of $3.6 billion by the major creditors to avoid a wider collapse in the financial markets.

The lesson to be drawn from the LTCM crisis is that you have not made or lost money on an investment until you sell it. Whenever a position which has been successful on paper becomes so large as to threaten market liquidity, the main question for investors who need to realize their gains or cut their losses becomes: “Sell to whom?”

Bitcoins, Genomes and The Limits of Adventure

Recently, some clients have inquired about the wisdom of investing in bitcoins. The answer is fairly simple. The bitcoin purports to be an alternative to existing currencies but so far it has only proven to be much more volatile than most currencies.

Currencies exist to facilitate the transaction of business. Let’s suppose I am a farmer selling 1000 hogs for 110 bitcoins, which is worth around US $29,700 as I write this. But in a matter of days, the volatile bitcoin could very well go from $ 2,700 today back to $1,940, where it was only two weeks ago, which means that my sale proceeds would be worth only US $21,300 – almost 30% less than I thought!  Presumably, my costs (feed, farm and equipment rental, transport, labor, etc.) are all in dollars. I doubt that farmers have 30% margins to cover that almost-instant depreciation in their revenues. In fact, to my knowledge, only money laundering can withstand that kind of volatility and this may be where bitcoins belong.

It is possible that the blockchain, a type of database that underlies bitcoins and other cryptocurrencies, has many other potential applications (medical records, identity management, transaction processing, etc.) Unfortunately, it appears that, besides universities, most organizations doing the research on blockchains are either potential large users such as accounting firms, banks and insurance companies or very large corporations, so that buying their shares today for the blockchain exposure would be like buying a sandwich for the mustard.

Technologies that we do not understand, no matter how promising, offer no clear paths to financial success. On the other hand, another area we cannot claim to understand well is the biotechnology industry. And yet, in apparent contradiction to our own advice, we have invested in it.

The Human Genome Project (HGP) – an international research effort launched in 1988 by a special committee of the U.S. National Academy of Sciences — was completed in April 2003 and until then, for many, biotech’s promises remained largely in the domain of science fiction. The project sorted (sequenced) and mapped all of the genes present in members of our species, Homo sapiens, and gave us the ability, for the first time, to read nature’s complete genetic blueprint for building a human being.

Merriam-Webster defines biotechnology as the manipulation (through genetic engineering) of living organisms or their components to produce, among other products, novel pharmaceuticals. This non-traditional approach to drug development did not easily integrate into the chemically-focused research of the established pharmaceutical companies. A few pioneers like Genentech were born in the mid-1970s but the completion of the Human Genome Project thirty years later clearly launched a new era for drug research and discovery and gave birth to a new industry, on a scale that we at Sicart could not ignore.

But how could we select potential stock market winners in an industry that already counts more than 11,000 firms in the United States alone, as well as several thousand more in Europe and Asia? (2015 OECD report on biotechnology) To complicate things, most of these firms are still privately held and have no earnings nor, sometimes, revenues.

One early realization for us was that, with thousands of biologists and doctors directly employed in biotech research, the bio-geniuses were more likely to be in the lab than in Wall Street. Though it had become fashionable for financial firms to employ PhDs in biology and medicine, analysts with such diplomas were no more likely than biologists in the industry to guess which drugs would be successful.

As it turns out discovery, in fundamental research, is basically a random outcome, and no one can predict with assurance which company will discover or engineer a winning molecule. It could well be one of the smaller participants in the industry, whereas the biotech indexes tracked by most mutual funds and Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) are capitalization-weighted and trade mostly in line with the few largest companies in the sector.

Fortunately, we uncovered a biotech ETF which was almost unweighted, i.e. where most companies had a similar weight in the portfolio, regardless of their size. If a small company made an important discovery, this fund would significantly outperform traditional indexes of the sector. This was our first investment foray into biotechnology.

Later, thanks to our network of knowledgeable friends and colleagues, we identified two companies which already had some income or cash flow, and underleveraged balance sheets. These conditions would allow us to be patient while earnings rose enough, in a few years, to justify a value rationale for their purchase.

One company is developing drugs that attach themselves to strands of RNA in order to prevent them from producing disease-causing proteins. Although we have no way personally to judge the validity of that approach, we were impressed that the company had nearly 40 pipeline drugs under development, principally financed by a number of prestigious pharmaceutical partners – who presumably have some idea of what they are doing. Although the company had not yet established a steady royalty stream from products successfully commercialized by its partners, the somewhat irregular payments from various licensing fees and from reaching various research milestones had been sufficient to finance its research without the need for dilutive financings. It was easy to imagine how the success of a number of research projects, while not guaranteed, could justify in a few years a valuation well beyond today’s.

The other company’s specialty is making small, cheap and fast diagnostic devices to detect infections such as HIV, Hepatitis C, Ebola, and Zika.  Tests already in use allow for financial independence and future growth without costly outside financing. But, as the biotech revolution progresses, the pricing of expensive cures will eventually drop and governments will likely decide to eradicate some major global plagues. This will create new growth opportunities for wide-scale genetic testing. Hence, this company promises to be a safe, derivative way to benefit from the emerging golden age of biotech without betting on specific drug developments.

Conclusion

Traditional value investors cannot completely ignore the emergence of new industries and activities that are less tangible but knowledge-heavy. On the other hand, these new activities, no matter how promising on a macroeconomic level, will not necessarily engender major stock market winners beyond early speculative flurries. Imagination, selectivity and persistence are all necessary to the discovery of good investments. This is why our quest continues

 François Sicart (August 4, 2017)

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

OF STORIES AND NUMBERS

Participants in the investment markets tend to fall into one of two categories. A growing number engages in a relative performance contest where they essentially compete against each other or against “unmanaged” indexes over relatively short periods of time: one, five or, more rarely, ten years. These short periods are convenient for consultants and marketing staffs but, in our observation, sprinters seldom win marathons. We thus prefer to ignore short- or medium-term market fluctuations and to concentrate on our goal, which is to grow the patrimonies of our client families — along with our own — over multiple cycles and several generations.

As Ben Graham, mentor to Warren Buffett and to some of modern history’s most successful investors, wrote in The Intelligent Investor (Harper & Brothers, 1949), “Investing isn’t about beating others at their game. It’s about controlling yourself at your own game.”

We have already explained our caution toward today’s investment markets and why we currently prefer to hold significant cash reserves — not so much as a protection against the next decline (whenever it finally comes), but rather as dry powder to use when outstanding opportunities arise. Our practice is to buy, perhaps aggressively, at lower prices and when pessimism is rampant.

Meanwhile, our research continues unabated, although it mostly feeds a wish list of purchase candidates (at lower prices) and only occasionally triggers immediate decisions. We are also using this period to constantly fine-tune our selection criteria and our strategic approach, which will be the subject of this letter.

Traditional Value Investing Was Never Truly Long-Term

We have long described our investment discipline as “value, contrarian” but we have also stressed that we are long-term investors – as opposed to shorter-term traders. The main logic behind this choice is that little usually happens in the short term to drastically change a company’s intrinsic value or its fundamental prospects. Mostly, what changes over these shorter time frames is volatility — the mood of the investing crowd and what it is willing to pay for a dollar’s worth of earnings, cash-flow or assets. As Ben Graham used to say, “In the short run, the market is a voting machine but in the long run, it is a weighing machine.” We prefer weighing to counting votes.

Individually, the words value and long-term seem intuitively compatible with a conservative approach. But closer scrutiny may reveal that combining them into a single investment formula constitutes a challenge.

The discipline of a value investor is to buy businesses at a significant discount of their current intrinsic value.

Over time, the main components of a business’ intrinsic value (sales, earnings, cash-flow, net assets) may not grow in a straight line, but they usually do so on a moderately cyclical uptrend. On the other hand, the price of that same business on the stock market’s “voting machine” is largely determined by the pessimism or enthusiasm of the investing crowd, which fluctuates more rapidly and with greater volatility than the fundamentals.

Typically, a stock bought at a significant discount from intrinsic value will thus move from undervalued to fully valued and overvalued, but then, generally, back down the same valuation scale and so forth.

There have been numerous studies, including by Nobel laureate and Yale professor Robert J. Shiller, which illustrate that the higher the premiums of stock prices climb over either historical norms or various valuation criteria, the lower the future returns. It thus makes sense for value investors to sell a stock bought at a discount from its intrinsic value when it goes to a premium. The “long term” thus becomes subject to valuation levels.

Warren Buffet, Berkshire Hathaway’s chairman and perhaps today’s most famous investor, once claimed that: “Our favorite holding period is forever” (Annual Report, 1988). This is easy to say and to practice when you buy an entire company or a controlling interest in it. If you are a smaller value investor, however, the companies you bought at a discount will eventually become attractive to other companies as well. In many cases, the stock will be taken over from you more rapidly and at a profit that will be decent, but smaller than you had hoped for over time. As a result, a successful value portfolio sometimes tends to trade more often than its long-term manager would prefer.

In recent months, such takeovers have happened to us several times, but this is a mixed blessing: it helps our near-term investment results by moderate increments, but it also detracts from more sizeable gains we hoped to realize in the longer term. In addition, it requires us to find undervalued replacements for our portfolios. In periods like the present, when compellingly undervalued stocks are rare, this often winds up increasing our already large cash balance. This outcome may prove a godsend when the markets’ day of reckoning finally arrives, but in the interim it tends to unnerve the impatient, who are always afraid of missing “something.”

Narratives and Growth, Numbers and Value

Narrative and Numbers, a new book by NYU Professor Aswath Damodaran (Columbia University Press, 2017) deals with the importance of numbers but also of the narrative in business and investment decisions. Interpreting both forms of information is essential, but both can be misleading. Furthermore, the skills to decode them often belong to very different people, which makes it difficult to approach an unbiased, uniform truth.

Still, Prof. Damodaran, an expert in finance and business valuation, argues for an approach where a business narrative is favored (for understanding) but strictly contained by numbers (to avoid self-deception and wishful thinking).

Reading his book reminded me of the age-long feud between value and growth investors.

Value investing is almost entirely about numbers: figuring what a company is worth and trying to buy its shares at a discount from that value, which also implies a contrarian bias. “Value investing is at its core the marriage of a contrarian streak and a calculator,” says Seth Klarman of the Baupost Group, one of the most successful investors of recent decades.

As a numbers-based discipline, value investing deals principally with the present and carefully stays clear of forecasts and projections into the future.

The least famous of the star investors, Walter Schloss (with his son Edwin) achieved a spectacular record over 41 years, beating the market from 1956 to 1997 by 20% vs. 11% annually (*). Most of their research was done from company annual reports. Indeed, Schloss put little faith in earnings estimates or the guidance of management and avoided contacting companies before investing. The key to successful investing, he maintained, is to properly value a company’s assets, since companies can easily manipulate earnings through accounting adjustments. (*Wall Street on Sale, Timothy P. Vick, McGraw-Hill, 1998)

Qualitatively, then, traditional value investing mostly relies on the credibility of a company’s numbers.

Growth investing, at the opposite, is mostly about narrative. One looks at a company’s past record, to get an idea of the business’s strengths and weaknesses as well as of management’s skills, but also to extrapolate an estimate of future growth in sales and profits.

If the past record of growth in sales, earnings and cash flow is superior, the future for the company’s business drivers looks favorable, and the quality of management promises continued superior growth and profitability, an investor does not have to buy shares at a discount from current intrinsic value: he or she can simply wait for the intrinsic value to grow.

Dean LeBaron, a pioneer of quantitative investing explains, “Growth investing tends to be based more on qualitative judgments about the kind of companies that will offer remarkable growth rates and exceptional returns… It [is] presumed that companies with a past record of growth in revenues and earnings [have] the momentum to carry them into the future. And they have to go farther into the future or at greater rates of growth than the market had already accorded in its discounting through current prices.”

He also quotes T. Rowe Price, who first set out the principles of growth stock valuation in the 1930s: “Growth stocks can be defined as shares in business enterprises that have demonstrated favorable underlying long-term growth in earnings and that, after careful research study, give indications of continued secular growth in the future.”  (Dean LeBaron’s Treasury of Investment Income, John Wiley & Sons, 2002)

 Self-Confidence, Dreams and Hubris

During the 1960s, Charlie Munger worked hard to convince his compadre Warren Buffett, until then a staunch practitioner of the Ben Graham school of value investing, to look for quality first rather than to seek out deep value.

Buying cheap, “cigar-butt” stocks, as advised by Graham, “was a snare and a delusion, and it would never work with the kinds of sums of money we have,” Munger recalled in the Wall Street Journal (September 2014). The conversion was sealed when Warren Buffett wrote in Berkshire Hathaway’s 1989 Chairman’s Letter: “It’s far better to buy a wonderful company at a fair price than a fair company at a wonderful price.”

Munger’s long-term logic is compelling: “If [a] business earns 6% on capital over 40 years and you hold it for that 40 years, you’re not going to make much different than a 6% return—even if you originally buy it at a huge discount. Conversely, if a business earns 18% on capital over 20 or 30 years, even if you pay an expensive-looking price, you’ll end up with a fine result.” (ValueWalk.com 2015)

But one thing that comes across clearly from Munger’s writings and interviews is that he is extremely confident in his own intelligence and judgment. It takes a lot of both to “understand a company’s competitive advantage in every aspect — markets, trademarks, products, employees, distribution channels, position relative to trends in society and culture, etc.” (*) and to trust that it will continue to grow and prosper over 40 years. (* Poor Charlie’s Almanack, Peter Kaufman,  Donning Company Publishing 2005)

Not everyone possesses that discernment all the time. For example, many growth investors expend a lot of effort trying to evaluate the quality of a company’s management, but this can be an elusive and volatile notion, as I was taught by two personal experiences.

In 1969, my first assignment as a young analyst was to write a report on American Metal Climax (AMAX), a leading molybdenum and non-ferrous metals producer. Over several weeks, I got all the numbers I could have wanted from the company’s financial comptroller, as well as some useful insights. I also got to meet Ian MacGregor, the company’s chairman. By the time I submitted my report to the senior partners, I knew most of what there was to know about the company. In fact, when AMAX’s copper mines in Zambia were nationalized, I knew instantly how many kwachas per share this would cost the company!

When I recommended AMAX (*) as a contrarian, value investment, however, several partners objected that it did not have the reputation of a well-managed company. Then in the following couple of years the price of copper doubled and MacGregor’s leadership was widely recognized.  It is said that, for investors, genius is a bull market. It could be said that in the corporate world, it is rising product prices that turn corporate managers into “geniuses.”  * In 1993, AMAX merged into the Cyprus Minerals Company which, following subsequent mergers, is no longer listed.

Some years later, Philip Fisher, viewed by some as the “pope” of growth investing, invited me to visit a California company with him. Fisher famously paid more attention to the quality of people, products, and policies of firms than to their past financial numbers. “After reading financial reports, he gathers background information about his purchase candidate. He speaks by phone or in person with customers, suppliers, competitors, and others knowledgeable about the company. Then, if the company is worthy of further consideration, he meets with the firm’s top executives and questions them about their businesses.” (Nikki Ross, Lessons from the Legends of Wall Street, Dearborn Trade, 2000).

I certainly can vouch for Philip Fisher’s investigative thoroughness and keen understanding of the businesses he analyzed. In spite of this, however, the subsequent performance of the company we visited together was disappointing. This does not detract from Fisher’s well-deserved reputation as an outstanding analyst or from his investment record: it just goes to prove that qualitative judgments about corporate managements are iffy.

Reconciling Numbers and Narrative, Growth and Value

We live in an era when Adam Smith’s “creative destruction” has intensified. Increasingly, the way to measure productivity and success in traditional industries such as metals, chemicals, manufacturing or economic sectors such as services and retail, is becoming irrelevant to newer, more immaterial, even virtual businesses that are replacing them.

It is difficult to fathom the future value of “disruptive” businesses when they have little or no current profit and the size of the markets they can eventually capture from older competitors is still speculative. Yet it is difficult to ignore that biotechnology companies, Amazon, Google, Uber, Facebook, TripAdvisor, Netflix and the like are transforming the investment landscape. How do we adapt our research universe to include these new entrants without abandoning our value, contrarian discipline?

I think one error would be to try and apply our traditional value criteria to the new growth industries, which typically are asset-light and intellectual-property- or know-how-heavy. But another error would be relying only on these companies’ narratives and on the “alternative” accounting data they often adopt.

We have elected to treat the two universes separately: One is well-suited for traditional accounting and analytical criteria and another is more suited for the narrative and imagination, though we try to make an educated guess about credible numbers.

In both universes, we enjoy an advantage over the majority of investors: the luxury of having a longer time horizon. Most financial analysts and portfolio managers look at corporate results on a one-year horizon, two years at most. This is dictated by clients, boards, trustees and consultants, who scrutinize performance over short periods ranging from quarterly to annual. We, on the other hand, are willing to make educated but considered guesses about sales, earnings and valuation two or more years out.

For the “narrative” part of our universe, even though precise estimates would be an illusion, we make every effort to envision all possibilities five years out or more, and then weigh the risk of loss against the profit potential of our various scenarios.

As we do this, we try to keep in mind the admonition of Peter Lynch, legendary manager of the once-spectacularly successful Magellan Fund. Lynch warned that that there are two ways investors can fake themselves out of the big returns that come from great growth companies:

“The first is waiting to buy the stock when it looks cheap… The second is to underestimate how long a great growth company can keep up the pace.” Both mistakes are easy to make, but Lynch had a reliable sell signal: “If 40 Wall Street analysts are giving the stock their highest recommendation, 60 percent of the shares are held by institutions, and three national magazines have fawned over the CEO, then it’s definitely time to think about selling.” (One Up on Wall Street, Penguin Books, 1989)

This is why both our value selections and our growth ventures will continue to have a contrarian bias.

François Sicart

July 15, 2017

 

Disclosure:

This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

DANGER FOR THE 20%

According to Bloomberg.com, a luxury condo on “Billionaires’ Row,” across the street from our office, is scheduled for a July foreclosure auction that might be the biggest in New York City residential history.

A shell company bought the condo in December 2014 for $50.9 million and took out a $35.3 million mortgage from a Luxembourg private bank in September 2015. Since the loan was not repaid one year later, when it was due, the bank is forcing a sale to recoup the funds, plus interest.

This news brings a few remarks to mind:

First and foremost, I am reminded of the high risk of investing with borrowed money. If our unfortunate billionaire across the street cannot sell his condo for more than $35.3 million dollars (and who can assess the true worth of a condo?), he will have lost his entire investment.

Second, people like us might have thought that we were comparatively rich – even part of the fabled “one percent.” But we are nowhere near the really rich who can afford the condos on “Billionaires’ Row.” These truly wealthy individuals are often foreigners. Some are American entrepreneurs who recently floated their startups on the stock market, others are those entrepreneurs’ investment bankers or and a few finance-related operators who have closed a major deal or received an exceptionally large special bonus. No one whose lifestyle depends on a salary or another traditional form of income can join the club of the truly rich.

My third point, however, is that the last eight years have been characterized by a steady upward run in stock and bond prices. As a result, (and this is often overlooked), life has been surprisingly comfortable for the relatively small segment of the population that directly owns investment portfolios.

Who are we, the investors?

In “The Dwindling Taxable Share of U.S. Corporate Stock” (taxpolicycenter.org, May 16, 2016), Steven Rosenthal and Lydia Austin reckon that there is $22.8 trillion in stock outstanding in the USA. (1)

Of this total, retirement accounts such as IRAs and pension plans own roughly 37%. Since most of these tax-deferred accounts will not be spent until retirement, I assume that they do not affect Americans’ perception of their current standard of living.

Meanwhile, the authors find that the amount of stock directly owned by individual investors (including taxable funds) has dropped from 80% in 1965 to only about 25% in 2015.

The danger is that the shrinking minority of investment-portfolio owners is increasingly viewed by today’s voters as a privileged elite not representative of the overall electorate.

Future elections may not favor investors

A majority of Americans in the lower income brackets admire high-earnings sports and entertainment stars, as well as ultra-rich business moguls. This was illustrated most recently by the election of Donald Trump to the U.S. presidency.

However, while the visibly, even ostensibly very rich do not seem to attract popular resentment, the story may be different for the merely rich.

NPR’s Steve Inskeep recently reviewed a new book, Dream Hoarders, by Richard Reeves, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution. The author argues that the top 20 percent of Americans — those with six-figure incomes and above — dominate the best schools, live in the best-located homes and pass on the best futures to their kids:

“We protect our neighborhoods, we hoard housing wealth, we also monopolize selective higher education and then we hand out internships and work opportunities on the basis of the social network.”

According to Reeves, the American upper-middle class is essentially “hoarding the American dream.”

The perception is that the American upper-middle class is making out pretty well from current trends and that it is increasingly detached – occupationally, residentially, educationally and economically — from the rest of society. The fact that its members are not only separate but unaware of the degree to which the system works in their favor strikes Reeves “as one of the most dangerous political facts of our time.”

This is why, although the world’s economic and financial situation has remained worrisome for most, investors should not forget that they have had it pretty good for the eight years since the last financial crisis and so-called “Great Recession.” My partner Bogumil Baranowski reminds me that the net worth of U.S. households fell from a pre-recession peak of $67 trillion to $54 trillion in the midst of the recession, only to recover to $95 trillion today. This adds up to $40 trillion wealth creation from real estate and securities in the past eight years, mostly for the benefit of the upper middle-class.

A Judeo-Christian view of the stock market

My father, who was anything but a religious person, nevertheless taught me that, eventually, we are all rewarded or punished for our actions.

In most cultures, the bad deeds are fairly easy to recognize and are usually explicitly identified by laws or rules of good conduct. But even if we personally stay out of trouble, we may be guilty “by inaction” — allowing other individuals or groups to misbehave, out of complacency, moral myopia or mere denial. In the Judeo-Christian tradition, this complacency is complicated by the notion of guilt – in particular when you allow dubious things to happen that you might subconsciously enjoy or benefit from.

Maybe it is my heritage, or simply my innate contrarian bias, but I also always feel that when things go too well in the economy or the stock market, we do not fully deserve these good times, and we ultimately will have to pay for them.

Currently, the length of the global stock markets’ advances since 2009 puts me on alert, along with:

–the excesses I observe in debt use

–financial risk acceptance under the umbrella of record-low interest rates

–central bank inflationary or bubble-creating policies

–historically-high asset price valuations

–and finally, the complacency of most investors toward these excesses, which make me think, “Beware the day of reckoning!”

ASSETS DECOUPLING FROM INCOME SIGNAL FINANCIAL DANGER

Danger 1

Source: Bloomberg, TCW.

Investing like ostriches

Ostrich syndrome: “Denying or refusing to acknowledge something that is blatantly obvious as if your head were in the sand like an ostrich” (urbandictionary.com). This definition could be a Wall Street sage’s description of current investor sentiment.

One way to play the ostrich is to rationalize whatever the markets do, in an attempt to make it look logical and credible.

The Fed Model promoted by former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan basically states that when the earnings yield on stocks (earnings divided by price) is higher than the yield on Treasury bonds, you should own stocks. Many of today’s rationalizers use versions of this model to argue that investors should disregard current overvaluations and continue to chase stocks up, because interest rates are historically extra-low (in fact, negative in some countries).

In a 2003 critique of the Fed Model, Cliff Asness, a founder of AQR Capital Management and pioneer of quantitative asset management, criticizes pundits who illustrate (with a graph or a table) that P/Es and interest rates move together, and who then jump to the conclusion that they have proven that these measures should move together. In this view, which Asness challenges,  investors are thus safe buying stocks at a very high market P/E when nom­inal interest rates are low.

Separately, economist Lance Roberts illustrates that what these pundits really should say is that it WAS a good time to buy stocks ten years ago (May 18, 2017 post, realinvestmentadvice.com). As shown in the chart below, which compares earnings yield (E/P: inverse of the P/E ratio) to following 10-year real returns, when the earnings yield has been near current levels, the return over the following 10-years has been quite dismal.

Danger 2

Source: Real Investment Advice.

For my part, I will just point out that, yes, interest rates have been declining for almost 40 years and are now near all-time lows. But in a cyclical world, low interest rates today foreshadow rising rates in the future.

Reformed Pundits

Even some of the pundits are beginning to worry about prevailing investor complacency. Rob Arnott is the founder and chairman of Research Affiliates. He has pioneered several modern portfolio strategies that are now widely applied, including tactical asset allocation, global tactical asset allocation, and the Fundamental Index approach to investing. With regard to Smart Beta, one of the most fashionable quantitative investment disciplines of recent years, the Research Affiliates website even claims that: “Clearly, Research Affiliates was offering investors smart beta strategies long before the term smart beta even existed.”

In February 2016, however, Arnott published with three  colleagues a new paper: “How Can Smart Beta Go Horribly Wrong?”

The authors propose that the reassuring message of smart beta proliferators has two primary and interrelated flaws:

First, many of these… claims are based on a 10 to 15-year backtest that won’t cover more than a couple of market cycles. Second, such a short time span is very vulnerable to distortion from changing valuations. Our analysis shows that valuation has been a large driver of smart beta returns over the short and even long term. How much can we reasonably expect in future returns from these factors and strategies, net of valuation change?

Generally speaking, normal factor returns, net of changes in valuation levels, are much lower than recent returns suggest… If rising valuation levels account for most of a factor’s historical excess return, that excess return may not be sustainable in the future; indeed, our evidence suggests that mean reversion could wreak havoc in the world of smart beta. Many practitioners and their clients will not feel particularly “smart” if this forecast comes to pass.

 Risk myopia

Michael Lewis’ Liar’s Poker (WW Norton & Company, 1989) is considered one of the books that defined Wall Street during the 1980s. The book is a semi-autobiographic, unflattering portrayal of Wall Street traders and salesmen, their personalities, their work practices and their ethics. However, six months after Liar’s Poker was published, Lewis reports finding himself “knee-deep in letters from students at Ohio State University who wanted to know if I had any other secrets to share about Wall Street. They’d read my book as a how-to manual” (Prologue to The Big Short 2010 – W.W. Norton & Co.)

Obviously, not everyone on Wall Street is crooked or unethical. But there is little doubt that, knowingly or not, many of its influential leaders and innovators are prone to take outsized risks with other people’s money. And, since “other people” is us, we owe it to ourselves to avoid playing the ostriches.

As early as March 26, 2014 Bloomberg.com quoted investor Seth Klarman as saying: “Giddy investors are living an existence where, on the surface, everything seems idyllic. In reality, the manufactured calm — thanks to the free-money policies of Ben Bernanke, Janet Yellen and Mario Draghi — anesthetizes us to the looming trouble. The longer QE continues, the more bloated the Fed balance sheet and the greater the risk from any unwinding.”

This is a stark reminder of economy professor Hyman Minsky’s warning that financial crises tend to arise naturally (without a necessary outside trigger) when a long period of stability and complacency eventually leads to the buildup of excess debt and overleveraging.

Danger 3

Source: Abbas and others 2010: Bank of International Settlements; Dealogic, IMF, OECD.

To try and quantify the stock market risk, I turn to John Hussman, in the Hussman Funds letter of June 26, 2017:

On the basis of the most reliable valuation measures we identify (those most tightly correlated with actual subsequent 10-12-year S&P 500 total returns), current market valuations stand about 140-165% above historical norms. No market cycle in history, even those prior to the mid-1960s when interest rates were similarly low, has failed to bring valuations within 25% of these norms, or lower, over the completion of the market cycle. On a 12-year horizon, we project likely S&P 500 nominal total returns averaging close to zero, with the likelihood of an interim market loss on the order of 50-60% over the completion of the current cycle.

Granted, Hussman has been cautious-to-negative about the stock market long enough to acquire the identity of a perma-bear. But he is also one of the experts who has thoroughly studied the correlation between various levels of stock market valuations and future multi-year returns.

We cannot forecast the timing of the next “Minsky moment” but we should keep in mind that, based on history, it could be painful.

François Sicart

6/27/2017

 

  1. Not including U.S. ownership of foreign stock and stock owned by “pass-through entities” such as exchange-traded funds.

 

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A CAREER, A FRIENDSHIP AND A MORAL TALE IN MEMORIAM of MRS. B

Financial institutions like to claim that they always put their clients’ interests before their own — or at least on par with them. Real life shows us scant evidence of that claim. Truth be told, it is hard to sustain a money-management firm as a business (rather than as a professional practice, which used to be the model) without running into conflicts between your clients’ interests and your own.

I deeply believe that resolving those conflicts of interest with probity is key           to building a successful practice over time, and I have at least one compelling example to help me remind young colleagues that probity pays.

Last weekend, I learned from one of her sons that one of my oldest clients had passed away. Mrs. B. had followed me with unshakable loyalty and friendship through most of my professional life. The milestones of my career paralleled those of her growing family.

In the 1970s, Mrs. B.’s husband and his family owned a well-known business. Tucker Anthony, which I recently had joined as the Senior Partner’s assistant, managed its pension fund.

Prior to joining Tucker Anthony, my boss had been a partner in a small firm whose three other members had been stock market investors since before the 1930s Great Depression. Those men had not only survived the Depression financially — they had all become quite rich. One of them was Walter Mewing, a great value investor in the Ben Graham tradition, who had initially started as a messenger boy on Wall Street.

Not long after my joining Tucker Anthony, the B. Company entered into an agreement to be acquired by a larger and more aggressive company.

Walter Mewing, by then retired, nevertheless shared with us his concern that the acquiring company might raid the pension fund of the B. Company which, thanks to many years of successful investment, had become significantly over-funded. Such a raid would clearly be to the detriment of the fund’s existing beneficiaries –the company’s employees. On Mr. Mewing’s advice, and with Mr. B’s approval, we at Tucker Anthony decided to liquidate the pension portfolio and buy annuities for each one of the employees.

As a result, we lost one of our largest accounts. But doing the right thing, while financially expensive, proved highly rewarding morally — and eventually financially as well.

We did retain a few, much smaller accounts for the B. family. The friendship and loyalty continued over the years.

Then, in the late 1990s, after declining for more than 15 years, the price of oil started rising in earnest. Unbeknownst to us, Mrs. B.’s. father-in-law had accumulated a large number of small oil royalties – presumably in the 1950s and 1960s. After insignificant payouts during the long years of depressed oil prices, these royalties began to steadily boost the family’s income over the last twenty years.

This allowed Mrs. B., who had become the family’s financial steward even before her husband’s death, to engineer wise patrimonial distributions to her many heirs. By the time she died, she had opened twenty accounts for her children, grand-children and great-grand-children. The family again became one of our large clients.

This episode reinforced my conviction that even in the notorious jungle we call Wall Street, doing the right thing has its rewards. As to Mrs. B., I will never forget her loyalty and friendship, nor the astuteness with which she steered her family’s affairs.

François Sicart

May 16, 2017

 Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

OBSOLETE ECONOMIC STATISTICS, CONFUSED POLICY MAKERS: HOW SHOULD INVESTORS NAVIGATE THE MINEFIELD?

In a previous paper (http://sicartassociates.com/would-the-real-economy-please-stand-up/), I argued that policy makers are being increasingly misled by statistics that were created to measure the 20th-century industrial economy. Our more virtual, 21st-century economy is hard to capture with such obsolete methods.  I concluded with a question, which I promised to answer in a forthcoming paper:

“Faced with contradictory indicators that seem to be confusing policy makers, what should investors do?”

My intuitive answer to such a question would be: “Nothing special.” Many observers, ourselves included, believe that there is little usable correlation between the growth of economies and their stock markets’ performances.

Economy and Stock Market: A Very Independent Relationship

Renowned economist and 1970 Nobel Prize winner Paul Samuelson famously quipped that: “The stock market has called nine of the past five recessions.”

Indeed, the correspondence between the strength of a stock market and the health of its economy is not what the public generally assumes. One of the best-known studies on the subject was done by Elroy Dimson, Paul Marsh and Mike Staunton at the London Business School in 2005. They examined 17 countries over more than 100 years and actually found a negative correlation between investment returns and growth in GDP (Gross Domestic Product) per capita:

“Historically, buying into equity markets with a high GDP growth rate has given a return that is below the return of markets with a low GDP growth rate. There is no apparent relationship between equity returns and GDP growth.” (Global Investment Returns Yearbook, 2005)

More recently, according to the New York Times (“The Economy and Stocks: A Big Disconnect” 12/16/12), the Vanguard Group looked at equities’ returns going back to 1926. They examined the predictive power of important variables such as price-to-earnings (P/E) ratios, growth in GDP and corporate profits, past stock market returns, dividend yields, interest rates on 10-year Treasury securities, and government debt as a percentage of GDP. Their conclusion was that “none of these factors come remotely close to forecasting accurately how stocks will perform in the coming year”.

“Even over a 10-year time horizon, considered by many investors to be long term, only P/E ratios had a meaningful predictive quality.”

With a narrower focus on just the US market, Crestmont Research compared GDP growth and the change in the Dow Jones Industrial Average (without dividends) decade by decade and also for selected secular bull and bear cycles through 2015.

The disconnect between economic growth and stock market performance is inescapable.

1

Source: Crestmont Research

Looking for Wisdom Outside of Economics

Early in my career, an economist at the US Federal Reserve consulted me about opening an account with my firm, Tucker Anthony, because she realized that “economists usually do a poor job of managing their own investment accounts.” The same realization may explain why the 2002 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences was awarded to Daniel Kahneman — a psychologist!

I have long been fascinated by the relatively new discipline of behavioral finance, also popularized by researchers such as Richard H. Thaler (Misbehaving: The Making of Behavioral Economics, 2015) and Robert J. Shiller, another Nobel laureate (Irrational Exuberance, 2000). Kahneman’s book (Thinking Fast and Slow, 2011) on the psychology of judgment and decision-making is full of profound and entertaining insights, including many about investing. For instance:

Hindsight, the ability to explain the past, gives us the illusion that the world is understandable… We should accept the world is incomprehensible much of the time… You can protect against certain scenarios better than you can predict them.

Many individual investors lose consistently by trading — an achievement that a  dart-throwing chimp could not match…

Unfortunately, Prof. Kahneman is not impressed by the competence of investment managers either:

For a large majority of fund managers, the selection of stocks is more like rolling dice than like playing poker.

There are domains in which expertise is not possible. Stock picking is a good example. (Time Magazine – 11/28/11).

It is wrong to blame anyone for failing to forecast accurately in an unpredictable world. However, it seems fair to blame professionals for believing they can succeed in an impossible task.

Some Investors, Including Professionals, Consistently Fail to Perform

It is no secret that most professional investment managers fail to equal the performance of their benchmark indices and that many individual investors actually lose money over long periods. Performance-measurement firm DALBAR tracks mutual fund purchases and redemptions by investors to calculate the actual returns earned by these investors, with the following results:

3

The following press extracts also confirm that most investors underperform the main stock market indices over time:

In Europe, 86 per cent of active equity funds failed to beat their benchmarks over the past decade, according to S&P’s analysis of the performance after fees of 25,000 active funds. (Financial Times – 3/20/16)

According to S&P Dow Jones Indices, 82% of large-cap funds generated lower returns than the S&P 500 in the latest 10 years.  (USA TODAY– 3/14/16)

Despite this evidence, I respectfully disagree with Prof. Kahneman. If a majority of investment managers fails to equal or beat their benchmarks over relevant periods of time, it must mean that a minority does achieve that goal.

Of those, no doubt a few possess exceptional skills that common mortals do not. Their results would be hard to replicate. But I usually try to follow the advice of Warren Buffet and Charlie Munger, which they learned from nineteenth-century mathematician Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi’s advice for solving problems: “Invert, always invert.”

In our case, that inversion means not seeking out popular stocks for their potentially big returns. Instead, we should concentrate on avoiding the mistakes that cause the majority of stock market losses.

What are (some of) those mistakes?

The Mythology of Investment Success Can Be Dangerous to Your Wealth

One common error is viewing the stock market as some magical box that can be unlocked by discovering a secret formula. Another is the belief that the stock market is constantly being manipulated by obscure forces beyond the common man’s control. More routinely, some clients expect their investment advisers to be omniscient, with a special gift for predicting the future.

These attitudes derive from what an early mentor of mine called “the quest for certainty in an uncertain world” – by definition a hopeless endeavor. In fact, one of the first precepts of investing is (or should be) that there is no certainty in investment. This is why we diversify our holdings.

The title of a 2014 book by strategist Ned Davis asks what should count most for investors: Being Right or Making Money?

If the main goal of diversification is to avoid being hurt by rare but unavoidable mistakes, then a useful investment goal would be a good “batting average” rather than a few “home runs.” The batting-average approach seems particularly appropriate to me, because it calls for common-sense discipline and avoids the dangerous tendency to be lured by narrative. One can lose a lot of money on “good companies” or “good stories” if stocks are not bought at the right price. But how to determine the right price?

Dollar Quotes Are Not an Accurate Measure of a Stock’s Popularity

 The stock market is an auction process, i.e. the price of a stock is determined by the bidding tussle between buyers and sellers. In the very long term, it can be argued that stock prices will grow with corporate profits. But over shorter periods of several years, the stock market is volatile and functions, frankly, more like a popularity contest.

To understand this, it is important to realize that the quoted price of company’s stock is meaningless in itself: it only has significance when compared to some fundamental value of the underlying company. For instance, the price/earnings ratio enumerates how much investors are willing to pay for the portion of that company’s earnings accruing to one share of stock. Note that price/earnings ratios give no precise signal to buy or sell a stock. But numerous studies have demonstrated that fluctuations in stock prices are caused more by changes in price/earnings ratios than by changes in earnings alone.

Furthermore, buying stocks at low price/earnings ratios results in better investment gains in the ensuing 10 years or more than buying at higher price/earnings ratios.

For example, Dreman Value Management measured the performance of the 500 largest US companies between 1970 and 2010. Here is what they found:

Including dividends, stocks with the lowest 20% of P/E multiples increased 15.3% annually, while stocks with the highest 20% of P/E multiples increased 8.3% annually, on average. The sample average, which closely tracks the S&P 500 Index, returned 11.7% annually during the same period.

4

When one looks at the compounded returns, the difference is staggering. An investment of $1,000,000 in the lowest P/E group in 1970 and switched annually would have ended up at $327 million at the end of 2010, compared to $26 million for the highest P/E group.

This corroborates our earlier comment: the batting average of investing in stocks with low price/earnings ratios should be better than the batting average of investing in stocks with high price/earnings ratios. And overall, investing in stocks with high price/earnings ratios tends to lower our odds of achieving excellent returns.

Putting Some Horse Sense in Investing

We cannot forget that fluctuations in price/earnings ratios are dictated principally by emotional and psychological factors. This is why, without assimilating it to gambling, stock market investing can in many ways be compared to betting on horse races. Expectations clearly differ from fundamentals when betting on horse races; they also do in the stock market. Michael J. Mauboussin explains, in The Success Equation (2012):

The fundamentals are how fast a horse is likely to run. A handicapper might estimate that based on factors that include the horse’s past finishes, the track condition, the jockey, the distance, and the strength of the field.

The expectations are the odds on the tote board, which can be translated into a subjective probability of a horse’s likelihood of winning…

[But] making money through betting on horses is not at all about predicting which ones will win or lose. It’s about picking the ones with odds—or a price— that fail to reflect their prospects—or value. In other words, [those where] expectations are out of sync with fundamentals.

Being Guided by Price/Earnings Ratios Improves Our Potential Returns

Valuation can help improve the timing of our exposure to the general market as well. In 1988 Harvard economist John Y. Campbell and Yale economist Robert Shiller developed a cyclically-adjusted price-to-earnings ratio (CAPE), which divides the current market price by the average inflation-adjusted profits of the previous 10 years (to attenuate the impact on earnings of the business cycle). Their work showed that for the general market, too, periods of high valuation tend to be followed by years with low returns and are better avoided, while periods of low p/e ratios are more propitious to investment, on a 10-year horizon:

5“It’s in The Price!”

The nature of an auction process is that the more broadly the object offered is desired, the higher its price goes. In the stock market, the better the fundamental story is, and the more widely it is known by the public, the higher the price/earnings ratio will be. This is why the odds of making money get worse as a stock rises: as old pros will warn you, by the time the story about a great company reaches you, it is likely that that story “is already in the stock’s price.”

In The Four Pillars of Investing (2002), William Bernstein reminds us that exciting investments are those that have attracted the most public attention and are thus “over-owned” In other words, their fame has attracted excess investment dollars. This drives up their price, thus lowering future returns:

… purchasing the past five or ten years’ best-performing investment invariably reflects the conventional wisdom, which is usually wrong.

… more times than not, the purchase of last decade’s worst-performing asset is a much better idea.

… In investing, the most exciting assets tend to have the lowest long-term returns, and the dullest ones tend to have the highest.

“Dare to be dull,” Bernstein advises… “A superior portfolio strategy should be intrinsically boring. If you want excitement, take up skydiving or Arctic exploration.”

Hubris, Naiveté and Marketing

In Thinking Fast and Slow, Daniel Kahneman explains why experts always seem so confident:

Experts who acknowledge the full extent of their ignorance may expect to be replaced by more confident competitors… An unbiased appreciation of uncertainty is a cornerstone of rationality—but it is not what people and organizations want. Extreme uncertainty is paralyzing under dangerous circumstances, and the admission that one is merely guessing is especially unacceptable when the stakes are high. Acting on pretended knowledge is often the preferred solution.

Investing under the illusion that certainty exists in our uncertain world is dangerous. In the current environment, uncertainty reigns. In a recent paper, I concluded:

No matter who won the elections, the task of the new President was bound to prove very challenging… The continued conflict between the forces of inflation and recession will likely intensify somewhat under a Trump presidency and we believe that keeping ample cash reserves remains the wise position for investors, especially at current valuation levels.

(http://sicartassociates.com/between-inflation-and-deflation/)

We now know that under Mr. Trump’s presidency, expansive fiscal programs run the risk of re-igniting inflationary pressures in an economy that, despite statistical confusion, is close to full employment. At the same time, promised mercantilist and protectionist policies are reminiscent of the deflationary ones that preceded and caused the global Great Depression, in the 1920s.

With today’s delicate balance between powerful forces of inflation and deflation, no one can credibly forecast the future. If the initial weeks of a Trump presidency have indicated anything, it is that erratic policy-making — in an environment where every decision has consequences to the second, third level and beyond — holds the promise of increased financial volatility.

For example, since no one really knows which countries might get hurt by America’s protectionist tendencies, the dollar has risen strongly since 2015, to reflect its potential position as a refuge currency.

6

More recently, however, large foreign holders of US debt (Treasuries), including China, seem to have become aggressive sellers of dollars.

7

Uncertainties exist elsewhere as well. For example, reflecting election jitters and low (but not nonexistent) odds of a French exit from the Euro, spreads of French interest rates over those of other Euro debt have spiked to levels not seen in recent years.

8

Meanwhile, unstable foreign exchange and interest rate markets are potentially harmful to large banks, such as Deutsche Bank, which has encountered recurring problems. Recently, Deutsche Bank AG bought full-page ads in all major German newspapers to apologize for “serious errors” after misconduct costs helped tip the company into two years of losses.

Conclusion

In our view, global stock markets currently offer few compelling values. Optimists argue that historically-high price/earnings ratios are justified by historically-low interest rates. But investors who do not enjoy dancing on top of volcanoes cannot ignore that record-low interest rates are usually followed by higher ones.

Erratic policies in the United States, and possibly in other countries facing changes in governments, are likely to trigger changes in expectations and thus increased volatility in price/earnings ratios. Yet experienced investors often view volatility as opportunity. If higher interest rates prompt lower price/earnings ratios, those of us who seek out value – and a few base hits to boost our batting average – may see new possibilities in the market.

One cannot forecast the future but ample cash reserves with, of course, minimal levels of financial leverage, remain the best way we can think of to be ready for it.

François Sicart

2/16/2017

Disclosure:

This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

WOULD THE REAL ECONOMY PLEASE STAND UP?

“Consumer sentiment in U.S. hovers near highest in 12 years.” This cheerful headline from Bloomberg on January 13 reflects the general tone of the media during the recent “Trump Rally.” At the same time, the Gallup organization reports that “In the US, personal satisfaction [is] back to pre-recession levels.”

But, as John Authers had pointed out in the Financial Times a few days earlier:

Those strong consumer confidence numbers came as the new year dawned with some horrific announcements from the biggest department stores, traditionally the beneficiaries of consumer confidence and also big employers.

Indeed, Macy’s plans to close 100 stores. Sears is shutting 30 Sears and Kmart stores in addition to selling its well-respected Craftsman tool line to raise cash. The list of such announcements is unprecedently large and still growing. Moreover, Morningstar analysts pointed out in October that when an anchor store like Sears or Macy’s closes, that event often triggers “co-tenancy” clauses that allow the remaining mall tenants to terminate their leases or renegotiate terms. This fact supports to Credit Suisse’s estimate that, if Sears continues to close stores, about 200 shopping malls are at risk of shutting down.

It is hard to believe that the trend in retail will not have an impact on U.S. employment and, indeed, on overall consumer behavior.

Consumer optimism at odds with employment statistics

Robert Samuelson explains the apparent contradiction between store closures and consumer optimism in a recent RealClear Markets column (1/12/17):

We have two systems to do one job. Companies have to support the old as well as the new technology. People no longer buy everything in stores, but stores are still necessary. (In 2016, e-commerce totaled [only] about 8% of retail sales.) Still, the loss of sales makes the brick-and-mortar stores less productive, and their loss of productivity offsets some or all of the gains from digital technologies. Macy’s and Sears have to invest in the new technology, even as the value of the old technology erodes.

As I write this report, my partner Bogumil points out that major retailer Target just announced a 3% year-to-year drop in the November/December holiday season store sales while digital sales grew more than 30%. As a result, overall sales for the period declined 1.3%.

Samuelson lists other industries and products where “parallel technologies” compete: smartphones and traditional landlines; paper and digital newspapers; cable TV and streaming internet video, etc.

The fact that structural shifts can make accepted economic statistics and indicators misleading or even obsolete is not a new realization. In what would probably be considered a politically incorrect example today, Nobel Laureate Paul Samuelson often joked that if a man married his maid, GDP would fall because the money earned by the maid had been counted in the GDP, whereas the new wife’s chores would not earn her a salary — so her work would not be counted.

The new economy: highly successful but statistically invisible

In today’s digital economy, official statistics are increasingly misleading because they ignore a growing segment of the economy. Tom Goodwin, strategist for a major marketing/advertising group published a post on TechCrunch entitled “The Battle is for the Customer Interface.” It made the following points:

  • The world’s largest taxi company owns no vehicles (UBER)
  • The world’s most popular media owner creates no content (FACEBOOK)
  • The most valuable retailer has no inventory (ALIBABA)
  • The world’s largest accommodation provider owns no real estate (AIRBNB)

The statistical problem this highlights, according to veteran venture capitalist Bill Davidow, is that we live in two worlds, physical and virtual. (The Atlantic – 07/2014)

In the physical economy, almost every activity is measured in dollars. If more dollars are spent or earned, we conclude that the economy is growing. But this economy is anemic, struggling, biased toward inflation and shrinking.

In the virtual economy, a lot of the services provided to us are free. If we paid dollars for these services, they would be counted as part of the GDP and would add to economic growth. But we don’t, so they are not counted. A pity, because this economy is robust, biased toward deflation, and growing at staggering rates.

Larry Downes explains in the Washington Post (10/24/16) that key economic benchmarks, including the GDP, historically ignore everything without a price! And Edoardo Campanella, in a Project Syndicate article (11/4/16), confirms that national accounts ignore most of the highly valuable services provided for free by tech giants like Wikipedia, Facebook, Twitter or Google.

Is it possible that, broadly speaking, a lag in middle-class incomes is being off-set by a rising standard of living? This would explain the statistical contradictions puzzling observers today. Davidow suggests that many economists, policy makers, and politicians, using 20th-century methods to analyze our 21st-century economy, fail to grasp the situation.

Manufacturing production at odds with manufacturing employment

Another area where assessments of economic health and growth differ widely depending on one’s lens is the manufacturing sector. A typical headline relating to it might be this one from CNNMoney (3/29/16): “U.S. has lost 5 million manufacturing jobs since 2000.”

But, in an op-ed for the Los Angeles Times (8/1/16), Daniel Griswold of George Mason University reminded us that American manufacturing is actually at a peak, not a trough. Industrial production hit a record high just before the Great Recession and is nearing that level again.

The apparent contradiction stems from the fact that, while U.S. factories are about 2.5 times as productive as they were in the early 1970s, this massive expansion in output was achieved with fewer and fewer workers.  According to government data, manufacturing employment has fallen from 19 million in 1970 to about 12 million today.

This is how Daniel Gross, executive editor of Strategy+Business, explains the discrepancy:

First, the production of less-expensive goods, like T-shirts, toys, and the like, has long since gone offshore. As a result, manufacturing in the US is disproportionally a high-end activity: heavy machinery, tools, cars, jets.

Second, there’s productivity. Manufacturing’s constant efforts to produce more (and faster) with fewer resources – raw materials, energy, effort, and, yes, labor…

Third, in the digital age, manufacturing incorporates a growing proportion of services input; today, more “manufacturing tasks” are performed by people who do not work directly at manufacturers. So, manufacturing probably supports more employment than people think.

According to Alana Semuels (The Atlantic 1/6/17), manufacturing still makes up about 12.5% of America’s GDP, the same as it did in 1960, but with proportionally fewer people. As a result of this trend, the average factory worker now makes $180,000 of goods every year, more than three times what he or she produced as recently as 1978.

Also as a result of this transformation, the average manufacturing worker now makes $26 an hour (nearly $50,000/year, if my math and assumptions are correct). Since 2000, manufacturing jobs for people with graduate degrees have grown by 32%, while those for people with less than a high-school education fell by 44% (between 2000 and 2013). Michael Hicks, of Ball State University, concludes: “We’ve lost the bad-paying jobs to China and gained good-paying jobs.”

Is the trade deficit a measure of the economy’s dynamism?

Today’s economic models — and the institutions using them for forecasting and policy-making –rely on a built-in theory of the economy which enables them to “assume” certain relationships. According to Robert Skidelsky (Project Syndicate -12/19/12), it is among these “assumptions” that the source of recurring errors in economic analysis and forecasting can be found.

In the “prehistoric” times when I learned economics in business school, one of these assumptions was that when a country incurs a trade deficit with the rest of the world by selling fewer goods and services abroad than it buys, it must make up that deficit by borrowing or somehow attracting an equivalent amount of capital from other countries. Since then, the frantic globalization and financialization of the world economy have turned this assumption on its head.

Today, the vast number of financial transactions between countries dwarfs the value of international trade in goods and services. My own observation is that international capital is attracted to a country either by higher interest rates, attractive investment opportunities or safety considerations.

When the amount of capital flowing into a country increases, consumption and investment in that country rise, leading to increased imports – especially since, as a result of the capital inflows, the local currency generally has appreciated. Since exports are not increased at the same time, and may in fact be reduced by the currency’s appreciation, the country’s trade balance deteriorates toward deficit.

In the last 6 years, American imports have exceeded exports by about $500 billion a year. In the same time, Net Foreign Ownership of American capital assets has risen by an average of $900 billion per annum – nearly double the pace of the trade deficit growth.

Gregory Mankiw, professor of economics at Harvard concludes that, rather than reflecting the failure of economic policy, the trade deficit may be better viewed as a sign of success. As such, he argues that if President Trump wants to restore growth, focusing on the trade deficit may not be the best way to achieve it.

There is an additional way in which trade statistics may be a poor guide for policy-making. According to Mark Perry, scholar at the AEI and professor at the University of Michigan, “Importers are exporters and exporters are importers” (AEIdeas — 1/6/17).

According to The Economist, every $100 of goods the United States imports from Mexico contains $40 of goods that it had previously exported to Mexico and that are embedded within the products returning as imports. Meanwhile, the Wall Street Journal reports that the 2017 Chevy Cruz actually contains a large foreign content (56%) whereas, year after year, Toyota and Honda have dominated the rankings of the most “American-made” cars.

The inflation dichotomy.

As the chart below illustrates, inflation is another widely-watched statistic that may explain why some consumers feel more comfortable than others. Commenting on this AEI chart, Christopher Ingraham of Wonkblog wrote: “The stuff we really need is getting more expensive. Other stuff is getting cheaper.”

AEI Scholar Mark Perry, reminding us that many of today’s statistical distortions are related, points out that many of the items falling in price are manufactured goods. Many of these manufactured goods, like TVs and appliances, come from overseas, where labor costs are cheaper.

On the flip side, he says, goods like education and medical care can’t be produced in a factory, so trade-related pressures do not apply.

Chart Real Economy

Sources: American Enterprise Institute; Bureau of Labor Statistics

Further complicating the measurement of inflation’s impact on households is the fact that– through private and public insurance or other forms of assistance –  many Americans are insulated from the full cost of the services with the fastest price inflation. Unfortunately,  others are not.

Not surprisingly, the arms of government which, like the Federal Reserve, dispose of a single tool (like the supply of money) to regulate a diverse economy, are in the position of a car-owner trying to fine-tune a carburetor while wearing boxing gloves. Other government agencies that, in theory, dispose of a more diverse arsenal of policy tools, are often paralyzed by lobbies and other political considerations. In politics, acknowledging that problems are complex does not get as many votes as oversimplifying slogans.

Faced with this confused and confusing policy environment, what should investors do?

This a question that I will attempt to answer in my next article.

François Sicart

January 23, 2017

Disclosure

 This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon.. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

December 2016 Monthly Letter

The last few weeks following a surprise outcome of US presidential elections had a meaningful impact on the market. Half of the gains came from financials, the rest from energy, industrials, materials. The markets are hoping for looser regulatory restrictions for banks, and faster growing economy.

After nine years of record low and unchanged rates (federal fund rate of 0-0.25%), we saw the first increase in December last year (to 0.25-0.50%). A year later, this December, the Federal Reserve increased the rate by another 25 points (federal funds rate 0.50%-0.75%), and expects a 75 point increase through 2017, which is a faster pace that previously projected. The Fed is more confident in the progress the economy is making, and it is seeing strong labor market, and inflation picking up.

With rates going up, bond prices have come under pressure, and we believe it’s only the beginning. Mr. Trump’s high spend fiscal policies re-ignited fears of a potential acceleration in inflation, which support further rate increase. Thus, a long running bull market in bonds has finally come to an end.

Initially, since the money has to go somewhere, equities have been the obvious alternative to declining bonds, but caution is warranted in view of already elevated valuations, prices, and record highs.

Meanwhile, weaker growth in Japan, China, and Europe, and relatively healthy economic growth in the US have helped the dollar, where our portfolios have had the largest exposure. Rising interest rates tend to make the dollar more attractive, and since the new US president is expected to boost growth further, at least initially, further support to the dollar would not be surprising.

After a strong recovery from multi-year lows, gold has been under pressure starting last summer. This is not surprising since a stronger dollar and increasing interest rates make gold less attractive. While, for now, the investment argument in favor of gold is less compelling, we have always viewed gold as an insurance premium against unforeseen crises and the nature of insurance premiums is to cost money when things go well.

Two sectors deserve special comments: biotech and energy

Our biotech/pharmaceutics holdings had a particularly strong few weeks after Trump was elected as the next U.S. president.   The sector itself had been lackluster year to date, amid fear of government mandated price control on drugs.  While we are hopeful that the current political environment would give the sector some tailwind, our reason for keeping or reinforcing our specific biotech holdings is that we remain enthusiastic at their prospects for the next several years.

The energy sector has been undergoing exactly what we had expected, with energy price gradually shifting upwards.  Our view is that the energy sector’s turn has begun and, as a typical cyclical industry, it will have another few years of strong prospect before the market enthusiasm peaks.  Our exploration and production names have already gone up more up 50% year to date.  The service providers will follow, which is typical in this industry, as the energy price rebalance plays out in the next 1-2 years.

In a broader perspective, disciplined contrarian investors may have trouble finding compelling investments in the current environment. The majority of the stocks are close to their all-time highs, and those that are down tend to have some major issues that make them too risky to consider. With very few immediately actionable ideas, we focus on building our wish lists, and holding a higher than usual cash position as dry powder. Meanwhile, we believe that our energy and healthcare holdings leave us well positioned for the current market backdrop.

François Sicart, Allen Huang, Bogumil Baranowski

 

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient. Any reference to a specific company is for illustrative purposes and not a recommendation to buy or sell the securities of such company.

Between Inflation and Deflation

The 1970s and early 1980s were years of turmoil. From 1963 to 1969, US President Lyndon Johnson had pursued “Guns and Butter” policies that simultaneously financed an escalating war in Vietnam and his “Great Society” welfare programs at home. Boosted by these expenditures, the economy seemed to boom. However, after a long period when the absence of recession had convinced many economists that the economic cycle had been conquered, the United States experienced a first, relatively mild, recession in 1970.

Inflation 1

President Richard Nixon thus inherited an economy entering recession and, to maintain the stimulus, he initially followed the same policies as his predecessor.

By 1971, however, America’s bloating twin deficits (budget and trade) had made it impossible to maintain the existing system of fixed exchange rates based on a US dollar theoretically convertible into gold.

That system had maintained an artificially high exchange rate for the dollar which, in turn, had helped to hold inflation in check. Once President Nixon ended the dollar’s convertibility into gold, the so-called Bretton Woods system collapsed, to give place in 1973 to a new system of floating exchange rates. As can be seen below, the dollar lost more than 50% of its value against the Deutschemark between 1972 and 1980.

Inflation 2

As a result of lax US economic policies, the first signs of inflation actually had begun to appear as early as the late 1960s. But the dollar’s collapse aggravated the tendency and, since oil is priced in dollars, this probably was a factor in OPEC’s October 1973 decision to declare an embargo and to triple the price of oil practically overnight. With this last blow, inflation surged from an annual rate of 3% in 1972 to over 12% in 1974.

Inflation 3

The surge in the prices of oil and other commodities not only triggered overall inflation but, aggravated by OPEC’s difficulty in recycling to the rest of the world their sudden dollar influx from oil exports, also acted as a severe tax and liquidity strain on the world economy. This triggered a recession in 1975, which not only was severe but, for the first time, was also truly global.

Then, after only three years of economic recovery, an Islamic revolution deposed the Shah of Iran in 1979 and triggered a war between Iraq and Iran that lasted from 1980 to 1988. Initially at least, this conflict reduced the flow of oil from both countries and triggered the Second Oil Shock.

Inflation 4

At first glance, the recession that ensued from the second oil shock in 1980, looks very short and relatively mild on economic charts. But that is due mainly to a mini spending boom on oil equipment and exploration, which only lasted three quarters in 1981. After that spike, it should be noted, oil prices declined for 18 years and the need for oil-related capital spending seemed less urgent.

Thus, the entire period 1980-1982 should really be viewed as a one of the longest and most severe recessions in history.

Around the middle of the long, crisis-laden period between the late 1960s and the early 1980s, I wrote for my firm, Tucker Anthony, a paper entitled “Between Inflation and Deflation: The Dislocating World Economy”. The paper described the conflicting forces of inflation and deflation shaping the emerging post-Bretton Woods and post-OPEC economies.

It is entirely possible that President-elect Donald Trump will inherit a situation just as problematic as Richard Nixon did in 1969 – at least from an economic point of view.

While no one knows much about his detailed economic agenda beyond campaign slogans, there is a good chance that US international relations during his tenure will be more confrontational and, on the trade front, more mercantilist and protectionist than in the last few decades.

Trade is not a zero-sum game and if the United States manages to import less, it is likely that other countries or blocs will either retaliate or pursue similarly restrictive policies. Historically, periods like this have resulted in downward spirals for world trade. In turn, periods of slowing or declining world trade seem have caused a slowdown in global economic growth.

The above comments derive from my personal experience but in today’s New York Times, Ruchir Sharma, chief global strategist at Morgan Stanley Investment Management, pens an editorial drawing another striking and scary parallel: the period of de-globalization that started with the outbreak of World War I, in 1914.

Following four decades of rising migration and trade, that period of de-globalization encompassed the 1920s, 1930s and early 1940s. As Sharma points out, “National economies move from boom to bust in cycles that last a few years but… the flow of goods, money and people across borders has advanced and retreated in decades-long waves.”  (When Borders Close, New York Times, 11/12/06)

Many regions of the globe are still fighting the consequences of the financial crisis and Great Recession of 2007-2009. Recoveries have remained subdued and uneven. Even in the United States, which by all accounts has had the strongest economy, the recent elections seem to indicate that not everyone feels that they are sharing in the improvement depicted by recent statistics on employment and wages. The allure of protectionism is growing.

Sharma argues that the more recent globalization boom, which gained momentum in the 1980s, has been in a retreat that began in 2008 and is still accelerating, with anti-globalization populists having already won control in Britain and gaining momentum in Italy, France and Germany. The likely fallout, he argues, is “slower growth, inflation and rising conflict”.

“History doesn’t repeat itself but it often rhymes”, as Mark Twain may have said. Today’s rising protectionist tendencies around the world can only be intensified by Donald Trump’s promised tough approach to international trade and must be counted as a recessionary force in the global outlook.

Domestically, to fight any recessionary tendencies and provide employment to those left behind by the more dynamic but increasingly intangible and global economy, Mr. Trump has indicated that he favored fiscal (budgetary) spending and investment over the recent monetary experiments of the Federal Reserve, which he has found ineffective. Tax cuts and spending on infrastructure construction and repair, which will create jobs in older industries, are likely to be favored.

While there are arguments in favor of Mr. Trump’s preferred fiscal approach, it also faces potential challenges.

First of all, there necessarily will be a time lag between immediate increases in government expenditures or tax cuts and any resulting revenue gains from higher economic growth. In the meantime, it will appear as if the Federal deficit, already large, is bulging further and boosting the already worrying level of Federal debt. I think we can trust the media and the usual pundits to claim early that the new policies are either not working or fraught with dangers.

Second, although all sectors and regions are not participating fully, the US economy has been relatively strong. Overall, unemployment is low and wages have recently been increasing. In fact, after much debate and hesitation and presumably remembering William McChesney Martin’s admonition that the role of the central bank is to take away the punch bowl when the party gets going, the Federal Reserve seemed ready to increase interest rates even before the recent elections.

Since some of Mr. Trump’s early proposals are aimed at stimulating some of the economy’s areas that have been lagging, the result is likely to be some acceleration of inflation. Interest rates, which have been suppressed by the Federal Reserve are likely to rise, with the consequences that we discussed in our September paper (http://sicartassociates.com/baby-boom-investors-genius-or-just-lucky/)

Note, however, that monetary and fiscal policies are not independent from each other. A rise of interest rates from today’s very low levels will necessarily increase interest payments on the Federal Debt, which already constitute one of the largest expenditures of the Federal Budget.

Another economic uncertainty is the fate of the US Dollar. At the moment, the consensus of professionals seems to anticipate a strong dollar, reminiscent of its performance in the early Reagan years. In this view, fiscal stimulus and a somewhat less accommodating monetary policy in the United States (with the resulting higher interest rates) on the one hand, and weak economies and continued monetary easing in Europe and Japan on the other, justify a run-up in the US dollar.

In our view, the likelihood of more protectionist and mercantilist trade policies may lessen the prospects for this scenario. The volume of international trade, nowadays, is dwarfed by the volume of international capital flows, and investment incentives play the greater role in attracting or discouraging capital. Initially, Mr. Trump’s promise of a tax break on the repatriation of corporate holdings held overseas may give a boost to the consensus scenario. But thereafter, the outlook for a closed American economy in conflict with various trading partners may temper that early enthusiasm.

No matter who won the elections, the task of the new President was bound to prove very challenging, starting at the end of a long period of declining interest rates and probably on the eve of a long period of rising interest rates. The continued conflict between the forces of inflation and recession will likely intensify somewhat under a trump presidency and we believe that keeping ample cash reserves remains the wise position for investors, especially at current valuation levels.

François Sicart – November 14, 2016

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient.

Cyclical Opinions – Secular Approaches

Technological progress makes the world evolve and change. As it does, Sicart Associates believe that the secret to success is to occasionally adapt opinions to changed circumstances while staying true to our long-term contrarian value investment principles.

 The obsolescence of Ben Graham’s simple value formula

The first time I personally had to reassess previously acquired “certainties” about investing was in the early 1980s.

The pope of value investing — the discipline in which I was educated and mentored — was Benjamin Graham. In the aftermath of the Great Depression, he had pointed out that many companies could be bought for less than their immediate liquidating value, or “net working capital”, a figure that Graham defined very conservatively as current assets (cash, inventories and receivables) less all liabilities.           

If the relevant companies’ accounting methods were honest and conservative, there was no need to make assumptions about future sales, earnings or management quality: you were buying the company for the net value of its readily saleable assets and got everything else (property, machinery, patents, and future growth) for free. What’s more, in markets where information circulated less efficiently and cheaply than today, such undervalued shares were not rare.

However, in the early 1980s all this changed irreversibly. With the advent of cheap computing power and the development of massive databases of corporate financial data, it became possible to screen thousands of companies and, in minutes, to come up with those selling at or below Graham’s definition of net working capital.

Efficient markets responded quickly to this technological breakthrough. In short order the only companies selling below their published net working capital were ones with blemishes or problems that could only be uncovered in the footnotes to the annual reports. Value investors had to resort to other criteria, which often involved making assumptions about the future (growth of sales and earnings, appreciation or obsolescence of assets, etc.).

The (seemingly) inexorable rise of indexing

Today, another technological development may require us to abandon some of our preconceived ideas about portfolio construction – at least cyclically.

The world’s first index mutual fund was created as early as 1975 by John Bogle, the outspoken founder of The Vanguard Group. His idea was that low-cost funds that merely mimicked a benchmark index’s performance over the long run would still outperform many mutual funds simply because of their lower fees. That argument was reinforced by empirical evidence that, over long time frames, very few “active” investment managers had bested or even matched the performance of the leading stock market indexes.

All the same, index investing was slow to gain acceptance and I, too, was highly skeptical at first. Not only was I convinced of the superiority of the value investing discipline on both theoretical and logical grounds, but some of the most successful long-term investors had vindicated that discipline by outperforming the indexes over their full careers.

The problem with indexing, or passive investing, is that it is a form of momentum investing: buying more of what has been going up. This not only disregards valuation, which I believe is key to investment performance, but it could even be considered an anti-value discipline.

Indexing can be beneficial in the early stages of a rising market, when the large companies making up the indexes often outperform the broader markets. But indexing offers no protection in falling markets. In fact it may literally become a bubble factory where yesterday’s stars quickly become tomorrow’s duds. This dynamic is illustrated by the recent extreme example of bond market ETFs (or exchange-traded funds):

Most bond indexes are weighted according to how much debt a company or country has issued. Thus, the more indebted an issuer becomes, the bigger share it will occupy in the index, and the more of its debt passive (or index) funds will be required to buy. This is how many funds loaded up on Argentine debt just before the country’s 2012 default crisis.

Nevertheless, during the 1990s, improved computing and networking technologies allowed large institutions to build portfolios that mimicked major market indexes easily and very cheaply. Since then, such passively managed funds, including exchange-traded funds and index funds, have become increasingly popular: in just the six years to 2015, for example, they grew 73% in size to represent 19% of global assets under management.

The situation for equities alone is similar: most stock indexes are weighted according to market capitalization, so that the more expensive a company’s stock price becomes relative to the market, the more index-trackers will be required to buy of it, regardless of valuation.

Closet indexers: If you can’t beat them, imitate them

Today, U.S. equity index funds alone are estimated to total $4 trillion. But the actual amount of money influenced by the major indexes may actually be much higher: some studies have shown closet indexers to represent as much as 60% of active funds. (S&P Global, September 2016 and Philosophical EconomicsMay 1, 2016)

A growing number of investment managers who still claim to exercise their judgment in the selection process are in fact jumping on the indexing bandwagon by including in their portfolios the most influential stocks from their benchmark index. They are commonly referred to ascloset indexers.

Perhaps the index most widely used by consultants for both portfolio indexing and as a performance benchmark is the Standard &Poor’s 500 index. However, out of the 500 mostly US companies in the index, the largest 50 account for nearly half the index’s total value. Just 100 companies make up almost two-thirds of that total. The stock prices of the other 400 companies have far less influence on the index, even though the smallest one has a market capitalization in excess of $2 billion.

Thus it is fairly easy for closet indexers to nearly mimic the performance of the S&P 500 index with a portfolio of only 50-100 stocks. There is growing evidence that this is what many portfolio managers have been doing, consciously or not, under pressure from marketing departments and statistical consultants.

Currently, the exodus from active towards passive management is still gaining momentum. Only 9.5 percent of actively managed large-cap domestic equity funds beat the S&P 500 Index in the five years ended Aug. 31. That’s the worst five-year performance since 1999, according to Morningstar Inc. As a result, about 3,000 actively run funds saw redemptions of $422 billion over five years, while passive vehicles attracted $480 billion.

In a vicious circle, these flows boost the prices of the stocks included in the indexes and tend to depress those that are not, making it difficult for active managers to outperform the indexes – at least until the indexing bubble bursts.

The Lehman epiphany: Macro counts

In my judgment, through the major cycles punctuating my investment career, the contrarian value discipline has performed satisfactorily. The timing is never perfect. Value investors tend not to participate fully in the most ebullient bull markets, when clients wish for more performance, though they also tend to give back less when markets correct significantly. Overall, though, one can argue that the value discipline outperformed other disciplines over the long term.

But the bear market of 2007-2009 changed this. Two main realizations were shared by some of the most thoughtful value investors.

One was that the modern financial system had become so closely layered into the “real” economy that major financial earthquakes (such as the bursting of the sub-prime lending bubble and the Lehman Brothers’ failure) had the potential to trigger deep and durable domino effects. Deservedly or not, practically every type of share was sucked down in the 2007-2009 whirlpool, including so-called “value stocks.” As a Morningstar Hall of Fame mutual fund manager told me in the aftermath: “Maybe we did not pay enough attention to the macro side of things.”

The other realization was that the old adage “Don’t fight the Fed,” which had in the past applied mostly to short-term traders, was now worth heeding by serious fundamental investors as well. This was the result of policies initiated by the Greenspan Federal Reserve, later emulated and reinforced by the Bernanke and Yellen Federal Reserves and more recently adopted by other major central banks. The new policy idea is that because of the increased interdependence between finance and the real economies, it is prudent to give monetary policy a stimulating bias as soon as the behavior of the stock markets give an early, ominous signal.

Unfortunately, pumping money into the economy does not guarantee that the banking system will lend it – or that consumers and businesses, made prudent by the previous recession, will want to borrow. Before newly-released central bank money finds its way to investment in new equipment or even consumer durables,  the money tends to be parked in the financial markets, boosting bond and stock prices.

Since the still-fragile global economies have responded only hesitantly since the Great Recession to the stimulus from central banks, newly “printed” money has continued to flow to the bond and stock markets in the last few years. It has artificially prolonged the bull markets started in 2009, and created the apparent paradox of lukewarm economies and booming stock markets. The result? Investor complacency.

Charles Mackay observed in his 1841 classic Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds:

“Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their sense slowly, and one by one.”

There is little doubt in my mind that passive investing, despite all its obvious mechanical advantages, exaggerates the natural tendencies of crowd behavior. Keeping this in mind, our challenge is to reconcile

  • our medium-term opinions about the recent trend toward indexing, the role of central banks and the desirability to allocate among at least a few major foreign markets and cash reserves.
  • our long-term principle that the contrarian value approach is more likely to be successful when applied to companies less prominent than the large “usual suspects” followed by a majority of analysts and managers. These less-popular companies are where markets are less efficient and where mispricing thus is more likely to occur, creating investment opportunities for value investors.

Wealth creation is a long-term process

I have examined the performance of various portfolios over several decades and observed that, as the number of investments and of managers or sub-managers increased over the years, the portfolio performances tended to become increasingly similar to those of the leading stock market indexes.

Typically, early performance — when portfolios presumably were smaller and more concentrated, and the markets less efficient — tended to be a little better, whereas in later years, when indexing and closet indexing became major influences on the markets, portfolio performances tended to marginally trail the indexes.

This reminds us of the importance of the long term in wealth creation, as well as of the force of compounding. It also points to the cost of underperforming, even by a small margin, over long periods.

To take an un-spectacular example: If a $10 million portfolio earns, on average, 5% per annum, it will grow to $26.5 million in 20 years and to $70.4 million in 40 years. If the same portfolio grows at 5.5% per annum (only half of one percent faster), it will become $29.2 million in 20 years ($2.6 million better) and $85.1 million in 40 years ($14.7 million better).

To be better, one must be different. We believe the dual strategy outlined below may satisfy both our medium-term and our long-term requirements. Combining macro and micro approaches should allow a large portfolio to outperform most competing portfolios without diverging excessively from the behavior of the overall market.

Approach one: contrarian macro

In a February 2015, white paper (“Is Skill Dead?”), Neil Constable and Matt Kadnar of GMO showed that active large-cap managers who outperform the S&P 500 (at least for a while) tend to owe their performance to holdings, not of broadly-owned, familiar stocks, but of foreign equities, small-caps, and cash.

There is a logic behind this observation. As a group, S&P 500 companies included in a portfolio tend to perform similarly to a S&P 500 index fund, and the same can be inferred for portfolios that hold only the largest companies in the index.

Indexers and closet indexers can thus hope to modestly outperform their overall benchmark during periods when the purchasing associated with indexing boosts the prices of these 50-100 companies. However, over the longer term, indexing will do exactly what its name promises – produce not much less than the index, but no more.

Since our cyclical view is that indexing has become too popular to fit our preferred contrarian approach, we suggest a complementary discipline:

The selection of a few indexed, regional portfolios that would have reasons to be uncorrelated with each other (if only because of currencies) and a very few portfolios of industries where companies have reasonably homogenous behavior, especially if unweighted indexes can be utilized (agricultural and industrial commodities, biotech, etc.).

Such a “macro portfolio” would be rebalanced only rarely, when it is determined that some sectors have benefitted excessively from irrational exuberance or, on the contrary, have been unduly punished by the emotional investor consensus. Significant cash reserves would also be included in that portion of one’s investments for prudential/liquidity reasons as well as to facilitate the occasional rebalancing.

If the new realities of the market and the makeup of its familiar benchmark indexes make it difficult for a large, diversified portfolio to materially outperform “the market,” a macro portfolio of indexed funds with a contrarian bias, which would be re-balanced only rarely, seems sensible. At the very least, that portion of the overall portfolio should incur lower costs than the actively managed part.

Approach two: To win over the long term, pick your battle ground

As indexing becomes more prevalent and tends to shape the behavior of the investment crowd, a manager wishing to outperform over the longer term must look beyond the largest companies populating the leading indexes.

Commercial logic dictates that fewer brokerage analysts follow smaller or more distant companies than follow larger domestic ones with liquid and actively traded shares. The consequence is that markets for less institutionally-popular companies are also less “efficient.” Thus mispriced, undervalued shares are easier to find within that segment of the investment universe, opening up the potential for superior gains. In my view, a significant portion of a large portfolio should thus also be devoted to stock-picking within this more fertile universe.

Our potential advantage in that quest is our chosen time horizon. Most analysts, again for commercial reasons, have a horizon of at most two years. In contrast Sicart Associates focuses on companies’ prospects over three years or more.

Investments selected with that approach typically will not behave in sync with the cycles of the overall market. But this is as it should be when a portfolio results from individual, bottom-up choices, and it should not matter much to investors seeking wealth creation over the long term.

François Sicart – November 3, 2016

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient.

Baby Boom Investors: Geniuses or Just Lucky?

A bull market makes every investor a genius — while it lasts

I founded Tocqueville Asset Management in 1985, with what turned out to be incredibly good timing. Since then, the S&P 500 index of the US stock market has risen from 210 to almost 2,200 — a more than ten-fold appreciation in just over 30 years. Admittedly that rise was punctuated by some scary episodes. Nevertheless it resulted in an annual compound rate of nearly 8%. If we include dividends, as is the recommended practice, the compound, annual “total return” from stocks over the period was in excess of 10% per annum.

S&P 500 (SP50-USA)
Source: Invextext

One factor in that performance was a steady decline of interest rates, which boosted stock prices along with bond prices. According to Bill Gross of Janus Capital, the price of investment-grade US bonds produced an average compound rate of return of 7.47% since 1976.

As a result, many baby-boomers pride themselves on investment performances that seem to prove their acumen while in fact, their secret is simply fortuitous timing. An old stock market truism: “It’s better to be lucky than smart.”

Unfortunately, entrepreneurs who start out as financial advisors today may not prove as lucky as I was in 1985. The mere fact that the percentage of US GDP attributable to asset management has been multiplied by ten since 1980 should serve as a contrarian warning.1 Popularity of a concept or an activity is seldom a good sign: I like to remind budding financial entrepreneurs of Howard Marks’ observation that in the ’70s, there were 10 hedge funds run by 10 geniuses; in 2004, there were 5,000 hedge funds, and he didn’t think that they were run by 5,000 geniuses. Today there are probably 10,000 or so hedge funds.2

S&P 500 (SP50-USA)
Source: Federal Reserve; Bureau of Labor Statistics; A. Gary Shilling

Sailing against the wind is not the same as sailing with the wind at your back

As we see in the graph above, the steady decline of interest rates in the last 30-plus years was preceded by an equally long period of rising interest rates, which peaked at 15% in the early 1980s. But who remembers that? Not most baby boomers. Investors who started their careers in the early 1980s, when interest rates began their long descent, would be approaching retirement today. For younger ones, what preceded is history and does not shape reflexes and behavior in the same way as direct experience.

In that respect, at least, I am fortunate to have started working on Wall Street in 1969. Many of the portfolios I analyzed back then contained long-term bonds purchased after World War II at very low yields. By 1969, many were selling for around 50 cents on the dollar and were mostly useful for generating tax losses to offset the capital gains on our stock portfolios. I never forgot that, and it did shape my reflexes and behavior for the long term.

Given today’s ultra-low interest rates, Bill Gross estimates that yields would have to drop to minus 17% in order for the bond market to match its return of the last 40 years! There does not seem to be much chance of this happening. Perhaps instead we should brace ourselves for the mirror image of the recent era of declining rates.

Sustained low interest rates change our economic behavior

Lower interest rates make borrowing cheaper and easier. In the early stages of an economic cycle, this dynamic will normally stimulate a recovery by providing incentive to spend and invest. However in the long uneven recovery from the 2007-2009 recession the US Federal Reserve (followed later by other major central banks) resorted to more desperate measures. These included zero interest rates policies (ZIRP), quantitative easing, and negative interest rates – policies which are collectively known as financial repression.

After years of interest rates being artificially repressed, the behavior of economic agents has altered: we increasingly act as if interest rates would remain low forever. In short, a new complacency about the current abnormal state of affairs has set in.

The first, dramatic consequences of “preventive” easy money were observed as early as 2007 in the private banking sector, with the bursting of the sub-prime lending bubble and its catastrophic results. But more recently, the stubbornness of central banks in repressing interest rates seem to be creating a bubble the world’s bond markets. So far, investors are merely enjoying the ride, thinking they are coping well with a difficult environment. But painless excesses seldom come to a painless resolution.

Harvard University’s Kenneth Rogoff describes the current situation as follows:

The US Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board, acting in combination, have worked to keep down long-term government debt, in order to reduce interest rates for the private sector. At this point, the average duration of US debt (integrating the Fed’s balance sheet) is under three years… Given that the interest rate on 30-year US debt is roughly 200 basis points higher than on one-year debt, short-term borrowing has saved the government money as well… [But] The potential fiscal costs of a fast upward shift in interest rates could be massive. If the US ever did face an abrupt normalization of interest rates, it could require significant tax and spending adjustments.3

I believe that a majority of investors is ready to acknowledge such a scenario in theory but that as consumers, businesspeople and taxpayers, few are prepared to adapt to such a change if it becomes reality.

Impact of low interest rates on the stock market

The tendency of stock valuations (Price/Earnings, or P/E, ratios) to rise when interest rates go down has been well documented and makes intuitive sense. Stocks compete with bills and bonds for investors’ money and when interest rates earned on bills and bonds decline, the relative attractiveness of stocks improves, raising P/E ratios.

Corporate profits, while cyclical, tend to grow rather steadily over the years. The main difference between major bull and bear markets really comes from changes in P/E ratios. As can be seen below, P/E ratios have been the main force at the back of the major bull market of the last 30-plus years.

[In the graph, the P/E ratio has been replaced by its inverse, the earnings yield (E/P %) to better illustrate the relationship with interest rates.]

S&P 500 (SP50-USA)
Source: The Economic Report of the President

With today’s interest rates in major markets hovering around zero, it is not surprising that, depending on the index used, global P/E ratios are somewhere between above-average and very expensive historically. Without making specific predictions, it is prudent to be prepared for a normalization of interest rates someday.

If lower interest rates boost the price of bonds, stocks (P/E ratios), real estate, art and (as a result of the so-called “wealth effect”) our propensity to spend, what do we think will happen when they rise again?

Desperate monetary policies trigger a desperate quest for returns

The reduced income available from bonds and other fixed income instruments is changing investors’ attitudes. There are indications that many, deprived by the low interest rate environment of their traditional income-producing investments, are assuming increased risk – sometimes to foolish levels – to try and improve their total returns.

The anguish of retirees who depend on fixed-income portfolios to meet their living expenses is readily understandable. But this phenomenon also affects the beneficiaries of many older pension funds, whose employers are still assuming that the future overall return on their pension portfolio will be 7% per annum. In fact, the income on the bond portion of these portfolios should trend closer to zero as maturing, older bonds, are replaced by lower-yielding new ones. Meanwhile, a number of models predict that stocks in general cannot exceed a 5-6% total return annually over the next 10 years, given today’s extended valuations. So it is very likely that the actuarial assumptions underlying many pension plans are unrealistic and that the companies or state entities that sponsored them will have to fund their pension obligations from their own pockets (or, more likely, from those of their shareholders or taxpayers).

As I write this, Business Insider reports on “a company with no revenue, $1,000 in the bank, and a $35 billion market cap” which is now under investigation by the SEC “because of concerns regarding the accuracy and adequacy of information in the marketplace… ”

There will always be gullible people ready to invest blindly in a “story.” In recent years some global companies have taken advantage of low interest rates to issue record levels of perpetual debt, i.e. debt that never needs to be repaid. Bonds of such companies thus may never return to their issue price.

At the same time, the value of negative-yielding bonds issued globally — primarily government bonds in Europe and Japan, but also a mounting number of highly-rated corporate bonds — has now reached $13.4 trillion. The German government recently issued 10-year notes with a negative yield of 0.5%. Buyers will receive zero interest for ten years and at maturity will only be repaid 0.995 cents on the dollar.3

No wonder Leon Cooperman, of Omega Advisors, likens buying bonds today to “walking in front of a steamroller to pick up a dime”4, while The Interest Rate Observer’s James Grant observes that insurance companies which invest their premiums in fixed income are “dying on the vine.” 5

Sidney Homer and Richard Sylla, the authors of A History of Interest Rates, found no instance of negative interest rates in 5,000 years. 6 I can easily understand how attractive it is for corporations or governments to borrow under today’s unique conditions. But my questions are: “Who in the world is buying these certificates of guaranteed confiscation?” and, if not: “What risks are investors accepting to try and match their obsolete income expectations?”

Reckoning delayed: complacency is not justified

One of my concerns about the near-term future is that many of the excesses we are witnessing seem painless. For example, even though the US government has issued $8 trillion of new debt since the financial crisis, its interest rate costs are lower than before the crisis: as debt has doubled, the rate of interest has halved, helping keep the government budget deficit (and our taxes) in check. So far: no pain, all relief.

In the private sector, more debt can be undertaken on houses at historically low rates so that the monthly interest payments on mortgages are painlessly low. But debt is debt and someday, the principal of the loan will become due.

In many other areas, current incomes are similarly sustained or even enhanced at the expense of deteriorating balance sheets. For example, many companies periodically buy back blocks of their own shares to support stock prices. They thus also increase reported earnings per share by reducing the number of shares outstanding. On the balance sheet, however, this strategy reduces the company’s cash and, importantly, the shareholders’ equity. Some companies are taking further advantage of suppressed interest rates by actually borrowing to repurchase their shares in the market, thus boosting stock prices (instant pleasure) at the expense of their balance sheets (future pain).

Finally, as always when central bank money is plentiful, private pockets of speculation have also developed. Unicorns is the new name for privately-held, often profitless startups “Uber-valued” at $1 billion or more. Business Insider counts 143 such unicorns today, compared to 45 two years ago. All or most are looking to go public, constituting a potential $513 billion new supply overhanging the stock market. But, if early Facebook investor Jim Breyer is right in thinking that 90% of these unicorn startups will be repriced or die, this might also constitute a new supply of disappointments. 7,8

On the whole, the current environment can be better described as one of self-satisfied complacency than as one of irrational exuberance. With very few alternatives to generate positive returns, many investors choose to remain fully invested in stocks. While US statistics indicate outflows from equity mutual funds and ETFs, there are indications that the money is not actually leaving the stock market. Instead it is being invested in the large companies that drive the performance of major capitalization-weighted indexes. It’s a sneaky form of indexing under the guise of “active management,” but a practice that props up both the major stock market indexes and the already-extended valuation of their major components.

We are not pessimists but we try to learn from experience

In spite of the cautionary tone of this first investment letter, we are neither timorous investors nor “perma-bears.” We actually keep a thick and growing file tracking all the reasons to be optimistic about the future. But in keeping with our commitment to think and invest as contrarian value investors, this file will only be opened when we sense that the investing crowd has become irrationally pessimistic. Today, we see it more as overly complacent. So, what to do?

Traditionally, value investors like us have tended to follow a “bottom-up” rather than a “top-down” approach. We don’t focus on analyzing the macroeconomic outlook or devising stock market strategies. Rather we concentrate on valuing individual companies and comparing our estimations to these companies’ stock prices. In the past, both logic and experience have vindicated that approach: It was fine to remain fully invested at all times because value stocks, often underpriced to start with, generally withstood price corrections better than the overall market.

But the recent 2007-9 financial crisis and recession demonstrated how global economies and financial markets are now so intertwined that a single event like the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008 can threaten the worldwide economic and financial order. This deflationary tornado changed many value investors’ views (including ours) on the subject of bottom-up vs. top-down investing, because all stocks — big and small, growth and value, financially strong and weak –were caught in the whirlpool.

The benefit of such traumatic events is that they create opportunities to invest at once-in-a-generation prices. The drawback is that their timing is almost impossible to predict. This is why we agree with Allianz’s chief economic adviser Mohamed El-Erian that, in today’s situation, keeping as much as 30% of your investment portfolio in cash is “not idiotic,” even though it will earn nothing or even less.9


References

  1. Michael Edesess in Advisor Perspectives,10/12/2015
  2. Howard Marks, Oaktree Capital Management – Business Insider, Jul 28, 2016
  3. Project Syndicate – 8/8/2016
  4. Forbes – Jul 18, 2012
  5. James Grant – The Enterprising Investor – 8/8/2016
  6. Business Insider January 25, 2016
  7. Seth Klarman – The Baupost Group 2015 year-end letter
  8. Forbes, 2/24/2016
  9. Business Insider – 3/15/2016

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Jade Sculptor and the Serial Entrepreneur

A few years ago, I was invited to visit a new jade museum that was about to open to the public in Beijing. Many of the pieces on display had been left behind by Chiang Kai-shek (former leader of the Kuomintang party) when he and his followers retreated to Taiwan in 1949. The exiles had taken with them many of China’s best artistic treasures but somehow the owner of this privately-owned institution had collected enough of the remaining jade pieces to fill a museum.

Among the masterpieces shown were some highly intricate, almost lace-like sculptures which, the curator explained, had often taken the artist a lifetime to complete. It struck me that many among us might need to think hard to identify a single achievement that defines our life. But the sculptor of one of these masterpieces could take in his lifetime achievement at a glance.

Then recently, a good friend mentioned that his son, a brilliant MIT graduate (who denies any desire or ambition to become a serial entrepreneur) had already created and sold two cloud-computing companies and might soon create a third one.

Success, Achievement, and Fulfillment

The contrast between these two experiences made me reflect on the relative definitions of success, achievement, and fulfillment.

Of the various types of satisfactions we can aim for, success is the easiest, not only to achieve, but also to measure. There is a personal side to success, of course, but it usually is experience-specific: if, for example, a scientific experiment proves your hypothesis, you can claim a success. Success is often concrete, and its results are often measured in the eyes of others: fame, official recognition, and wealth.

Achievement is measured over longer periods of time but tends to reflect an accumulation of successes. As such, it still requires external recognition.

On the other hand, fulfillment must be highly personal. Its external signs are hard to make out and vary from one individual to another, like its causes. It is usually hard won, thus especially sweet. Yet we humans are restless, and even the sense of fulfillment may fade in the absence of new activities and new challenges.

When Enough Is No Longer Enough

Leaving semantics behind, all this introspection brings to mind Charles Handy’s seminal book: The Hungry Spirit (1998 – Broadway Books). It starts with the following paragraphs:

In Africa, they say that there are two hungers, the lesser hunger and the greater hunger. The lesser hunger is for the things that sustain life, the goods and services, and the money to pay for them, which we all need. The greater hunger is for an answer to the question “why?”, for some understanding of what that life is for…

… [Maybe] the greater hunger is not just an extension of the lesser hunger, but something completely different. Maybe money is a necessary but not sufficient condition of happiness, in which case more money will not help, if you already have enough.

Asked what “enough” was, John D. Rockefeller reportedly answered: “One more”. But in fact, I doubt that he was talking about money. In business, money is naturally one measure of success. But with relatively few exceptions, the successful entrepreneurs I have known were motivated by more than financial rewards. For many, perhaps most, an enterprise is at least partly a quest in which products, customers, employees, purpose, success, growth and profit coexist harmoniously. In a successful enterprise or venture, there is therefore an aesthetic reward and perhaps even a degree of higher-level satisfaction.

Shorter cycles and the quest for meaning

Our current challenge is the compressed development time of contemporary businesses, driven by constant technical innovation. Entrepreneurs are blessed by ample venture capital eager to finance start-ups at one end. At the other, investment bankers are equally eager to take young companies public at the first hint of potential success. This financial environment has shortened the entrepreneurial time span of today’s business ventures. This is why, with few exceptions (Apple’s Steve Jobs or Amazon’s Jeff Bezos, maybe), most of today’s successful entrepreneurs are likely to become serial entrepreneurs, starting new ventures, selling them, and so on.

Unless, that is, they prefer at some point to adopt a new life altogether.

The first question to ask ourselves is: “When do the rewards of serial entrepreneurship become enough to satisfy the lesser hunger, but not enough to satisfy the greater hunger?” According to Charles Handy, in the search for meaning in your life:

You cannot move on to a different track unless you realize that you have gone far enough on the present one. If you don’t know what enough is, in material or achievement terms [my emphasis], you are trapped in a rut… and will never know what is outside of that rut.

Each new entrepreneurial venture brings with it a “high” combining new dreams, new challenges, the enjoyment of working again with smaller teams, etc. But, according to some entrepreneurs, even these satisfactions soon becomes repetitive and create a sense of déjà vu, which is bound to further shorten the enjoyment phase of the next venture.

The quest for meaning in the rest of our lives

What to do, then, when you sense that you begin to have “enough?”

Most of the entrepreneurs I know are still relatively young and have not had the leisure to seriously tackle the question of what else they could do “after.” Some retirees go back to school, either to study something they missed at university or to learn a new skill or nurture a dormant talent. In my observation, however, this is more typical of corporate or professional retirees. Still-young retired entrepreneurs are more ambitious for their newly-freed time but this does not mean that they have a more precise awareness of their options. I don’t know the answers either, but I do have some suggestions.

First, as Jeff Bezos says: “One of the huge mistakes people make is that they try to force an interest on themselves. You don’t choose your passions; your passions choose you.” Entrepreneurs know that new ideas come in a random fashion, unexpectedly, often when our mind has been in “neutral” for a while. Thus actively searching for a new passion or a new life mission may be the wrong approach.

Second, the example of Michelangelo has relevance. He famously suggested that the sculptor’s task is to discover and release the statue inside each block of marble. This could be a model for “the rest of our lives:” all we need to do is to chip away at the stone to uncover its potential meaning. Maybe the successful entrepreneur should approach his or her “second act” by first eliminating everything that’s out of the question.

An unusual focusing technique

Steve Jobs, who lived with the prospect of an early death from cancer, did so with urgency. “For the past 33 years,” he said, “I have looked in the mirror every morning and asked myself: ‘If today were the last day of my life, would I want to do what I am about to do today?’ And whenever the answer has been ‘No’ for too many days in a row, I know I need to change something.”

Charles Handy and others recognize that when we are in a reflective mode, we tend to look backward instead of forward. But it can be especially helpful to look backward but from the future. How? By periodically writing the eulogy that we would like our best friend to read at our funeral. In a catchier phrase, author and educator Zoe Weil simply advocates: “Live your epitaph.”

When I started thinking about those questions, I had a nightmare of my epitaph reading: “He beat the Dow Jones”. A commendable achievement, for sure, but still a dismal summary of one’s life. We can never give up on the quest for meaning which (as Leonardo said of art) is never finished but only abandoned. This is why entrepreneurs who have accumulated enough money to satisfy their “lesser hunger” (with a comfortable margin, perhaps) often turn their sights toward charitable activities.

Charitable, creative and efficient

Once we realize we have “enough,” charitable activities become a natural endeavor. “Giving back” is how many entrepreneurs describe this motivation. Initially at least, this altruistic élan may be mixed with remnants of egotism or social ambitions or, at least, with the desire to leave a lasting monument to ourselves. In the end, though, entrepreneurs will be entrepreneurs and they will again become the result-driven perfectionists that thrived in business.

Shortly before I started writing this paper, I had lunch with an old friend, one of the pioneers of venture capital and private equity in Europe. Six years ago he created a foundation that aims to be the pioneer of Venture Philanthropy in France.

Venture Philanthropy was born in the United States and aims to apply the disciplines of private equity and venture capital to charitable organizations: obligation and measurement of results, organization for efficient use of resources, better growth strategies and even different fund- raising approaches. And it makes a long-term commitment to accompany the organizations it has elected to help.

My friend may serve as a model for our discussion. He had long sought to undertake some action for the general good. After looking at the almost limitless opportunities and studying the organizations catering to them, he soon concluded that he could put his long experience of private equity to best use by helping organizations become more business-like in the pursuit of their charitable goals.

His approach has several advantages:

  • Former entrepreneurs do not have to learn new skills. Instead, they use talent that has been tested and proven throughout their careers;
  • They do something that is very similar to the work they just set aside, but still have the satisfaction of making room for their business successors to grow and succeed on their own;
  • They no longer work for money, but they can still use familiar tools to measure their success or failure.

My friend concluded that meaning, in his new life, came from the knowledge that he is using his well-tested expertise while producing results that are beneficial for society as a whole.

That, at least, is one testimony from a successful entrepreneur who thinks he has found a way to satisfy his greater hunger.

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.